Class 
Book 



"R5 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



■ 



ACTS OF THE 
APOSTLES 

THE TEACHING OF THE 
HOLY SCRIPTURES 

BY 

E. S. YOUNG, B. A., B. D. 

Professor of Sacred History and Theology, Author of j"The 
Life of Christ," or "Harmony of the Four Gospels," 
"The Bible Outline," "The Bible Geography," 
"The Old Testament History," "The New 
Testament History," "Analysis of 
the Books of the Bible." 



"But his delight is in the law of Jehovah; and on his law 
doth he meditate day and night." 



19 15 

BIBLE STUDENT COMPANY 

ELGIN, ILL. 



5*^ 

Hi 



Entered According to Act of Congress in the Year 1915 

BY 

E. S. YOUNG, ELGIN, ILL. 
la the Office of the Librarian of Congress, Washington, D. C. 

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 



The Bible text used in this book is taken from the American Standard Edition of the Revised 
Bible, copyright 1901 by Thomas Nelson & Sons, and is used by permission 




DEC 16 1915 



©CU418084 



TO MY WIFE 
THIS VOLUME IS DEDICATED 
AFFECTIONATELY COMMEMORATING 
THIRTY YEARS OF WEDDED LIFE 



INTRODUCTION 

The highest aim in Bible study is an understanding and 
appreciation of its message to the human heart, with the 
ultimate purpose of transforming that message into char- 
acter and life. All study of facts and dates, of persons and 
places and events, is subordinate to this. It is of value to 
know what and when and where and by whom, only as this 
knowledge enables us to answer the larger question, Why? 
To what end? 

But since an understanding of the historical back- 
ground of a Bible passage is often indispensable to an ap- 
preciation of its religious teaching, it is necessary that due 
attention be given to this matter. Neglect of this has re- 
sulted in much fanciful interpretation of the Scriptures. 
The true goal of our study, however, must be kept constant- 
ly in view. The supreme question is : In what way will this 
contribute to my spiritual uplift? 

Of all the books in this greatest Book in the world, the 
book of Acts is second only in importance to the Gospels, 
for it is the story of the Master's work which He performed 
after " he was received up," through the Holy Spirit oper- 
ating in the lives of His Apostles. And that story is of the 
utmost interest to every Christian, for it is the story of the 
expansion of the church. It tells how, from the little com- 
pany in the upper room at Jerusalem, the church came first 
to be numbered by the thousands, and then not to be num- 
bered at all for multitude. It tells how, beginning at Jeru- 
salem, the Gospel spread until it overran the Roman Empire. 

To know this story well, to see its unfolding in its 
divinely guided sequence, to know the noble figures, the 
faith-filled men that move across its pages, to see the prob- 
lems and obstacles they had to meet, and how they met 
them— to accomplish this is not only to acquaint oneself 

5 



6 



INTRODUCTION 



with a most interesting history, to master a most valuable 
portion of Bible knowledge, but it is also to feast contin- 
ually upon the Bread of Life Eternal. No part of the Sacred 
Volume is richer in soul nourishment, for while the par- 
ticular questions and issues at stake in the apostolic church 
are, in many respects, different from ours, yet the principles 
involved in the solution of all these problems, theirs and 
ours, are the same. And sinful human nature and its needs 
are the same in our day as in that of Peter, John, and Paul. 

It is the province of this book by Prof. Young to fur- 
nish the student the stimulus and help he needs in the ac- 
complishment of the work we have described. The author 
is too well known to need any introduction to the Bible- 
studying public. He has given practically a lifetime to the 
promotion of Bible study. He has taught in colleges and 
Bible Institutes, has previously published several valuable 
books on Bible study, and has conducted Bible correspond- 
ence courses, until his name and work are widely known 
in the United States and Canada. This book is the fruitage 
of his long and successful experience as a Bible teacher. 

The plan of the book is simple, easily comprehended, 
and well adapted to its purpose. It embraces an analysis 
of the Acts material carried out with considerable minute- 
ness of detail, with copious and helpful comment on the 
text, and questions at the end of each division designed to 
test the student's knowledge and stimulate his interest. I 
am sure this book will prove to be a valuable aid to the 
mastery of one of the most important books of the Bible 
and one of the most important periods of Bible history. 
Whoever follows faithfully the plan as outlined, will surely 
find that he has made a large and useful addition to his 
store of Bible knowledge, and at the same time has greatly 
enriched his spiritual experience. I am glad to commend 
the book to the truth-loving Bible student, and count it a 
pleasure to introduce him to its pages. 

Former President of McPherson EDWARD FRANTZ, 

and Lordsburg Colleges. Editor Gospel Messenger. 



PREFACE 



The "Acts of the Apostles " contains the account of the 
last journey of Jesus with his disciples before his ascen- 
sion, in which he more fully reveals to them the mission of 
the church. It is a book full of great achievements accom- 
plished by men of great faith. My experience, after study- 
ing and teaching God's Book for more than twenty-five 
years, is that the church in this early period was every day 
hearing the Master's voice saying, " Go seek and save that 
which is lost." And because the church was obedient to 
that voice she became a daily soul-saving institution. Indi- 
viduals and churches are not accomplishing in soul saving, 
in this day of education and civilization, what was accom- 
plished in that early period, because God's Book is seriously 
neglected. The "Acts of the Apostles " is the best book that 
has ever been written for men and women to study, who 
are interested in the forward movement of the church and 
the salvation of the world. Peter and Paul were live wires 
in the early church, and by choosing them as your associ- 
ates in the careful study of this book, you will become a live 
wire for the Master in the mission of soul saving as they 
were. 

1. Acts of the Apostles. The title of this book is not 
the same in the different manuscripts. In one important 
manuscript the title is given " The Acts," which seems to be 
in keeping with the history contained in the book. It is a 
record of some of the Apostolic acts, but not a full account 
of the acts of the twelve Apostles. Thus the book contains, 
in the main, the acts of only a few Apostles. The labors of 
the twelve Apostles were soon obscured by Stephen, Philip 
and others, and a strong Gentile center established at Anti- 
och. It is therefore not a full history of the twelve Apos- 
tles during said years, but the record of the important events 

7 



s 



PREFACE 



in the establishing of the Christian church. It is placed in 
the Bible just after the four Gospels, which are a record of 
the life and doings of Jesus while on earth ; in this we have 
the life and doings of Jesus after his ascension. It is fol- 
lowed by the letters written by a number of representative 
men who lived in this great church period, who wrote from 
what they saw and believed was the true mission of the 
church. 

2. Luke the Author. We are studying the history of a 
growing church. To give us such a history we need a man 
who is a growing man. He must not be influenced by local 
customs and traditions, but must be so great that he can, 
in a large measure, realize the needs of the whole world. 
He must be just as progressive as the church that belongs 
to Jesus. Luke wrote two very important books, worthy 
of the most careful study. Luke was not an eve-witness and 
minister of the Word from the beginning, but he says 
(Luke 1 : 2-3), " It seemed good to me also, having had per- 
fect understanding of all things from the very first, to write 
unto thee in order, O excellent Theophilus, that thou might- 
est know the certainty of those things wherein thou hast 
been instructed." In his introduction of The Acts he says 
(Acts 1: 1), -"The former treatise I made, O Theophilus, 
confirming all that Jesus began both to do and to teach." 
" The former treatise " here refers to his first book written 
to Theophilus. While Luke's name is not given as author 
in either of the books, yet by internal evidence and refer- 
ences made to it by Paul in his letters, there is no doubt 
that both books have the same author. There are at least 
fifty words and phrases used in the two books which are not 
found in any other books of the New Testament. 

In the study of The Acts we are first introduced to the 
writer (16: 8) when Paul was at Troas on his second mis- 
sionary journey. Here the writer begins to use (16: 10) the 
pronoun " we," showing that he accompanied Paul on his 
journey from Troas to Macedonia, and was with him in the 



PREFACE 



9 



revival at Philippi. After Paul left Philippi, the historian 
(17: 1) again begins the use of "they" instead of "we," 
showing that he did not continue the journey with Paul, but 
remained with the church at Philippi. On the third mission- 
ary journey, when Paul returned from Corinth, and visited 
the church at Philippi (20: 5), the writer changes and uses 
" we," showing that he journeyed with Paul and was associ- 
ated with him nearly all the time, during the remaining 
chapters of the book. The historian was for a considerable 
time a fellow-laborer with the Apostle, and by his own per- 
sonal experience and association was thoroughly competent to 
give this inspired history of the early Christian church. 

3. The Chronology of The Acts. This history begins 
with the Ascension A. D. 30 and closes with the imprison- 
ment of Paul about A. D. 64. Luke the writer does not give 
us very many definite statements as to time in the early 
history of the book. There are a few events recorded which 
help us fix time, and from which we can give a somewhat 
accurate chronology as a working basis in the study of the 
entire book. The death of Herod Agrippa II. (Acts 12: 23) 
was about A. D. 44, and the dismissal of Felix as governor 
of Judea (Acts 24: 27) about A. D. 60. The death of Herod 
occurred about the time that Paul and Barnabas were sent 
by the Antioch church with contributions for the church at 
Jerusalem (Acts 11: 30). This was the first time Paul vis- 
ited the Jerusalem church after taking up his work at Tar- 
sus. However, before going to Jerusalem with the contribu- 
tion he and Barnabas had spent a year at Antioch, and we 
know it was three years after his conversion that he made 
his first visit to Jerusalem. Thus we have four years of 
definite time, and if we include the time of his labors at 
Tarsus we would approximate the time of his conversion 
A. D. 36. Paul's third visit to Jerusalem took place fourteen 
years after his conversion (Gal. 2:1). This would make the 
date for the Jerusalem council (15: 1-6) A. D. 50. 



10 



PREFACE 



Felix was dismissed as governor A. D. 60. Paul had 
been a prisoner already two years at Caesarea. His arrest 
at Jerusalem must have taken place (21 : 33) A. D. 58. 
Dates are not inspired, yet we can secure better results by 
keeping in mind about the time in which certain events oc- 
curred and the events as to their location. The following 
dates are helpful in the study of this book: The ascension, 
A. D. 30; birth of the church, A. D. 30; stoning of Stephen, 
A. D. 36; the church in Jerusalem, six years; conversion of 
Saul A. D. 36; the church in Palestine, ten years; first mis- 
sionary journey, 46 to 50; council at Jerusalem, A. D. 50; 
second missionary journey, 50 to 54; third missionary jour- 
ney, 54 to 58; Paul's arrest A. D. 58; imprisonment at Caes- 
area, 58 to 60; first two years' imprisonment at Rome, 60 
to 62. 

4. Divisions of the Book. In the study of this book 
one can not help realizing that the church is a growing in- 
stitution. These stages of development must be carefully 
studied, in order to get a clear and proper understanding 
of the book as a whole. 

During the first six years the church was confined to 
Jerusalem, and composed of Jewish people. The church in 
this period moved gradually forward undisturbed in the 
preaching of the Gospel and saving of souls for the first two 
or three years. Because of the increase of numbers and 
power given to this organized body, the Jewish Sanhedrim 
threatened the disciples with persecution if they would con- 
tinue to teach in the name of Jesus. Persecution came and 
the Christians were scattered. 

The next ten years the work of the church was princi- 
pally done in Palestine. The scattered Christians went 
everywhere preaching the Gospel. Philip did missionary 
work in Samaria, baptized the eunuch, and continued his 
labors along the coast of the Mediterranean. The church 
in Jerusalem confirmed Philip's work at Samaria, and Peter 
made a missionary tour along the Mediterranean, which 



PREFACE 



11 



resulted in adding many to the church at Lydda and Joppa, 
and the opening the door to the Gentiles and receiving 
many into Christian fellowship. 

During the next eighteen years the church was doing 
aggressive missionary work, making converts and organiz- 
ing churches in the different provinces in Asia Minor and in 
the countries of Europe. At the opening of this period 
the Holy Spirit directed the setting apart of Paul and Bar- 
nabas as leaders in this missionary movement. 

5. Jesus the Leader. When Jesus was about to leave 
his disciples he said, " Lo, I am with you always." This 
promise of companionship was believed by the early disci- 
ples, and therefore equipped them for great things. Jesus 
said, " I came to seek and to save that which is lost." He 
now is with the Father, and directs his disciples in the find- 
ing of the lost. " Seek and save " is the mission of every 
follower of Jesus. He died to save men. He wants you to 
help people find Him. He is out of our sight, but sees and 
hears us. He gives orders ; we obey his commands. The 
student in the study of these years of early church history 
must remember that it was Christ who led the way and not 
the Apostles. When an Apostle was to be appointed (1: 
24) they prayed, " Lord, show whether of these two thou 
hast chosen." Jesus went before his disciples in suffering 
(Mark 10: 32), and they were amazed ; and now He is going 
before them in triumph, and they are astonished. The dis- 
ciples knew that Jesus sent the Holy Spirit as their Com- 
forter (2: 33), and endowed them for service. The lame 
man was healed at the Beautiful Gate (3 : 6) by the Lord 
manifesting his power. The Ethiopian was converted be- 
cause Philip obeyed the voice of another (8: 26). Peter 
obeyed the voice of another at Joppa and opened salvation 
for the Gentiles, which was directly opposite to the church's 
teaching. Paul heard the Lord's voice on the way to Da- 
mascus, and by obedience became the Apostle to the Gen- 
tiles. While Paul was at Corinth the Lord told him to re- 



12 



PREFACE 



main longer (18: 10), and gave this as his reason: " I have 
much people in this city." 

Those who want to get the most from the study of The 
Acts must have Jesus Christ as a Companion, and listen 
to His voice in the directing of the work of His church. We 
behold Him acting from glory, — guiding, directing, visiting, 
sympathizing and encouraging his servants in carrying for- 
ward the greatest work on earth. 

6. The Holy Spirit. The disciples can not do the work 
alone. They must have some one to teach them and give 
them strength to do things that seemed impossible to them. 
Jesus received the Holy Spirit at baptism, but his followers 
were baptized with water only during his ministry, and not 
anointed by Holy Spirit baptism until Christ had ascended. 
The Holy Spirit came and put His seal upon these believ- 
ers and gave them new power, and the church became a 
saving institution. The Holy Spirit coming made the disci- 
ples able to take the doings and teachings of Jesus, while on 
earth, and present them in a proper way to those for whom 
Jesus died. The Christian must be able to make a surrender 
of all his powers, whether they be physical, intellectual or 
financial, in order to be used by the Holy Spirit. The Apos- 
tles were filled at Pentecost. As they went out every day 
into Christian service, in order to accomplish the mission 
of the Master, they needed to be refilled. When the seven 
were chosen they were full of the Holy Spirit. When Ste- 
phen preached he was stoned by the mob as a man filled with 
the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit was all the time teaching 
these followers of Jesus a broader Christian service. Every 
advance movement the church made was guided and wit- 
nessed by the Holy Spirit. 

7. Satan the Leader in Opposition, We have just 
spoken about two supernatural persons in carrying forward 
the work of the Christian church. We are very soon intro- 
duced in The Acts to another supernatural person, who has 
been leading in the fight against God, ever since Adam and 



PREFACE 



13 



Eve were placed into that beautiful home in the Garden. He 
contested every forward movement of righteousness during 
the entire period of Old Testament history. He was the 
great deceiver, causing many to be led astray. In this 
early church his first work was seen when the Sanhedrim 
arrested the two Apostles and demanded that they should 
no longer teach in the name of Jesus. He came into the 
church, and took possession of two dishonest church mem- 
bers; his deception was revealed and his agents put to 
death. The church gained her victory over him from with- 
out, and also from within. There will be great advantage 
to the student in the study of this book to realize fully the 
church's triumph. The defeat of any Christian or any 
church is always due to a lack of companionship and close 
fellowship with Jesus through prayer. Prayer is the Chris- 
tian's weapon and the key that unlocks the best that God 
has. Will you let the Lord manifest His Power, so your 
life may be enriched as you start redeemed ones singing 
the glory song? 

8. Helps. During the last thirty years we have had 
the privilege of associating with able Christian teachers 
from whom we have received many encouraging words 
helpful to us in the preparation of books on Bible study. 
We have also received much encouragement from the many 
students under our instruction while we taught in colleges, 
Bible Institues, and gave individual instruction in Bible 
study in homes. We have a very large collection of valua- 
ble books on Bible study, written by men of ripe scholar- 
ship and large Christian experience. Space will permit us 
to mention but a few authors from whom we have received 
aid in the preparation of this volume who have written com- 
mentaries on the Acts : J. W. McGarvey, Morrison, Stifler, 
Lindsay, Myers, Lange, and Expositor's Bible. While we 
have received help and given credit in the writing of this 
book, yet we wish to call the students' attention to the fact 
that the book itself, The Acts, has had our first attention, 



14 



PREFACE 



the above helps simply confirming the truths we discovered 
in The Acts, which are now set forth in this volume. 

9. Why This Volume. During many years of Bible 
teaching it has been our experience that many ministers and 
Sunday-school teachers have read and studied the Bible 
without system. The Acts is one of the most important 
books in the Bible ; if properly studied, it gives courage and 
inspiration in achieving great things for the Master. If your 
church needs a revival, study the revival book. This book 
is to be a companion to the " Life of Christ, or Harmony of 
the Four Gospels. " The four books used in the study of 
our First Course by mail have been used in many homes. 
The demand made by our students, and encouragement re- 
ceived from those who know the value of these books in Bi- 
ble study, made us feel under obligations to prepare these 
volumes that are now ready for our Advanced Course. 

This book is to be taken up and studied by sections. 
Scripture texts have been explained, and test questions have 
been placed after each scripture. Give some time each day 
to the study of the Bible in your home. Study by yourself 
or join some Bible Class, that you may know the real value 
of Bible knowledge. Begin all your periods of Bible study 
with prayer. Be willing to grow and make changes in your 
life as the Holy Spirit teaches you the Word. Study to be- 
come better acquainted with Jesus, so as to be able to mag- 
nify him to others. The book contains the American Stan- 
dard Revised text. The footnotes have been placed with 
the text in parenthesis. We have always insisted that 
Christian people should spend at least some time every day 
with God and His Word. If this book will help you to 
know Jesus better, make your religious life fuller of joy, 
and heaven your future home more attractive, then we shall 
feel that we have had some humble part in equipping you 
to do more efficient work for Him who has redeemed you. 



CONTENTS 



PART I. 

THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM, 1: 1 to 8: 4, Six Years. 

I. The Introduction, 1: 1-11, .19-24 

1. Origin and Authority, 1: 1-2, 19 

2. The Risen Savior, 1 : 3-5, 21 

3. The Promise of Power, 1: 6-8, 22 

4. The Ascension and Message of Angels, 1: 9-11, 23 

II. The Ten Day Meeting, 1: 12-26, 24-28 

1. The Waiting Disciples, 1: 12-15, 24 

2. The Fulfillment of Scripture, 1 : 16-20, 26 

3. The Apostle Chosen, 1: 21-26, 27 

III. The Day of Pentecost, 2: 1-41, 28-39 

1. Fulfillment of Christ's Promise, 2: 1-4, 28 

2. The Effect on the Multitude, 2: 5-13, 30 

3. Peter's Sermon, 2: 14-36, 32 

4. Effect of Holy Spirit's Sermon, 2: 37-41, 38 

IV. The First Persecution, 2:42 to 4:31, 40-61 

1. The Primitive Church, 2: 42-47, 40 

2. The Lame Man Healed, 3: 1-10, 45 

3. Peter's Second Sermon, 3: 11-26, 49 

4. Arrest and Imprisonment of Peter and John, 4: 1-4, . . 53 

5. Trial Before the Sanhedrim, 4: 5-12, 54 

6. Secret Session of Sanhedrim, 4: 13-17, 56 

7. The Apostles' Triumph, 4: 18-22, 58 

8. The Prayer Meeting, 4: 23-31, 59 

V. Internal History and Second Persecution, 4: 32 to 5: 42, . .61-72 

1. The New Community, 4: 32-37, 61 

2. Dishonest Church Members, 5: 1-11, 63 

3. Sacredness of the Church, 5: 12-16, 65 

4. Imprisonment and Proof of Apostles' Credentials, 

5: 17-20 66 

5. Apostles on Trial, 5: 21-28, 67 

15 



16 



CONTENTS 



6. Apostles Preach Gospel to Rulers, 5: 29-32, 69 

7. Gamaliel's Address to the Court, 5: 33-39, 70 

8. Scourging and Release of the Apostles, 5: 40-42, 71 

VI. Internal History and Third Persecution, 6: 1 to 8: 4, . . . .73-89 

1. Church Superior to Internal Difficulties, 6: 1-7, 73 

2. Stephen's Activity and Arrest, 6: 8-15, 76 

3. Stephen's Sermon, 7: 1-53, 78 

4. Stephen the First Christian Martyr, 7: 54-8: 4, . .». 86 



PART II. 

THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE, 8: 5 to 12: 25, Ten Years. 

91-139 

I. Philip's Missionary Work, 8: 5-40, 91-100 

1. Philip's Success in Samaria, 8: 5-13, 91 

2. Philip's Converts Receive the Holy Spirit, 8: 14-17, ... 93 

3. The Wicked Proposal by Simon Magus, 8: 18-25, 94 

4. Angel Directs and Guides Philip to Sinner, 8: 26-31, 97 

5. Philip's Sermon to the Individual, 8: 32-36, 99 

6. The Sinner Repents and Is Baptized, 8: 37-40, 100 

II. Conversion of Saul and First Missionary Work, 9: 1-30, 

101-108 

1. Conversion of Saul, 9: 1-9, 101 

2. Ananias Baptizes Saul, 9: 10-18, 103 

3. Saul Preaches Jesus in Damascus, 9: 19-22, 104 

4. Saul, the Preacher, Saved at Damascus, 9: 23-25, ....105 

5. Saul Visits Church at Jerusalem, 9: 26-30, 107 

III. Preparation of Church for Admission of Gentiles, 9: 31 to 

11: 18, 109-125 

1. Peace and Prosperity of Church, 9: 31, 109 

2. Peter's Miracle at Lydda, 9: 32-35, 109 

3. Peter's Miracle at Joppa, 9: 36-43, Ill 

4. Cornelius' Vision, 10: 1-8, 113 

5. Peter's Vision, 10: 9-16, 114 

6. Peter's Journey to Cornelius, 10: 17-23, 116 

7. Peter and Cornelius Meet, 10: 24-33, 117 

8. Peter's Sermon, 10: 34-43, 119 

9. Gentiles Receive the Holy Spirit, 10: 44-48, 121 

10. Broadening the Jerusalem Church, 11: 1-18, 122 

IV. Development of the New Religious Center, 11: 19-30, 125-130 

1. The First Gentile Church in Antioch, 11: 19-21, 125 

2. Aid and Encouragement from Mother Church, 11: 

22-24, 127 

3. Barnabas Brings Saul to Antioch, 11: 25-26, 129 

4. Barnabas and Saul Sent to Jerusalem, 11: 27-30, 130 



CONTENTS 



17 



V. Persecution Under Herod, 12: 1-25, 131-139 

1. James Beheaded and Peter Imprisoned, 12: 1-4, 131 

2. Peter Delivered From Prison, 12: 5-12, 132 

3. Peter Suddenly Appears at Prayer Meeting, 12: 13-17, 135 

4. Death of Keepers and Herod, 12: 18-23, 136 

5. Saul and Barnabas Return to Antioch, 12: 24-25, 138 



PART III. 

THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES, 13: 1 to 28: 31, 
Eighteen Years. 



I. Paul's First Missionary Journey, 13: 1 to 14: 28, 141-164 

1. The Great Missionary Church, 13: 1-3 141 

2. Journey and Labor in Cyprus, 13: 4-12, 143 

3. Journey From Paphos to Antioch, 13: 13-15, 147 

4. Paul's First Recorded Sermon, 13: 16-41, 148 

5. The Effect of the Sermon, 13: 42-43, 154 

6. The Second Sabbath in Antioch, 13: 44-52, 154 

7. Journeys and Labors in Iconium, 14: 1-7, 157 

8. Preaching and Healing in Lystra, 14: 8-18, 158 

9. The Stoning of Paul, 14: 19-20, 161 

10. Missionaries Return Home, 14: 21-28, 162 

II. The Apostolic Council, 15: 1-35 164-175 

1. Serious Difficulty in Antioch Church, 15: 1-5, 164 

2. Meeting of Apostles and Elders at Council, 15: 6-21, ..167 

3. Decision and Letter of Council, 15: 22-29, 172 

4. Peace Restored in Antioch, 15: 30-35, 174 

III. Paul's Second Missionary Journey, 15: 36 to 18: 22, ..175-215 

1. Separation of Paul and Barnabas, 15: 36-41, 175 

2. The Call of Timotheus, 16: 1-3, 177 

3. Revisiting the Galatian Churches, 16: 4-8, 179 

4. The Call to Macedonia, 16: 9-10, 181 

5. Journey to Europe and First Convert, 16: 11-15, 183 

6. First Miracle in Europe, 16: 16-18, 184 

7. Paul and Silas Scourged and Imprisoned, 16: 19-24, ...186 

8. Prayer and Deliverance, 16: 25-29, 187 

9. Conversion of the Jailer, 16: 30-34, 190 

10. Public Release of Paul and Silas, 16: 35-40, 191 

11. Paul and Silas in Thessalonica, 17: 1-9 193 

12. Founding of Church in Berea, 17: 10-14, 197 

13. Paul Brought to Athens, the First Work, 17: 15-21, ..198 

14. Paul's Sermon to the Athenians, 17: 22-31, 201 

15. Effect of the Sermon, 17: 32-34, 206 

16. Paul's Ministry at Corinth, 18: 1-17, 207 

17. Return of Paul Through Ephesus and Jerusalem to 

Antioch, 18: 18-22, 214 



18 



CONTENTS 



IV. Paul's Third Missionary Journey, 18: 23 to 21: 17, .. .216-J51 

1. Second Visit to Galatia and Phrygia, 18: 23, 216 

2. Apollos at Ephesus and Achaia, 18 : 24-28, 216 

3. The New Pentecost at Ephesus, 19: 1-7, 219 

4. Paul Preaching at Ephesus, 19: 8-12, 222 

5. Suppression of Witchcraft, 19: 13-20, 225 

6. Paul's Great Plans for the Future, 19: 21-22, ....... .227 

7. Riot of the Silversmiths, 19: 23-41, 229 

8. Paul's Second Visit to Europe, 20: 1-6, 233 

9. Church Services in Troas, 20 : 7-12, 238 

10. Journey to Miletus, 20: 13-16 240 

11. Paul's Farewell Address to Ephesian Elders, 20: 17-38,242 

12. Journey from Miletus to Tyre, 21: 1-6, 246 

13. Journey From Tyre to Caesarea, 21: 7-14, 248 

14. Journey from Caesarea to Jerusalem, 21: 15-17, 250 

V. Paul's Rejection and Imprisonment, 21: 18 to 26: 32, ..251-292 

1. Paul's Advice from the Bishop, 21: 18-26, 251 

2. Paul Beaten by the Mob and Arrested, 21: 27-36, 253 

3. Paul's Privilege to Address the Mob, 21: 37-40, 256 

4. Paul's Defense Before the Mob, 22: 1-21, 257 

5. The Effect of Paul's Address, 22 : 22-29, 261 

6. Paul Before the Sanhedrim, 22: 30-23: 10, 263 

7. Paul's Vision and Removal to Csesarea, 23: 11-35, 266 

8. Paul's Trial Before Felix, and Imprisonment, 24: 1-27, 271 

9. Paul Before Festus and Agrippa, 25: 1-27, 279 

10. Address Before the Royal Court, 26: 1-29, 286 

11. Paul Declared Innocent, 26 : 30-32, 292 

" :. The Gospel on the Way to Rome, 27: 1 to 28: 16, . . . .293-312 

1. Journey from Caesarea to Crete, 27: 1-12, ...293 

2. The Ship Leaves Fair Havens for Phenice, 27: 13-20, ..298 

3. Paul Gives Comfort and Advice, 27: 21-26, 300 

4. The Ship's Company in Great Danger, 27: 27-38, 301 

5. The Ship Is Lost, But the Men Are Saved, 27: 39-44, .303 

6. Paul on the Island of Malta, 28: 1-9, 306 

7. The Journey from Melita to Rome, 28: 10-16, 309 

VII. Paul's Ministry in Rome, 28: 17-31, 313-320 

1. Paul's First Interview with the Jews, 28: 17-22, 313 

2. Paul Preaching to the Jews, 28 : 23-27, 315 

3. Paul Turning to the Gentiles, 28 : 28-31, 316 



The Acts of the Apostles 

PART I 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM. 
Acts 1: 1 to 8: 4. 

From the Ascension of Christ, A. D. 30, to the Death 
of Stephen, A. D. 36. 



Section I. The Introduction. Acts 1: 1-11. 

1. ORIGIN AND AUTHORITY. 
Acts 1:1,2. 

(1) The former (Gr. first) treatise I made, O Theophilus, con- 
cerning all that Jesus began both to do and to teach, (2) until the 
day in which he was received up, after that he had given command- 
ment through the Holy Spirit unto the apostles whom he had 
chosen. 

The " former treatise " refers to the Gospel written by- 
Luke, and gives the history of Jesus' career on earth. This 
is the second book that Luke wrote, and in it he shows a 
further activity of Jesus from a point at which the Gospel 
leaves it. Thus, in studying this book from the first chap- 
ter to the last, we have the words and works of Jesus con- 
tinued through the Holy Spirit. The " former treatise " was 
the words and works of Jesus while on earth, and this 
treatise gives the words and works of Jesus after His as- 
cension, through the disciples, by the Holy Spirit. That 
both the Gospel of Luke and the Book of the Acts are ad- 
dressed to Theophilus (Friend of God, Love of God, as His 



20 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



name signifies), does not mean that they were meant for 
him alone. He is a prominent character at the time of 
writing the two books, and as his name indicates close 
communion with God, the book is written for all who 
are in communion with God, through the acceptance of 
Jesus as their best Friend. 

" Until the day in which He was taken up." Jesus had 
placed a limit to the teaching of the Apostles, as shown 
from the presentation (Matt. 16:20; 17:9). He did this 
because the disciples were yet incapable of setting forth 
His claims as the Messiah, correctly. It was on the night of 
His betrayal that he promised them a Comforter, who 
would come and bring to their remembrance all His teach- 
ing. Thus, the restrictions placed upon them would be re- 
moved. The Commandments refer to His commission giv- 
en to His disciples during His resurrection period. 

When He was with the eleven disciples in Galilee, 
speaking about His authority and power in heaven and on 
earth, He said, " Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, 
baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, 
and of the Holy Ghost ; Teaching them to observe all things 
whatsoever I have commanded you : and, lo, I am with you 
alway, even unto the end of the world" (Matt. 28: 19-20). 
Then, on the day in which He was taken up, He gave His 
final words in the commission to His disciples: "Thus it 
is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, and to 
rise from the dead the third day: and that repentance and 
remission of sins should be preached in His name among 
all the nations, beginning at Jerusalem" (Luke 24:46-47). 
" Go ye into all the world and preach the Gospel to the 
whole creation. He that believeth and is baptized shall be 
saved ; but he that disbelieveth shall be condemned " (Mark 
16: 15-16). These are the orders of the King. The disciples 
received them. Luke writes the history of the church as she 
carries forward the commission of Jesus during the first 
thirty-four years. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 21 



QUESTIONS. 

To whom was this book addressed? 
Give meaning of Theophilus. 
What two books did Luke write? 
What was the purpose of each book? 

To whom, and through whom, were commandments given? 

2. THE RISEN SAVIOR. 
Acts 1 : 3-5. 

(3) To whom he also showed (Gr. presented) himself alive after 
his passion by many proofs, appearing unto them by the space of 
forty days, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of 
God: (4) and, being assembled together with them (or, eating with 
them), he charged them not to depart from Jerusalem, but to wait 
for the promise of the Father, which, said he, ye heard from me: 
(5) for John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized 
in (or, with) the Holy Spirit not many days hence. 

In the Gospels, the number of proofs given of the res- 
urrection of Jesus are recorded, and are not repeated here. 
We have, however, a fact not related before ; viz. : that the 
time from the Resurrection to the Ascension was forty- 
days. During this time Jesus walked with His disciples, 
talked with them, ate with them, prepared food for them to 
eat, gave them the privilege to touch His body — presented 
Himself a living Savior — and showed Himself to be so by 
many proofs which are beyond controversy. 

During this time, His main line of teaching was for the 
salvation of the human race. In order to equip the disciples 
for this greatest mission in the world, He asked them to 
wait for the promise of the Father. He instructed them 
where to wait, how to wait, and what to wait for. This 
commandment is not the same as in 1 : 2. By obedience 
to this commandment, they will become equipped with 
power for the work of the commission. 

Jesus says " Go teach." Do you? " Make disciples." Do 
you? Can you expect to receive blessings from Him if you fail 
to equip yourself to teach His Word? 



22 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Give time from Resurrection to Ascension. 
Give time from Resurrection to Pentecost. 
Where, when, and by whom was He seen alive? 
What was His subject of conversation? 3. 
What was the promise of the Father? 
Why the reference to John's baptism? 

3. THE PROMISE OF POWER. 
Acts 1 : 6-8. 

(6) They therefore, when they were come together, asked him, 
saying, Lord, dost thou at this time restore the kingdom to Israel? 
(7) And he said unto them, It is not for you to know times or sea- 
sons, which the Father hath set within (or, appointed by) his own 
authority. (8) But ye shall receive power, when the Holy Spirit is 
come upon you: and ye shall be my witnesses both in Jerusalem, 
and in all Judaea and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the 
earth. 

Before His departure the disciples asked Jesus a very 
important question about the Kingdom. This question, no 
doubt, was prompted by the knowledge they had obtained 
by the study of the Old Testament. Only those who have 
knowledge of God's purposes and revelations, as set forth 
in the Old Testament, can understand the purpose of the 
question asked by the disciples and the reply made to them 
by Jesus. The Lord does not rebuke the disciples for ask- 
ing this question. The times and seasons for this restora- 
tion were not then revealed, but the Father purposed to 
keep the same power in His own hands. They are told 
what to do when the power comes upon them. They are to 
be witnesses of Jesus. They are to begin in Jerusalem. 
They begin at home. The four steps in this verse are Je- 
rusalem, Judea, Samaria, and the uttermost part of the 
earth. 

This is the last interview the disciples had with Jesus 
before His ascension. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 



23 



QUESTIONS. 

What question did they ask Jesus? 6. 

When did they come together? 6, cf. Luke 24:50. 

What was Jesus' answer to the disciples? 

What power were they to receive? 

Quote the missionary text of the Bible. 8. 

What part of the text has been obeyed? 

Give qualifications of a good witness. 

Name places where witnesses are needed. 

4. THE ASCENSION AND MESSAGE OF THE 
ANGELS. 

Acts 1:9-11. 

(9) And when he had said these things, as they were looking, he 
was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight. (10) And 
while they were looking stedfastly into heaven as he went, behold 
two men stood by them in white apparel; (11) who also said, Ye men 
of Galilee, why stand ye looking into heaven? this Jesus, who was 
received up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as 
ye beheld him going into heaven. 

Jesus had just completed His last interview with the 
disciples. His hands were uplifted, and He was in the act 
of blessing them when He was taken up. Gradually He 
must have been lifted out of their sight. He who so often 
had spoken to them, who had been their constant encour- 
agement and Companion, He who had died on the Cross, 
and was raised from the dead by the power of God ; He who 
had been with the disciples in His glorified human body, is 
now taken up and a cloud carried Him from their sight. It 
was, no doubt, the same Glory Cloud in which He appeared 
on the Mount of Transfiguration. It came to take Him 
back to His Father's house, after an absence of about thir- 
ty-three years. What a glorious meeting that must have 
been in the return of an obedient Son to a faithful Father! 
He is with the Father at His right hand, He is our Advo- 
cate, our High Priest, and through Him we present our 
claim to the Father. 



24 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The cloud had received Him, but the disciples contin- 
ued to look. It is not wrong to look, and the upward look 
should always be encouraged ; but there is a time to look 
and a time to work. The angels, robed in white, appeared 
on the scene, and brought the disciples good news. The 
good news was the promise of His return. " This Jesus, 
who was received up from you into Heaven, shall so come 
in like manner as ye beheld Him going into Heaven." They 
stated not merely that Jesus shall come again, but He shall 
come " in like manner " ; in the same way that the Apostles 
had seen Him go — visible and glorious. This was inspiring 
news to the disciples, and produced wonderful results in 
the saving of souls. The church now should be inspired 
by the same promise given by the angels, " that Jesus will 
return in like manner." 

QUESTIONS. 

Give full description of Jesus' parting from the disciples. 
Who was present at the Ascension? 

Give meaning of the message of the angels, and what was the 
message? 

What was the teaching in the early church concerning Christ's 
6econd coming? 

What is the belief of the Christian church now concerning 
the second coming of Christ? 

Section II. The Ten-Day Meeting. Acts 1: 12-26. 

1. THE WAITING DISCIPLES. 
Acts 1:12-15. 

(12) Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called 
Olivet, which is nigh unto Jerusalem, a sabbath day's journey off. 
(13) And when they were come in, they went up into the upper 
chamber, where they were abiding; both Peter and John and James 
and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, 
James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the 
son (or, brother) of James. (14) These all with one accord con- 
tinued stedfastly in prayer, with the women (or, with certain 
women), and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 25 



(15) And in these days Peter stood up in the midst of the breth- 
ren, and said [and there was a multitude of persons (Gr. names) 
gathered together, about a hundred and twenty]. 

The disciples received the rebuke, believed the message 
of the angels, and departed to Jerusalem to wait for the 
promise of the Father. Their sorrow in parting from the 
Lord was turned to joy, because they believed they would 
meet Him again. The disciples were now in the upper room, 
and we are informed, in Luke's Gospel (24: 53), that at 
times during this period of ten days they were also in the 
temple, praising and blessing God. 

The right kind of waiting will always bring the right 
kind of results. Those who continue with one accord in 
prayer and supplication find that the book most helpful and 
inspiring is God's Book. Men and women must daily hear 
God's voice speaking to them through His Word, to prepare 
them for prayers and supplications that reach the Throne of 
God, and 'by so doing receive His blessing. 

A catalogue of the disciples' names is once more given, 
and the names of a few other persons, in order that we may 
know who had the honor and the privilege of being present 
at the giving of the Spirit. Jesus' own brethren are mentioned, 
who at one time opposed His work. Their presence showed 
that they had changed their attitude and were now among 
the believers. Mary, the mother of Jesus, was present with 
other women. This is the last time her name appears in the 
New Testament. She, with the rest of the women, was with 
the disciples, waiting for the promise of the Father. So, when 
the Holy Spirit was given, she too was baptized by the " One 
Spirit " into the " One Body." The disciples believed that, 
at the close of the ten days, the Holy Spirit would come and 
personally manifest His presence. No matter what the train- 
ing may be, the disciples now should have stated times for 
Bible study, prayer and supplication for a baptism of the Holy 
Spirit. We do not pray as they did before Pentecost for the 
first outpouring of the Holy Spirit, but we pray that He may 
equip us for soul-saving. 



26 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

How far from Mount Olivet to Jerusalem? 12. 

Where did the disciples go? 

Give the names of the Apostles. 13. 

Name the women, and tell who they were. 14, cf. Luke 23: 
49-55. 

What was the real purpose of this meeting? 
Give number that attended this meeting. 

2. FULFILLMENT OF SCRIPTURE. 
Acts 1 : 16-20. 

(16) Brethren, it was needful that the scripture should be ful- 
filled, which the Holy Spirit spake before by the mouth of David 
concerning Judasv who was guide to them that took Jesus. (17) For 
he was numbered among us, and received his portion (or, lot) in 
this ministry. (18) (Now this man obtained a field with the reward 
of his iniquity ; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the midst, 
and all his bowels gushed out. (19) And it became known to all the 
dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch that in their language that field 
was called Akeldama, that is, The field of blood.) (20) For it is 
written in the book of Psalms, (Psa. 69: 25) Let his habitation be 
made desolate, And let no man dwell therein: and, (Psa. 109: 8) His 
office (Gr. overseership) let another take. 

The number of the disciples present at this time was one 
hundred and twenty. Sometime during the ten days the Apos- 
tle Peter presented to the believers an account of the fate of 
Judas. Matthew gives an account of the sad fate of Judas. 
Luke gives us some additional information not given by 
Matthew. A careful study will show that there is no dis- 
crepancy between the two accounts. Matthew says Judas 
hanged himself. Luke says he fell headlong and burst asun- 
der. If he hanged himself he was either taken down, or he 
fell, and Luke says he fell. The Psalmist makes prophetic 
utterance concerning the destiny of the unfaithful one, and 
God never forgets to fulfill any prophetic utterances made 
under His direction. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 27 



QUESTIONS. 

Who guided David in giving "his message to the people? 
Who was guide to them that took Jesus? 16, cf. Luke 22:47. 
Who foretold of this sin and when? Psa. 41:9. 
Was the field bought before or after the death of Judas? 
Why called "the field of blood"? 

3. THE APOSTLE CHOSEN. 
Acts 1 : 21-26. 

(21) Of the men therefore that have companied with us all the 
time that the Lord Jesus went in and went out among us, (22) begin- 
ning from the baptism of John, unto the day that he was received 
up from us, of these must one become a witness with us of his 
resurrection. (23) And they put forward two, Joseph called Barsab- 
bas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. (24) And they prayed, 
and said, Thou, Lord, who knowest the hearts of all men, show of 
these two the one whom thou hast chosen, (25) to take the place in 
this ministry and apostleship from which Judas fell away, that he 
might go to his own place. (26) And they gave lots for them; and 
the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven 
apostles. 

Peter suggests to the disciples the selection of a man to 
fill the place of Judas. The person eligible must have the 
following qualifications : He must have been a witness of all 
that Christ said and did in His earthly ministry, and espe- 
cially that of His resurrection. Only two can be found with 
said qualifications, Barsabbas and Matthias. One is to be 
selected to fill the place. A decision must be made. They 
have a prayer meeting. They ask for just one definite thing, 
" Thou, Lord, who knowest the hearts of all men, show of 
these two the one whom Thou hast chosen." They want to 
know Jesus' choice (not their own), and Matthias is chosen. 
Thus it was not Peter or the unorganized church that gave 
Matthias his place as an Apostle, but the Lord. The va- 
cancy has been filled, and we have twelve Apostles, who are 
represented to sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve 
tribes of Israel. All is in readiness now for the great day, 
which is described in the next chapter. 



28 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Why was it necessary to fill the vacancy? 

What qualifications were prescribed, and why? 21, 22. 

Who really chose the Apostle? 

Name the Apostles with the one just appointed. 

Why was the choice of the Apostles limited to two? 

Section III. The Day of Pentecost. Acts 2: 1-41. 

1. FULFILLMENT OF CHRIST'S PROMISE. 
Acts 2: 1-4. 

(1) And when the day of Pentecost was now come (Gr. was 
being fulfilled), they were all together in one place. (2) And sud- 
denly there came from heaven a sound as of the rushing of a 
mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. (3) 
And there appeared unto them tongues parting asunder (or, parting 
among them; or, distributing themselves), like as of fire; and it sat 
upon each one of them. (4) And they were all filled with the Holy 
Spirit, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave 
them utterance. 

The great day was at hand, the advent of the Holy Spirit. 
It took many long years of preparation until the first Mes- 
sianic prophecy, " The seed of the woman shall bruise the 
serpent's head," was fulfilled, and Christ's first coming into 
the world was made possible. The promise was given, the 
preparation made, and the second advent was made possible 
— the coming of the Holy Spirit. They were without strength 
and without guidance. They had often been to their limit, 
but now they go beyond the possible into the impossible. 

This event occurred the fiftieth day after the Sabbath of 
the passover week, Pentecost meaning fiftieth. In the Old 
Testament it is known as the Feast of Weeks, Feast of Har- 
vest, also called the Day of First-fruits. At the time of the 
Passover, a sheaf was brought from the harvest, and offered 
before the Lord, and fifty days later, at the time of Pente- 
cost, two loaves were offered before the Lord. There was a 
marked difference betwen these two offerings. At the Pass- 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 29 



over, the sheaf was offered just as it grew. It was offered 
without a sin offering. This sheaf represented Jesus. The 
sheaf cut off was presented for the sins of the world. It was 
without leaven, for He Himself was the Sin Offering, and 
was typically offered to God at every Passover. The hun- 
dred and twenty were not so. They were like the two loaves. 
The two loaves were offered with leaven and with a sin offer- 
ing. If these wave loaves needed a sin offering every year at 
Pentecost to make them acceptable unto God, then this com- 
pany that was waiting in the upper room are like the two 
loaves, and their Sin Offering is Jesus, who makes them ac- 
ceptable to God. 

When the priests, including the High Priests, were 
washed for service and consecration, the High Priest was 
anointed immediately by the Holy Spirit as he entered upon 
his ministry. The common priests were washed, but anoint- 
ed later. This anointing, in the Old Testament, is typical of 
the baptism of the Holy Spirit. The disciples had been 
washed, and this is the day of their anointing. They are now 
kings and priests, taking orders from the King on the Throne, 
looking to the Holy Spirit as their Leader, for strength and 
power to carry these orders into execution. 

The three great feasts, where all the male members were 
to be present, were the Passover, Pentecost, and Tabernacle. 
We are told that in the time of Nero more than two and one- 
half million Jews gathered in Jerusalem from all parts of the 
world, to attend the Passover, and this feast being in the 
summer, would give an opportunity for greater numbers from 
all parts of the world to be present in Jerusalem than at any 
other season. 

After the exile, special services were held to remember 
the giving of the Law, which was fifty days after they came 
out of Egypt. The Jews still observe this day, and read 
publicly in the Synagogue that portion of Exodus which de- 
scribes the giving of the Law, the first chapter of the Proph- 
et Ezekiel, and the third chapter of Habakkuk. This may 



30 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



have been the reading at the very time when the room was 
being Spirit-filled, where the disciples were gathered. It 
was Sunday ; it was the fiftieth day from the Passover Sab- 
bath; it was early in the morning, before nine o'clock. 

They were all present ; they were united ; and the out- 
ward manifestations of the Spirit were: (1) the sound of a 
mighty wind, the house being filled by His presence, the life- 
giving power of the Spirit ; (2) cloven tongues as of fire, each 
of the hundred and twenty being crowned with one. Fire 
here may have reference to the Spirit's purifying and energy ; 
(3) speaking in foreign tongues. This was the wonderful 
way in which God now spoke in the Holy Spirit. Thus we 
have the three signs : mighty winds, tongues of fire, speaking 
in tongues, as the Holy Spirit's manifestation. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was this feast called? 

What other names were given to this feast? 

Name the three Jewish feasts. 

What did the offering of the sheaf t3'pify? 

What was always offered with the two loaves, and why? 

Why was Jesus anointed at the time of His baptism? 

Name the three external manifestations. 

Why call it a baptism? 

2. THE EFFECT ON THE MULTITUDE. 
Acts 2:5-13. 

(5) Now there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, 
from every nation under heaven. (6) And when this sound was 
heard, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because 
that every man heard them speaking in his own language. (7) And 
they were all amazed and marveled, saying, Behold, are not all 
these that speak Galilaeans? (8) And how hear we, every man in our 
own language wherein we were born? (9) Parthians and Medes and 
Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, in Judaea and Cappado- 
cia, in Pontus and Asia, (10) in Phrygia and Pamphylia, in Egypt and 
the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and sojourners from Rome, both 
Jews and proselytes, (11) Cretans and Arabians, we hear them 



THE DAY OF PENTECOST 



32 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 

speaking in our tongues the mighty works of God. (12) And they 
were all amazed, and were perplexed, saying one to another, What 
meaneth this? (13) But others mocking said, They are filled with 
new wine. 

All the believers were given the cloven tongue, and spoke 
with the new tongue. The Holy Spirit, who brought this new 
tongue for each individual, made it possible for them to speak 
so that all the people could understand them. This talking 
in various languages drew attention of the passing crowd. 
The people were confounded and overwhelmed by surprise. 
They knew the people that were speaking were Galileans, and 
were aware that they had not learned to speak in the dif- 
ferent languages of the people then present. Many in this 
congregation recognized at once that these people were under 
the influence of the heavenly power. Then there were some 
who mocked and, because they were not able to understand 
what was being said, attributed it to the influence of new 
wine. The tongue given and operated by the Holy Spirit 
sings praises to God, speaks for the higher development of 
man, and constantly magnifies the life of Christ to lost souls. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why were so many people in Jerusalem at this time? 

What brought the people to the disciples? 

What astonished the hearers? 

How many countries were represented? 9-11. 

Why this "symbol of the tongues"? 

It represents the means by which the Gospel is to be 
spread. First revival opened men's mouths and set men talk- 
ing. 

What did the mockers say? 

3. PETER'S SERMON.— Acts 2: 14-36. 
(1) Introduction.— Acts 2: 14-21. 

a. His Defense.— Acts 2: 14-15. 

(14) But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, 
and spake forth unto them, saying, Ye men of Judaea, and all ye 
that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and give ear unto 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 33 



my words. (15) For these are not drunken, as ye suppose; seeing it 
is but the third hour of the day. 

Peter is a changed man since the Resurrection and As- 
cension of Jesus, and the baptism of the Holy Spirit. He is 
standing with the eleven and begins the delivery of his sermon 
with a strong voice, so as to be heard by the people. He first 
makes his defense against the mockers, because they could 
not understand the language of the Holy Spirit spoken by the 
disciples, and concluded that their speaking was but drunken 
nonsense. Peter says it is but nine o'clock in the morning, 
and for this reason it would be next to impossible that the 
charge could be true. On Pentecost and other feast days, 
Jews would abstain from wine and food before that hour. 
Thus the early hour made it highly improbable that these 
church workers could be under the influence of wine. 

QUESTIONS. 

What effect had Christ's resurrection and the gift of the Holy 
Spirit on Peter? 

What was the position of Peter when he spoke? 

What was the significance of the third hour to the church? 

Why could the mockers not understand the Apostles when 
they spoke by the power of the Holy Spirit? 

b. His Explanation. — Acts 2:16-21. 

(16) But this is that which hath been spoken through the 
prophet Joel: 

(17) (Joel 2: 28 ff) And it shall be in the last days, saith God, I 
will pour forth of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your 
daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, 
and your old men shall dream dreams: 

(18) Yea and on my servants (Gr. bondmen) and on my hand- 
maidens (Gr. bondmaidens) in those days will I pour forth of my 
Spirit; and they shall prophesy. 

(19) And I will show wonders in the heaven above, and signs 
on the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke: 

(20) The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into 
blood, before the day of the Lord come, that great and notable 
day: 

(21) And it shall be, that whosoever shall call on the name of 
the Lord shall be saved. 



34 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The people had asked, "What meaneth this?" The 
Holy Spirit directs Peter to one of the Old Testament proph- 
ecies, found in the Book of Joel. Peter quotes these words 
from the Book of Joel. He does not mean to infer that these 
prophecies were all fulfilled on that day. He directs their 
attention to these prophecies to indicate that great surprises 
will be sprung upon the people, just like the one through 
which they are passing, when all these prophetic utterances 
will be fulfilled. 

QUESTIONS. 

What is the sure light to the Christian's path? 
In what relation do the Word and Spirit stand to each other? 
What Scripture did the Holy Spirit bring to Peter's remem- 
brance? 

When Peter was filled with the Holy Spirit, he was di- 
rected to the Bible for the true explanation. 

(2) The Works of Jesus.— Acts 2: 22-23. 

(22) Ye men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth, a 
man approved of God unto you by mighty works (Gr. powers) and 
wonders and signs which God did by him in the midst of you> even 
as ye yourselves know; (23) him, being delivered up by the deter- 
minate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye by the hand of law- 
less men (or, men without the law; see Rom. 2: 12) did crucify and 
slay. 

Peter puts before his congregation the third part of his 
address, the whole story of the Messiah, whom they had re- 
jected. He calls special attention to His work. He uses the 
name " Jesus of Nazareth," the name they were most fa- 
miliar with, the name too that was written above His cross. 
It is the Holy Spirit's purpose to picture before them the 
humiliation and rejection of Jesus Christ and His resurrec- 
tion by the use of the name " Jesus of Nazareth." Their at- 
tention is called to His preaching and miracles during the 
three years' ministry. The death of Christ was by the deter- 
minate counsel and foreknowledge of God. The sufferings 
of Christ had been revealed in different places in the Old 
Testament. All these things had come to pass according to 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 35 



the foreknowledge of God. Jesus says, " Ye have taken." 
They were the guilty instruments. Jesus was crucified and 
slain because they had delivered Him into the hands of the 
Gentiles who put Him to death. 

QUESTIONS. 

What people were present to hear this sermon? 

Were any of these people present when Jesus was crucified? 

How long before this was He crucified? 

Name some miracles and wonders referred to here. 

State the facts expressed here. 

(a) That Jesus was approved of God by miracles; (b) it 
was in keeping with the foreknowledge of God; (c) they knew 
this to be so; (d) He was crucified by wicked hands. 



(3) The Resurrection of Jesus. — Acts 2 : 24-32. 
a. Statement of Fact. — Acts 2 : 24. 

(24) Whom God raised up, having loosed the pangs of death: 
because it was not possible that he should be holden of it. 

They showed to the Jews that they had really rejected 
Christ, and had Him crucified, and buried, and the tomb 
sealed and guarded, yet when God's power was manifested 
He was brought forth into life, and is at this moment the 
Messiah, our Redeemer. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who raised up Jesus? 

Give meaning of " loosed the pangs of death." 
Why could death not hold Him? 

Jesus passed through death and made it the gateway to 
glory for His followers. 

b. The Prediction by David.— Acts 2:25-31. 

(25) For David saith concerning him, (Psa. 16: 8 ff) I beheld the 
Lord always before my face; for he is on my right hand, that I 
should not be moved: 

(26) Therefore my heart was glad, and my tongue rejoiced; 
moreover my flesh also shall dwell (or, tabernacle) in hope: 

(27) Because thou wilt not leave my soul unto Hades, neither 
wilt thou give thy Holy One to see corruption. 



36 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



(28) Thou madest known unto me the ways of life; thou shalt 
make me full of gladness with thy countenance (or, in thy pres- 
ence). 

(29) Brethren, I may say unto you freely of the patriarch David, 
that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us unto this 
day. (30) Being therefore a prophet, and knowing that God had 
sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins he would 
set one (or, one should sit) upon his throne; (31) he foreseeing this 
spake of the resurrection of the Christ, that neither was he left unto 
Hades, nor did his flesh see corruption. 

After stating the fact that Christ is now raised from the 
dead, the Holy Spirit, through Peter, calls their attention to 
the same teaching in the Psalm, and in the teaching in 
which they themselves have great confidence. The Spirit 
who spoke to David had Christ in view (Psa. 16). "My 
flesh shall rest in hope," cannot refer to David because 
David died and was buried. Therefore, it must refer to 
Christ. He also calls their attention to Psa. 110. This 
same Psalm Jesus had used to silence His enemies (Matt. 
22:41-46). Jesus' answer to these enemies brings out four 
very important points in this Psalm: (1) that David is 
the author of the Psalm ; (2) that he was given it under 
the direction of the Spirit ; (3) that the Psalm speaks of the 
Messiah ; (4) that it was someone who was superior to 
David. We are informed here by the Holy Spirit that 
Christ would ascend into Heaven, and sit on David's throne 
after the resurrection. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why address them as men and brethren? 29. 
Did David know that the Messiah should descend from him? 
Whose flesh did not see corruption? 31, cf. Psa. 110: 1. 
Give the meaning of the quotation made by Peter. 

c. The Witnesses of the Resurrection. — Acts 2:32. 

(32) This Jesus did God raise up, whereof (or, of whom) we 
all are witnesses. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 37 



" This Jesus," the very One they had crucified, and 
whose miracles and teachings they thought they had de- 
stroyed, God has raised up. We are here to testify that 
He is a living Savior, and believe Him to be, by His au- 
thority and power, able to put all enemies under His feet. 
We have heard Him teach, we have seen Him work mir- 
acles. We saw Him crucified ; we saw Him after God 
raised Him. He gave us His commission. We saw Him 
ascend behind the clouds. The Holy Spirit brings us the 
news that He is now at the right hand of the Father. 

QUESTIONS. 

Compare this statement with 2:24. 

How many of the disciples were witnesses of His being alive? 
Do we know 'that Jesus lives, and are we witnesses? 
How can you tell a witness for Jesus from a witness for 
something else? 

(4) The Manifestations of the Holy Spirit— Acts 2 : 33-36. 

(33) Being therefore by (or, at) the right hand of God exalted, 
and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, 
he hath poured forth this, which ye see and hear. (34) For David 
ascended not into the heavens: but he saith himself, (Psa. 110: 1) 
The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 

(35) Till I make thine enemies the footstool of thy feet. 

(36) Let all the house (or, every house) of Israel therefore 
know assuredly, that God hath made him both Lord and Christ, 
this Jesus whom ye crucified. 

Peter is not satisfied to point these people to the work 
accomplished by Christ's ministry, and to the fact that God 
raised Him from the dead, but assures them that the very 
manifestation of the Spirit's presence, in fulfillment of the 
Father's promise, bears witness to an exaltation not seen by 
human eyes. Since the Holy Spirit has come, we know 
that Jesus Christ is on the Father's throne. This was 
testimony that no man could question. Peter again takes 
these Jews back to the Old Testament, and refers them to 
Psa. 110, and really convinces them that David could refer 
to none else but Christ, who is now on the throne. 



38 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

What had been the promise of the Father? 
When did Jesus promise to send the Comforter? 
What did they see, and what did they hear? 33. 
Give value of quotation from David. 34-35. 

The outpouring of the Holy Spirit was an evidence that 
Jesus was exalted and alive at the right hand of the Father. 

The theme that Peter had in his mind from the first, Jesus 
the Messiah, was not announced until the conclusion of the ad- 
dress, verse 36. This, no doubt, seemed most fitting to the 
Holy Spirit, who was directing Peter in the preaching of this 
sermon, because the theme was distasteful to many. The 
arguments for this theme which he had in his mind are three- 
fold, as shown in (1) The works of Jesus, (2) The Resurrec- 
tion of Jesus, (a) by the testimony of Scripture, and (b) by 
their own testimony, (3) The Manifestations of the Holy 
Spirit. 



4. THE EFFECT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT'S SERMON. 
Acts 2:37-41. 

(37) Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, 
and said unto Peter and the rest of the apostles, Brethren, what 
shall we do ? (38) And Peter said unto them, Repent ye, and be bap- 
tized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ unto the re- 
mission of your sins; and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy 
Spirit. (39) For to you is the promise, and to your children, and tcr 
all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call 
unto him. (40) And with many other words he testified, and exhort- 
ed them, saying, Save yourselves from this crooked generation. 
(41) They then that received his word were baptized : and there were 
added unto them in that day about three thousand souls. 

The results of the sermon speak for themselves, and 
clearly testify to the presence of the Messiah. The vast 
concourse of people is brought into an agony of conviction, 
and three thousand cry out, " Men and brethren, what shall 
we do? " This sermon was not pleasing to them because it 
was intellectual, or philosophical, or oratorical, but because 
it was spoken by men who were on fire with a message for 
soul saving, and the message went into their hearts. This 
is the first revival sermon on record. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 



39 



Every revivalist should carefully study this sermon, 
fill his heart with biblical facts, deliver them with the 
tongue set on fire by the Holy Spirit, and the message can- 
not help piercing the hearts of men and women. The cry 
was answered by Peter immediately. Repent, change your 
mind and conduct, confess your guilt, love Jesus and be 
obedient to His teaching. " Be baptized." This Jesus had 
told Peter would be the result of teaching, and was the 
second step in the commission, " Baptizing them in the 
name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost." 
By doing this, the one that repented confessed publicly his 
willingness to accept Jesus Christ as his Savior. Upon 
baptism, two conditions are met: (1) the forgiveness of 
sins, (2) the gift of the Holy Spirit. This promise was not 
limited to the Jews, who were then present, but included 
their offspring, and those " afar off," the Gentiles — an offer 
of salvation for all. The door of mercy is open. Every 
possible effort was made to rescue these sinners from the 
self-righteousness that would drag them to perdition. They 
were going away from God and the right. 

QUESTIONS. 

What pricked them in the heart? 37, cf. 36. 
When convicted of sin, what did they say? 
What did Peter tell them to do? 
Meaning of the word "repent"? 
Give design of baptism. 

In whose name or authority were they to be baptized? 
On what condition was the Holy Spirit promised? 
What was wrong with the generation referred to in verse 40? 
What class of persons were baptized? 41. 
In what way did these converts make a public confession? 
What preparation was made by the church for this revival? 
What good results come to a church by a revival, besides that 
of saving souls? 



40 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Section IV. The First Persecution. 

Acts 2: 42-4: 31. 

1. THE PRIMITIVE CHURCH.— Acts 2:42-47. 

(1) The Fourfold Training.— Acts 2: 42. 

(42) And they continued stedfastly in the apostles* teaching and 
fellowship (or, in fellowship), in the breaking of bread and the 
prayers. 

A. Instruction. 

This chapter gives the method of salvation presented 
to the Apostles by Jesus in the commission. The disciples, 
on receiving the Holy Spirit, had taught all the nations then 
present at Jerusalem, showing to them that Christ died, 
arose again, and was at the right hand of the Father. The 
people were convicted of sin, and cried out, " What must we 
do?" Peter at once gave the instruction he had from Je- 
sus, " Repent, and be baptized." Being obedient to this 
part of the commission, they received forgiveness of sin. 
They are now members of the church. They are called-out 
ones. This is a new community, every member sealed by 
the Holy Spirit. Again, remembering the instruction of 
Jesus in the commission, he takes up the last work, the 
teaching of the new converts. Teaching put first, shows 
its great importance. It is not a matter of indifference. It 
is in obedience to the command. These early disciples were 
to learn all about the teachings and miracles of Jesus and 
the practical beauties of religion. If the churches would 
obey the commands given by Jesus, as the early disciples 
did, then every member added to the church would at once 
be instructed, and by so doing grow into Christian life and 
become a power in soul saving. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was the Instructor of every Christian in the earl}' church? 
What did Jesus tell the Apostles to do after converts were 
baptized? 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 41 

" Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have 
commanded you." Thus the church that fails in giving in- 
struction to young converts, immediately after uniting with 
the church, of all that Jesus began to do and teach, as pre- 
sented in the four Gospels, hinders the increase in spiritual 
power in soul saving and is disobedient to the voice of Jesus. 
Why are Christians indifferent to the study of the Bible? 

B. Fellowship. 

They are a great family. They are together for mutual 
encouragement. This new community, with this new zeal, 
cheerfully accepted the new ordinances, though they contin- 
ued at first in fellowship with Judaism, prayers, and temple 
worship, but they were baptized, and all accepted the high- 
er teaching as presented by their Leader, Jesus Christ. Is 
it not wonderful, as they come into this new life and spir- 
itual power, that they are able to break off, away from the 
external hindrances that kept others from enjoying this 
holy fellowship? Men and women, having this holy stamp, 
the seal of the Holy Spirit, are given power to shake off 
everything that interferes with the progress of this new 
society, and enjoy fellowship made sweet and abiding by 
the constant presence and holy influence of the Holy Spirit. 

Where there is fellowship there is spiritual growth and 
power. Everyone in this church must be big enough to be 
a blessing to every other one. 

QUESTIONS. 

What is meant by the term "fellowship" (1 Cor. 10: 17; Rom. 
15:27)? 

It means joint participation in spiritual things, Christian 
sympathy, experience and practical charity. No one can be as 
good a Christian alone as he can by being in fellowship with 
other Christians. 

Why should Christians meet together? 

What are some of the greatest hindrances to spiritual growth? 

C. Breaking of Bread. 

On the night of His betrayal, in the presence of His 
disciples, Jesus said, " Do this in remembrance of Me." 
The Holy Spirit, present in this body of believers, calls the 



42 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



attention of the disciples to the broken bread, which fore- 
told His broken body ; and the cup, which was the emblem 
of the precious blood that He shed. There is no command 
given to instruct us how often the breaking of bread and 
the giving of the cup was to be observed. 

It was the Holy Spirit's mission to bring to the re- 
membrance of His disciples the teaching of Jesus. This 
request the Lord had made when He had broken the bread 
and filled the cup with wine, foretelling the giving of Him- 
self in His death and suffering which these emblems were 
to show forth. Now the Holy Spirit had opened their un- 
derstanding, they obeyed Jesus' command in partaking of 
it. In doing so, they were growing in the spirit and like- 
ness of Jesus, and showing forth Christ's death here on 
earth until He shall return, as promised by the angel when 
He ascended. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the purpose in the breaking of the bread? 
How often is this command to be obeyed? 

" For as often as ye eat this bread, and drink the cup, ye 
do proclaim the Lord's death till He come." 
When were the Apostles instructed by Jesus to observe this 
service? 

How long is this service to be continued? 

D. Prayer Meeting. 

The Apostles, who associated with Jesus while He was 
in the body, found Him often in communion with His Fa- 
ther in prayer. He went out early in the morning and the 
disciples found Him in prayer. He climbed the mountains 
and alone with His Father engaged in prayer. All His 
great work was preceded by a conference alone with His 
Father. The disciples learned this same secret; they were 
taught to pray in secret as well as in public. The disciples 
came to Jesus and asked to have instructions in prayer. 
The early church has caught the secret. He who has or- 
ganized the church, He who is the Builder of the church, 
while on earth never forgot that the result of His mission 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 43 

depended on keeping in close touch by prayer with the Fa- 
ther. 

Jesus, at the right hand of the Father, the church now 
on earth commissioned to carry forth the work of the ab- 
sent Son, is here in the very beginning in communion with 
the Son, asking for direction, and power, that His church 
may grow in numbers, in holiness, and clothed in His own 
righteousness. The church, the individual that does not 
have stated times for communion with Jesus through 
prayer, can not help but be weak and fail to accomplish 
what was accomplished in the early church by spending 
much time in communion with the Lord upon the throne. 

QUESTIONS. 

What can you say about Jesus' habit of prayer? 
Why were the disciples so anxious to know of Jesus how to 
pray? 

When a Christian is in trouble to whom does he go for re- 
lief? 

What is the best text book on prayer? 

It is the Bible. When you open your Bible you hear God 
talk to you, and the more you let God talk to you and thus 
become better acquainted with Him, the better you will be 
able to talk to Him in prayer and know what to talk to Him 
about. 

(2) The Ideal Community.— Acts 2:43-47. 

(43) And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and 
signs were done through the apostles. (44) And all that believed 
were together, and had all things common; (45) and they sold their 
possessions and goods, and parted them to all, according as any 
man had need. (46) And day by day, continuing stedfastly with one 
accord in the temple, and breaking bread at home, they took their 
food with gladness and singleness of heart, (47) praising God, and 
having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to them (Gr. 
together) day by day those that were saved (or, were being saved). 

" Fear fell upon every soul." The church engaged in 
her great religious duties, placed upon her by her Master, 
as shown in 42 and 43, and manifestation of results in 47, 
shows the threefold influence this church had upon unbe- 



44 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



lievers. The unbelievers, under said influence, were brought 
under deep conviction. The great crowd that had assem- 
bled could not help approving the wonderful work wrought 
by this new community. Many of those who heard the 
preaching and saw the miracles confessed Jesus Christ as 
their Savior, and every day they were added to the Lord 
and the church grew in numbers. 

" Were together and had all things common." In this 
real church, under the baptism of the Holy Spirit, with the 
display of the power, everything owned by each individual 
had on it the same seal that was upon himself, the Holy 
Spirit. The property that was theirs was not their own be- 
cause they themselves were bought with a price, and the 
price that was paid included everything that belonged to 
the person who was bought. They were so filled with this 
brotherly love that the wealthier brethren sold their prop- 
erty, in order to give money to those who needed it. And 
a church thus influenced would make the poor just as hon- 
est in not taking any more than was needed, as the rich, in 
not pretending to give more than was really given. The 
rich and poor, each had as much as they needed. 

The early church members had but one mission, and 
that was Christ's commission. That was their business. 
Everything else was subordinate. Such a church has time 
for religious training, religious duties, even more than fifty- 
two Sundays in the year. Weeks during the year will be 
given to the work of Christ, and churches will see what the 
New Testament church saw — sinners saved each day in the 
year. If sinners are to be saved each day in the year, why 
do churches have revival efforts limited to about two or 
three weeks in a year? 

At this time there were no creeds or denominations, and 
when a soul was saved it was added to the Lord. This may 
be the reason that so many so-called " converts " have no 
spiritual power, because they have been numbered as being 
added to some creed or denomination instead of being added 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 45 



to the Lord. A soul added to the Lord is given life and 
power to do things. 

QUESTIONS. 

What brought such great fear on the unbelievers? 
How did the early church members express their brotherly- 
love? 

What was the business of the early church? 

Does the church now have the same business? 

To whom were the converts added in the early church? 

How often did they have a revival during the year and when? 



2. THE LAME MAN HEALED.— Acts 3: 1-10. 
(1) The Apostles on the Way to Service.— Acts 3: 1. 

(1) Now Peter and John were going up into the temple at the 
hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. 

The new community, as described in the former chap- 
ter, gives an outlook of a year or more over the work of the 
church. It was not a day nor a week, but a much longer 
time that they continued in their fourfold training and had 
their common treasury. Luke now gives an account in the 
third chapter, belonging to some time in this first or second 
year, and is one of the many wonders and signs done by 
the Apostles (2:43). There is no reference anywhere that 
helps us to fix the precise date. We know that it occurred 
during the period that the community of goods was kept 
up. Thus far the laborers of the church had been uninter- 
rupted and had met with the most astonishing success. 
The temple, however, was still the place of meeting, and 
later became the place of conflict. The two old friends and 
partners, fishing on the sea of Galilee, were now at 3 P. M. 
going to the temple fishing for men. This was the usual 
hour for sacrifice and prayer. Although the Apostles had 
their Pentecostal experience, they considered that they 
could gain the most help and do the most good by con- 
tinuing their usual methods of worship, and be on hand at 
the hour of prayer. 



IF 



1 



TOWER OF ANTON IA 



COURT OF 
THE PRIESTS 



COURT OF 
THE WOMEN 

1 Q 



z7 



BEAUTIFUL GATE 



A CH EL or SACRED ENCLOSURE 

1. HOLY OF HOLIES 

2. HOLY PLACE 

3. PORC H 
LAVER 

5, BRAZEN ALTAR 

O. CHAMBER FOR WOOD 
1 - FOR CEREMONIES OF NAZARlTE VOW 
f. - - OEPOSIT OF OIL AND WINE 
<? • 



CEREMONIES OF CLEANSING LEPERS 



HEROD'S PORCH 



.*/ 

;a 

»£ 
'o 

O I 



> 



< 
> 



O 



OPHLL 



THE TEMPLE. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 47 



QUESTIONS. 

Name the Apostles. 

At what time of the day was it? 

What was the stated time for prayer in the Jewish church? 
3: 1, cf. Dan. 6: 10; Psa. 55: 17. 

(2) The Lame Man at the Gate.— Acts 3 : 2. 

(2) And a certain man that was lame from his mother's womb 
was carried, whom they laid daily at the door of the temple which 
is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the 
temple. 

The people assembled for the hour of prayer in that 
part of the temple called " The Court of the Women." The 
women were permitted in this part of the temple, but were 
never allowed to go beyond. This court was 125 cubits 
square, and was generally thronged with people at the 
ninth hour. The name " Beautiful " is not found elsewhere, 
but the door is supposed to be that which led from the 
Court of the Gentiles to the Court of the Women. 

This lame man, who was in that condition from birth, 
was carried to this gate. He was forty years old. Like this 
man, the Jewish Nation was helpless, with all its beautiful 
religious ceremonies, lying outside the Pentecost sanctuary; 
because of rejection and disobedience, it remains the crook- 
ed and helpless generation. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long had this man been lame? 

At what part of the temple was this gate? 

(3) The Gift of Healing.— Acts 3 : 3-7. 

(3) Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple, 
asked to receive an alms. (4) And Peter, fastening his eyes upon 
him, with John, said, Look on us. (5) And he gave heed unto them, 
expecting to receive something from them. (6) But Peter said, Silver 
and gold have I none; but what I have, that give I thee. In the 
name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk. (7) And he took him by 
the right hand, and raised him up: and immediately his feet and 
his ankle-bones received strength. 



48 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Peter and John were on the way to service, but were 
different from the Priests and Levites because they made 
the man's need the present duty for service. This beggar 
must have been at the temple when the Lord went in and 
out and performed miracles. He may have learned what 
had transpired on the day of Pentecost, and was happening 
every day in the early church. " Look on us." Obediently 
the eyes of the lame man rested upon the Apostles. He 
expected something, yet there was in store something far 
greater than he expected. The right look, followed by 
obedience, brings the blessing. Christ healed while He was 
with the disciples. The Apostles now heal in Christ's name. 
The man's faith was strengthened as Peter reached forth 
his hand and lifted him up. Immediately, not gradually, 
without a moment's delay, his feet and ankle bones were 
made strong. Remember Luke, the beloved physician, is 
the writer of this account. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did he ask of Peter and John? 
What did the Apostles do first, and why? 
Did he receive more or less than he asked for? 
In whose name and faith was he healed? 

(4) The Healed Man.— Acts 3 : 8. 

(8) And leaping up, he stood, and began to walk; and he entered 
with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. 

This man had been lame from his birth, and had never 
learned to walk. This man's heart was full of thankful- 
ness to God for his great deliverance. He walked and 
leaped, and entered through the Beautiful Gate into the 
Court of the Women at a time when it was filled with wor- 
shipers. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did he do when he was healed? 
Why did he go into the temple? 

Should healed sinners now make the same demonstration? 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 49 



(5) The Effect on the Multitude.— Acts 3 : 9-10. 

(9) And all the people saw him walking and praising God: 
(10) and they took knowledge of him, that it was he that sat for 
alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with 
wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him. 

Why was this miracle wrought at this time? "Mir- 
acles were the bells by which God drew the people together 
to hear the sermon concerning Jesus." It was to show to 
these unbelieving Jews that the very Person they had re- 
jected and delivered into the hands of the Gentiles was the 
Messiah and their King. 

QUESTIONS. 

Did the people know it was the lame man at the gate? 
What did the man do to make this impression on the people? 

Peter and John, on the way to church, found this poor 
cripple and took time to heal him. Many persons are crippled 
by sin, and have never had the privilege of meeting a Peter 
and John who could say, "Silver and gold have I none; but 
what I have that give I thee. In the name of Jesus Christ of 
Nazareth, walk." 

The greatest blessing cannot be purchased by gold and 
silver. 

The man of strong faith must put forth his hand to the 
man of weak faith, in order that God may be able to glorify 
His Son among the people. 

3. PETER'S SECOND SERMON.— Acts 3: 11-26. 

(1) Miracle Explained.— Acts 3: 11-16. 

(11) And as he held Peter and John, all the people ran together 
unto them in the porch (or, portico) that is called Solomon's, 
greatly wondering. (12) And when Peter saw it, he answered unto 
the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this man (or, 
thing)? or why fasten ye your eyes on us, as though by our own 
power or godliness we had made him to walk? (13) The God of 
Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath 
glorified his Servant (or, Child) Jesus; whom ye delivered up, and 
denied before the face of Pilate, when he had determined to release 
him. (14) But ye denied the Holy and Righteous One, and asked for 
a murderer to be granted unto you, (15) and killed the Prince (or, 
Author) of life; whom God raised from the dead; whereof (or, of 



50 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



whom) we are witnesses. (16) And by (or, on the ground of) 
faith in his name hath his name made this man strong, whom ye 
behold and know: yea, the faith which is through him hath given 
him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. 

Peter's sermon here is a greater miracle than the cure 
of the lame man. This address, flowing from the heart of 
Peter, was planned and set on fire by the Holy Spirit. 
When the lame man was healed his heart was so filled with 
praise for the blessing he had obtained, that he could not 
let Peter and John go. When the people saw that the man 
was healed and clinging to the persons who were instru- 
mental in his healing, it was noised about and great crowds 
gathered on the porch, on the east side of the temple. 
Peter had a sermon ready to suit the people. 

The sermon is one intended to bring the crowds to the 
feet of Jesus, the One who had made the lame man able to 
walk. Peter does not want the congregation's attention 
drawn to himself, as the preacher, or the instrument in 
healing, but to Jesus Christ as the One of Strength and 
Power. 

They should not have been astonished at what had 
happened to the lame man. One had walked among them 
who had rebuked the demons, made the lame to walk, 
opened the eyes of the blind, healed all manner of sickness, 
and raised people from the dead. This is the Source of 
Power to which he calls their attention. These cutting 
statements bring home the truth to his people. 

(a) God glorified Him; (b) Ye delivered Him up; (c) 
Ye denied Him when even the heathen Pilate would have 
let Him go free; (d) Ye refused a Holy Man, and chose as 
your idol a murderer; (e) Ye killed the very Prince of Life, 
but God set Himself against your conduct in that He raised 
Him from the dead. 

You are witnesses to the restoration of this lame man, 
but this is only part of the great Truth to which we are 
witnesses. We are not only witnesses to the rejection and 
crucifixion, but also to His resurrection and ascension. It 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 51 



was the faith in this very Person that brought perfect 
soundness to the lame man who was lying at the Beautiful 
Gate. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where did Peter preach this sermon? 

What was his explanation as to himself and John? 

The true teacher always hides behind Christ, calling at- 
tention not to himself but to his Master. 
What was the design of this miracle? 

That God might glorify His Son Jesus. 
Why say, "Giving him this perfect soundness"? Can the 
same soundness be had by the sinner who has been healed in 
Jesus' name? 

The preacher full of the Holy Spirit must be very familiar 
with his Bible, because it is the Holy Spirit's Text-book. 

(2) In Jesus All Men Can Find Salvation. — Acts 3: 17-21. 

(17) And now, brethren, I know that in ignorance ye did it, as 
did also your rulers. (18) But the things which God foreshowed by 
the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ should suffer, he thus 
fulfilled. (19) Repent ye therefore, and turn again, that your sins may 
be blotted out, that so there may come seasons of refreshing from 
the presence of the Lord; (20) and that he may send the Christ who 
hath been appointed for you, even Jesus : (21) whom the heaven must 
receive until the times of restoration of all things, whereof God 
spake by the mouth of his holy prophets that have been from of 
old. 

Peter here accounts in a measure for their wicked con- 
duct, but does not excuse it. He calls them " brethren." 
He is a member of the same nation, and brings them the 
offer of mercy. Their guilt could not be denied, but God 
in His great mercy is ready to treat their great sin as a sin 
of ignorance. " Father, forgive them, for they know not 
what they do." This is Jesus' prayer on the Cross, and He 
wants them forgiven because of not understanding their 
deed. God was ready to answer that prayer. This was a 
national sin and He asked them to repent as a nation, that 
their sins might be blotted out, because a nation would not 
accept Christ as a Savior. This does not take away the liberty 



52 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



of any individual of accepting Christ and of becoming a 
member of His church. All the Prophets have foretold of 
the happy days to come. Christ has been received into 
heaven, and He will come again. This promise of His 
coming must again have stirred the rulers. 

QUESTIONS. 

Does ignorance cancel guilt? 

God fulfilled the Scriptures, and these Jews seemingly 
did not know it, because they were ignorant of the real teach- 
ing of the Bible, when they were gratifying their own passions. 

What had He shown by the Prophets? 

What three things are promised to repenters? 

(a) Blotting out of sin; (b) seasons of refreshing; (c) re- 
turning of Jesus. 

(3) In Jesus All Prophecy Is Fulfilled.— Acts 3:22-26. 

(22) Moses indeed said, (Dent. 18: 15) A prophet shall the Lord 
God raise up unto you from among your brethren, like unto me; 
to him shall ye hearken in all things whatsoever he shall speak 
unto you. (23) (Deut. 18: 19) And it shall be, that every soul that 
shall not hearken to that prophet, shall be utterly destroyed from 
among the people. (24) Yea and all the prophets from Samuel and 
them that followed after, as many as have spoken, they also told 
of these days. (25) Ye are the sons of the prophets, and of the cov- 
enant which God made with your fathers, saying unto Abraham, 
(Gen. 12:3) And in thy seed shall all the families of the earth be 
blessed. (26) Unto you first God, having raised up his Servant 
(or, Child), sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of 
you from your iniquities. 

Peter proceeds to quote certain passages from the Old 
Testament, which suggested what he has already said. The 
Messiah was to be one of themselves (Deut. 18:15-19). 
He was to be a blessing to every nation on the earth (Gen. 
22: 18). The One of whom Moses spoke was greater than 
himself and was none other than Christ. He reminds them 
also of the testimony of the Prophets to this great truth, 
from Samuel on. The people to whom he is speaking are 
children of these Prophets, who had knowledge of these 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 53 



days, and they are the children of the fathers who had re- 
ceived the covenant from God. Children who have such 
ancestors should have a spiritual insight into the things of 
God. It was a great favor that God had for these people in 
raising His Son, their Savior, and sending Him forth as a 
blessing unto them, and by His unlimited Power would lift 
them out of their iniquity into a life of holiness and right- 
eousness. 

QUESTIONS. 

In what sense was James a prophet like Moses? 

Moses differed from all the other prophets in the follow- 
ing: (a) In being a deliverer; (b) in being a lawgiver. 
To what other prophets does Peter refer? 
Why does Peter now refer to their national sympathy? 

4. ARREST AND IMPRISONMENT OF PETER AND 

JOHN. 

Acts 4: 1-4. 

(1) And as they spake unto the people, the priests (some an- 
cient authorities read " the chief priests ") and the captain of the 
temple and the Saddueees came upon them, (2) being sore troubled 
because they taught the people, and proclaimed in Jesus the resur- 
rection from the dead. (3) And they laid hands on them, and put 
them in ward unto the morrow: for it was now eventide. (4) But 
many of them that heard the word believed; and the number of the 
men came to be about five thousand. 

The sermon Peter had preached, in which he accused 
the Jews of having put Christ to death, whom God raised 
from the dead, and who would return again, stirred the 
Jewish rulers. It meant to the Jewish nation a revival of all 
the trouble that they had made for themselves, when Jesus 
Himself was present. The priests were divided into twen- 
ty-four courses, each of whom served a week in the temple. 
The priests of the text probably were those on duty for 
that week. The captain of the temple, who led the party 
making the arrests, was commander of the guards of the 
Levites stationed in the temple. 



54 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The Sadducees were in the lead in the strong opposi- 
tion against the church, because the Apostles taught 
through Jesus the resurrection from the dead. They did 
not believe in the resurrection. The principal thing in 
which they were interested was that of getting their share 
of the temple dues. They were not able to separate this 
teaching of the Apostles from that of the healing of the 
lame man. This is the first real external opposition to the 
church. The lame man had been healed about 3 P. M., and 
the events recorded transpired between the hours of three 
and six. The Apostles were arrested and put into prison 
because it was too late in the evening to hold court. The 
Jewish day ceased at sunset, and it was not lawful to hold 
court after that hour (Jer. 21 : 12). 

The people who had listened to Peter's sermon, and 
saw the man with them that was healed, believed, and the 
membership of the church increased to over five thousand. 

QUESTIONS. 

Into how many courses were the priests divided? 1 Chron. 
24: 1-19. 

Who was the captain of the temple? 

Why were the Sadducees in the lead? 

Give time of healing and time of arrest. 

What were the two results of the Apostles' teaching? 

(1) Increased opposition of the enemy. 

(2) Increase of church membership. 

5. TRIAL BEFORE THE SANHEDRIM. 
Acts 4: 5-12. 

(5) And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers and 
elders and scribes were gathered together in Jerusalem; (6) and 
Annas the high priest was there, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alex- 
ander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest. (7) 
And when they had set them in the midst, they inquired, By what 
power, or in what name, have ye done this? (8) Then Peter, filled 
with the Holy Spirit, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and 
elders, (9) if we this day are examined concerning a good deed 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 55 



done to an impotent man, by what means (or, in whom) this man 
is made whole; (10) be it known unto you all, and to all the peo- 
ple of Israel, that in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom 
ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even in him (or, this 
name) doth this man stand here before you whole. (11) He is 
(Psa. 118:22) the stone which was set at nought of you the 
builders, which was made the head of the corner. (12) And in none 
other is there salvation: for neither is there any other name under 
heaven, that is given among men, wherein we must be saved. 

The main body of the Sanhedrim was made up of per- 
sons called rulers, elders, and scribes. They met daily near 
the eastern gate of the temple. It was the lawful court for 
deciding questions of public worship, interpretations of 
the Scriptures, and the kind of punishment to be given for 
any violation of religious rites. 

Annas, the high priest, had been appointed about A. D. 
7 and deposed by the Roman Procurator, and Caiaphas, his 
son-in-law, appointed by the same unlawful heathen power, 
A. D. 14. The Jews regarded Annas, however, as their 
lawful high priest. John and Alexander are unknown per- 
sons. The council must have been mainly composed of 
Sadducees. 

The prisoners were brought in, and the cripple, who 
had been healed, boldly walked in and took his position 
close by them. The council asked, " By what power, or by 
what name, have ye done this?" This was an indefinite 
question. Peter, directed by the Spirit, answered their 
question in a way most effective. His opening statement 
had the sting of sarcasm in it. " If we this day are exam- 
ined concerning a good deed done to an impotent man " — 
charged with the work that is certainly superhuman, not 
with a crime but with a deed of benevolence. Why did this 
religious body arrest the Apostles for a deed of benevolence? 
Was not that a great blunder ? Peter shows to this body that 
their work is in direct opposition to God ; shows them that 
they are fighting against God; that they crucified God's Son. 
While they destroyed the Son, God in opposition to their 



56 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



deed, raised Him to life. Now, by the influence of the Power of 
that life, this man (no doubt pointing to the man who was 
lame, standing before them healed) is perfect in soul and 
body. He goes still further and calls their attention to 
Psa. 118:22. This truth must have startled them. It was 
no new thing for the leaders of Israel to reject the deliverers 
whom God had sent them. He closes the address by call- 
ing their attention to the fact that there is no salvation for 
men except in the name of Jesus, whom they crucified. 
Every human being, who is saved, must be saved in the 
name of Jesus. 

QUESTIONS. 

Name persons who were present at court. 
Vho were Annas and Caiaphas? 

Of whom must Peter and John have been reminded? Matt. 
10: 17-28. 

Why was there no definite charge? 

What questions did they ask the Apostles? 

What was the real charge Peter made against them? 

Jews put to death, but God did the very opposite — He gave 

life. 

State the only means of salvation. 

Give Peter's purpose in quoting Psa. 118:22. 



6. SECRET SESSION OF SANHEDRIM. 
Acts 4: 13-17. 

(13) Now when they beheld the boldness of Peter and John, 
and had perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they 
marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been 
with Jesus. (14) And seeing the man that was healed standing 
with them, they could say nothing against it. (15) But when they 
had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred 
among themselves, (16) saying, What shall we do to these men? 
for that indeed a notable miracle (Gr. sign) hath been wrought 
through them, is manifest to all that dwell in Jerusalem; and we 
cannot deny it. (17) But that it spread no further among the peo- 
ple, let us threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in 
this name. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 57 



Peter's speech before the Sanhedrim was as great a 
miracle, or greater, than the healing of the lame man, who 
stood before that body healed. They knew Peter and John 
had not been trained in their schools, nor educated in their 
literature, and yet he could speak with greater power and 
touch the hearts of the people better than any of those who 
belonged to their own body. They could not understand 
why such men could gain such power and freedom of 
speech. The only way they could account for it was their 
association with Jesus, and in being like Jesus. The great- 
est need in the Christian church is to get men and women 
to have Jesus as their daily Companion, so that they them- 
selves may become like Him. The unanswerable argument 
to these high officials was the man who stood before them 
as the example of the healing power of Jesus. It was the 
practice of the court to remove the prisoners while they de- 
liberated on their verdict. They could not deny the truths 
spoken by Peter, nor set aside the example of healing. But 
to check this influence and prevent its spreading to others 
is the thing that must be accomplished. They must fright- 
en them with threats, and charge them that they no more 
speak to any one in the name of Jesus. 

QUESTIONS. 

What astonished the council? 
Upon what does courage depend? 

(1) Upon a firm conviction that we are right; (2) upon 
faith in God; (3) upon supreme love and devotion for a person 
or a cause; (4) upon the holy Spirit who gives life and power 
to the soul. 

Why call them "unlearned and ignorant" men? 
Who would you say were the ignorant ones? 
What does it mean to be with Jesus? 

(1) To be with Him in our thoughts; (2) in our hearts; 
(3) in our motives; (4) in our actions; (5) in person. 
What was an unanswerable argument? 14. 
Why desire the secret session? 
What was their decision? 



58 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 

7. THE APOSTLES' TRIUMPH. 
Acts 4: 18-22. 

(18) And they called them, and charged them not to speak at 
all nor teach in the name of Jesus. (19) But Peter and John 
answered and said unto them, Whether it is right in the sight of 
God to hearken unto you rather than unto God, judge ye: 
(20) for we cannot but speak the things which we saw and 
heard. (21) And they, when they had further threatened them, 
let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, 
because of the people; for all men glorified God for that which 
was done. (22) For the man was more than forty years old, on 
whom this miracle of healing was wrought 

The Apostles were called back to the hall where the 
Sanhedrim was assembled to receive the verdict. The pro- 
hibition was twofold. They were not to act as public 
teachers at all, and especially not to speak to the people re- 
specting Jesus. But Peter and John were ambassadors for 
God, and to be true to Him they must utter the things 
which they had seen and heard. They ask the council if 
they think it would be right to set aside their duty and re- 
sponsibility to God, and be obedient to the demands made 
upon them by men. They at once informed the Sanhe- 
drim that they could not do anything that would stop them 
meeting their responsibility to God. This holy courage 
was the product of the indwelling Spirit. We too need such 
courage as witnesses for our absent Lord. The only an- 
swer that the learned rulers and scribes could give was a 
renewed threat. They dared not lay hands on the Apostles 
because of the people. Too many knew what had taken 
place, and God was glorified by those who had been wit- 
nesses of the healing of the lame man. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the report when called back to the council? 

Why were they not to preach and teach in the name of Jesus? 

Give the answer of the Apostles. 

Give rule for obeying earthly rulers. 

What things had the}' seen and heard? 

Why discharge the prisoners? 

Why call attention to the man's age? 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 59 



8. THE PRAYER MEETING.— Acts 4: 23-31. 
(1) Report of Peter and John to the Church.— Acts 4: 23. 

(23) And being let go, they came to their own company, and 
reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said unto them. 

When the Apostles were released they immediately 
went to meet with the disciples. They must have had a 
place for the multitude of converts, where all the disciples 
could unite in prayer and praise. The body of believers, 
no doubt, had learned of the arrest of their leaders, and of 
their imprisonment, and may have spent the entire night in 
prayer for their deliverance. The Apostles gave an account 
of their experience before the council, and the verdict that 
they must no more teach in the name of Jesus. The Apostles 
experienced the fulfillment of another rich promise made to 
them by the Lord (Mark 13:9-11). 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the number of the company to which Peter and 
John belonged? 

What were the definite things that they reported? 
What effect had the report upon the church? 

(2) The Prayer by the Church.— Acts 4: 24-31. 

(24) And they, when they heard it, lifted up their voice to God 
with one accord, and said, O Lord (Gr. Master), thou that didst 
make (or, thou art he that did make) the heaven and the earth and 
the sea, and all that in them is: (25) who by the Holy Spirit, by the 
mouth of our father David thy servant, didst say, (Psa. 2:1,2) 
Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine vain things? 

(26) The kings of the earth set themselves in array, and the 
rulers were gathered together, against the Lord, and against his 
Anointed (Gr. Christ) : 

(27) For of a truth in this city against thy holy Servant Jesus, 
whom thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the 
Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, were gathered together, (28) to 
do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel foreordained to come to 
pass. (29) And now, Lord, look upon their threatenings : and 
grant unto thy servants (Gr. bondservants) to speak thy word with 
all boldness, (30) while thou stretchest forth thy hand to heal; and 



60 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



that signs and wonders may be done through the name of thy 
holy Servant Jesus. (31) And when they had prayed, the place 
was shaken wherein they were gathered together; and they were 
all filled with the Holy Spirit, and they spake the word of God 
with boldness. 

The disciples recognize their helplessness. They have 
been threatened by the same company that put Christ to 
death, and if they continue to teach it may mean the death 
of their leaders. They are together as a body of believers 
and make their appeal to God, not as a Searcher of hearts, 
or that He might take away their opposition, but as the 
Mighty One who has created the heavens, the earth and the 
sea. In their prayer they recite part of the second Psalm. 
They have the spiritual perception which shows that this 
prophecy is now theirs. In these verses we have the proph- 
ecy. In the New Testament we have the history and fulfill- 
ment. 



These Jews fulfilled the voices of their own prophets 
to whom they listened every Sabbath, by rejecting Jesus, 
and forbidding the Apostles to speak in His name. The 
disciples asked in this prayer for just what they wanted. 
There was one great burden on the hearts of these disciples, 
and that was to save men and women by telling them about 
Jesus who died to save them. Their prayer for boldness, 
to witness for the truth, was answered, but not in a way 
anticipated by the Apostles. The place was shaken, a new 
baptism of the Spirit was given to the praying church. 



Prophecy 



History 



Kings 
Rulers 



Herod 
Pilate 



Heathen 
People 



Gentiles 
Israel 



QUESTIONS. 



Why refer to His creative power? 
Name the Psalm from which Peter quoted. 
What threatening did they refer to? 
Why did they want boldness? 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 61 



(a) That they might have the power to heal; (b) that they 
might show the power of Jesus' name. 
What was God's answer? 
Did God manifest His power to the church? 

Petitions. 

(a) Their adoration to God as Creator of the world; (b) 
their reconciling themselves to the present dispensation of 
Providence; (c) the dispensation of Providence by reciting 
scripture; (d) what was foretold they see being fulfilled; (e) 
their petition in reference to the case at this time. 

Section V. Internal History and Second 
Persecution. Acts 4: 32-5: 42. 

1. THE NEW COMMUNITY. 
Acts 4:32-37. 

(32) And the multitude of them that believed were of one 
heart and soul: and not one of them said that aught of the things 
which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common. 
(33) And with great power gave the apostles their witness of the 
resurrection of the Lord Jesus (some ancient authorities add 
"Christ"): and great grace was upon them all. (34) For neither 
was there among them any that lacked: for as many as were pos- 
sessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the 
things that were sold, (35) and laid them at the apostles' feet: and 
distribution was made unto each, according as any one had need. 

(36) And Joseph, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas 
[which is, being interpreted, Son of exhortation (or, consolation ' r 
see Luke 2:25; ch. 9:31; 15:31; 2 Cor. 1:3-7, in the Gr.)], a 
Levite, a man of Cyprus by race, (37) having a field, sold it, and 
brought the money and laid it at the apostles* feet. 

The first Christian converts were distinguished by their 
steadfast attendance on the preaching of the Apostles, liv- 
ing together in fellowship, having the welfare of one anoth- 
er at heart, and frequently having love feasts, accompanied 
with the celebration of the Lord's Supper, and being to- 
gether much in public prayer. A new stamp was upon this 
body of believers. They were no longer under the direction 
of the great council. They were absolutely and definitely 
under the leadership of the Holy Spirit, and would be sub- 



62 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ject to the direction of no other body. They were moving 
out from Judaism, and God was moving with them. Under 
the influence of this great Power the Apostles magnified 
Jesus as the living Savior, and the whole community felt 
inspired under their teaching. Their teaching had a won- 
derful influence, as indicated by the self-sacrificing spirit of 
brotherly love, in which each esteemed the other better 
than himself. Many of those who owned houses and lands, 
of their own free will, prompted by the love of the brethren, 
did, from time to time, sell and bring their proceeds to the 
Apostles. 

(1) It was voluntary, coming from the prompting of 
the inward spirit. 5 : 4. 

(2) It was not universal ; every one did not sell his 
property, nor was it required that every one sell his all. 
However, it acquired merit and honor for those engaged in 
these acts of self-sacrifice. 

Two examples are cited to show that the selling was 
really voluntary, and the money from the sale could be used 
as thought best. The example, Barnabas, was an expres- 
sion of honor and merit. The other example, at the opening 
of the next chapter, Ananias and Sapphira, dishonor and 
disgrace. For some time the Apostles had charge of the 
distribution of the funds in the common treasury. 

" The fires of persecution were kindled to consume the 
church, but the church members then were like the three 
heroes in Nebuchadnezzar's furnace — it did not harm them 
because the Son of Man was their Companion." 

QUESTIONS. 

Give second description of the early church. Cf. 2:42-47. 
What is said as to the progress of the church? 
What did the Apostles continue to do? 

Was this the community for which Christ prayed (John 17: 21) ? 
Should the church be the same now as it was then? 
Give meaning of " Great grace was upon them all." 
Tell what is said about Barnabas. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 63 



2. DISHONEST CHURCH MEMBERS.— Acts 5: 1-11. 

(1) The Fate of Ananias.— Acts 5: 1-6. 

(1) But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, 
sold a possession, (2) and kept back part of the price, his wife also 
being privy to it, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the 
apostles' feet. (3) But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled 
thy heart to lie to (or, deceive) the Holy Spirit, and to keep back 
part of the price of the land? (4) While it remained, did it not 
remain thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thy power? 
How is it that thou hast conceived this thing in thy heart? thou 
hast not lied unto men, but unto God. (5) And Ananias hearing 
these words fell down and gave up the ghost: and great fear came 
upon all that heard it. (6) And the young men arose and wrapped 
him round, and they carried him out and buried him. 

In the closing verses of the second and third chapters 
we have beautiful pictures given to us of the love, union, 
and prosperity of the early church. The church was one in 
heart and life. The Holy Spirit filled the people. They 
were united in their efforts to work in harmony, as instruct- 
ed by Jesus in the Great Commission. It was the work 
they must do before Jesus returns. The church was doing 
revival work three hundred and sixty-five days in the year. 
As this church was so rapidly growing, Satan realized the 
loss of his interest, and made every effort to fortify himself 
against the progress of the church. His first effort was 
from without — to destroy the church by persecution — as 
we learned in our last paragraph. But his attack was a 
failure and resulted in a greater manifestation of God. Their 
faith and courage increased and the church grew in mem- 
bership. His second attempt to destroy the church was 
from within. He secured possession of two hearts full of 
evil motives, ambition and hypocrisy. When God had an- 
swered the prayers of the church, by the trembling of the 
earth, and the men and women truly filled with the Holy 
Spirit, it was not difficult to keep the common treasury 
filled with what they needed. A man by the name of Barna- 
bas, born at Cyprus, a Jew by blood, of the priestly tribe 



64 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



of Levi, had land and sold it and laid the price at the Apos- 
tles' feet. This man's benevolent act, no doubt, was re- 
warded by some honor and praise from the congregation. 
Others would like to receive this honor, without giving the 
possessions. Ananias and Sapphira made an effort, by de- 
ception, to receive it. There are many other ways of secur- 
ing honor and blessing in the church, not merely by money; 
and if done with a view of deceiving and not paying full 
value for it, then there is the spirit of Ananias and Sapphira. 
In some way, we do not know just how, Peter detected the 
fraud, and the accusation was, " Satan hath filled thine heart 
to lie to the Holy Spirit." Peter repeated the charge in dif- 
ferent terms. " Thou hast not lied unto men, but unto 
God." His punishment was death. He was carried forth 
and buried. 

(2) The Fate of Sapphira.— Acts 5: 7-11. 

(7) And it was about the space of three hours after, when his 
wife, not knowing what was done, came in. (8) And Peter an- 
swered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much. 
And she said, Yea, for so much. (9) But Peter said unto her, How 
is it that ye have agreed together to try the Spirit of the Lord? 
behold, the feet of them that have buried thy husband are at the 
door, and they shall carry thee out. (10) And she fell down im- 
mediately at his feet, and gave up the ghost: and the young men 
came in and found her dead, and they carried her out and buried 
her by her husband. (11) And great fear came upon the whole 
church, and upon all that heard these things. 

About three hours later the wife came into the assem- 
bly, not knowing what had happened to her husband. Pe- 
ter now asked her a question, and she answered. He de- 
clared to her that they had agreed upon this deception, and 
told her that the sin committed was against the Spirit of 
the Lord. She, too, fell dead, as did her husband, and the 
young men came forth and buried her by the side of her 
husband. This is the first account we have of church dis- 
cipline. This is given as a warning to all who profess to 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 65 



belong to church, to be honest in their relation to the 
church treasury. All you need to do is to imitate Ananias 
and Sapphira if you want to know, by actual experience, 
what their punishment was. We should be very careful in 
making exaggerated statements as to our giving, and not 
be tempted to understate our value of wealth in order to 
escape what is really our part to give. Such rigid discipline 
would naturally bring fear upon the whole church. It 
would not be the church with which deceivers and hypo- 
crites would want to unite. It gave the church a holy char- 
acter. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the purpose of Ananias and Sapphira? 
Was it.wrong for Ananias and Sapphira not to bring all their 
possessions? 

What was Ananias willing to pay for the same honor Barna- 
bas had? 

Against whom did Ananias and Sapphira lie? 
Can people lie against the same Person now? 
How much later did Sapphira go to the meeting? 
How was she kept ignorant of the death and burial of her 
husband? 

What effect had this severe punishment upon the church and 
people? 

Give a full description of this first case of discipline in the 
early church. 

3. SACREDNESS OF THE CHURCH. 
Acts 5: 12-16. 

(12) And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and 
wonders wrought among the people: and they were all with one 
accord in Solomon's porch (or, portico). (13) But of the rest 
durst no man join himself to them: howbeit the people magnified 
them; (14) and believers were the more added to the Lord (or, 
and there were the more added to them, believing on the Lord), 
multitudes both of men and women: (15) insomuch that they even 
carried out the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and 
couches, that, as Peter came by, at the least his shadow might 
overshadow some one of them. (16) And there also came together 



66 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



the multitude from the cities round about Jerusalem, bringing sick 
folk, and them that were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were 
healed every one. 

Satan made his attack from within, by getting into the 
heart of this family; but his presence being immediately 
detected, and his subjects punished by death and burial, 
the church was again in a position to grow in spirit and 
power. The Apostles, with the disciples, were on Solomon's 
porch, and many signs and wonders were done by the 
Apostles. They were still holding their position of author- 
ity. The sick were healed, unclean spirits were driven out, 
the reputation of this powerful church spread to the neigh- 
boring towns and brought the sick and they were healed. 
Peter was held in such high esteem that his very shadow 
was coveted by the people. The church is not a human 
creation ; it is the House of God. Such a church is what the 
earnest seeker looks for as his spiritual home. 

QUESTIONS. 

Name some of the signs and wonders of the Apostles. 
Give meaning of " of the rest durst no man join themselves 
to them." 

After the hypocrites were so severely punished by the 
church, others who pretended to be what they were not, were 
afraid to unite with the sacred church. 

What effect had the discipline on the revival? 
Why more miracles than before? 

How may sickness be an advantage to the church now? 
Was there any power in Peter's shadow to heal? 

4. IMPRISONMENT AND PROOF OF APOSTLES* 
CREDENTIALS. 

Acts 5: 17-20. 

(17) But the high priest rose up, and all they that were with 
him (which is the sect of the Sadducees), and they were filled with 
jealousy, (18) and laid hands on the apostles, and put them in 
public ward. (19) But an angel of the Lord by night opened the 
prison doors, and brought them out, and said, (20) 'Go ye, and 
stand and speak in the temple all the words of this Life. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 67 



He made his third attack from without by arousing the 
dignified Sanhedrim to go forth as an army to enforce the 
command that the church must no longer teach in the name 
of Jesus. The disciples had said in the council, " We can 
not but speak the things we have seen and heard. " The 
Apostles were arrested, treated as common criminals, and 
put into the public prison. The Sadducees were quite prom- 
inent in making this second arrest. God, however, gives 
His unmistakable approval of the course of His Apostles ; 
during the night He sends an Angel to open the doors of 
the prison, and brings them forth and says, " Go, stand and 
speak in the temple, to the people, all the words of this life." 
They had been given Divine credentials as Heaven's author- 
ized teachers of the truth. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was the high priest? 
What had offended the Sadducees? 
How many Apostles were imprisoned this time? 
Compare this imprisonment with the former imprisonment. 
What is the source of preachers' and teachers' credentials 
now? 

Give proof of Divine credentials. 

(1) God's miraculous care of them. "The Angel of the 
Lord by night opened the prison doors and brought them 
forth"; (2) Ensuing consciousness of their own exalted po- 
sition. The Apostles had commands from the Angel — " Go, 
stand and speak in the temple, to the people, all the words of 
this Life." 

5. APOSTLES ON TRIAL. 
Acts 5:21-28. 

(21) And when they heard this, they entered into the temple 
about daybreak, and taught. But the high priest came, and they 
that were with him, and called the council together, and all the 
senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison-house to 
have them brought. (22) But the officers that came found them 
not in the prison; and they returned, and told, (23) saying, The 
prison-house we found shut in all safety, and the keepers standing 
at the doors; but when we had opened, we found no man within. 



68 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



(24) Now when the captain of the temple and the chief priests 
heard these words, they were much perplexed concerning them 
whereunto this would grow. (25) And there came one and told 
them, Behold, the men whom ye put in the prison are in the temple 
standing and teaching the people. (26) Then went the captain with 
the officers, and brought them, but without violence; for they 
feared the people, lest they should be stoned. (27) And when they 
had brought them, they set them before the council. And the high 
priest asked them, (28) saying, We strictly charged you not to 
teach in this name: and behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your 
teaching, and intend to bring this man's blood upon us. 

The council had threatened them, that they might speak 
no more in the name of Jesus. They disobeyed. By their 
teaching their influence was spreading. The council arrested 
them again, put them into prison, but some one released 
them. They found them in the morning in the very temple, 
teaching in the name of Jesus. The Sanhedrim was per- 
plexed because of the disappearance of the prisoners. This 
was to them a mystery, and they could not help attributing 
it to the working of the Miraculous Power with which they 
knew the Apostles were endowed. They questioned among 
themselves, "What will be the final outcome?" They re- 
ceived the report that they were found teaching in the tem- 
ple. They were invited to appear before the council. They 
were brought in without violence because of the influence 
of the common people. 

Here all the Apostles learn by experience that the One 
whom they serve is mightier in power than the united 
strength of the enemy. They did not stop teaching in the 
name of Jesus because of opposition. The truth that the 
disciples taught troubled the Jews. 

QUESTIONS. 

When and what did they teach? 

Why did the keeper not know of their escape? 

Where did they find the Apostles? 

Why did they bring them without violence? 

What was the charge against them? 

Contrast: The Apostles feared God, but not even the 

greatest of the Jewish rulers. The Sanhedrim feared the peo- 
ple, but did not fear God. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 69 



6. APOSTLES PREACH GOSPEL TO THE RULERS. 
Acts 5:29-32. 

(29) But Peter and the apostles answered and said, We must 
obey God rather than men. (30) The God of our fathers raised up 
Jesus, whom ye slew, hanging him on a tree. (31) Him did God 
exalt with (or, at) his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, to 
give repentance to Israel, and remission of sins. (32) And we are 
witnesses (some ancient authorities add " in him ") of these things 
(Gr. sayings); and so is the Holy Spirit, whom God hath given to 
them that obey him (some ancient authorities read " and God hath 
given the Holy Spirit to them that obey him"). 

The Sanhedrim made two charges against the Apostles. 
First, they had been disobedient to the Sanhedrim in not 
heeding the command, not to teach any more in the name 
of Jesus. Second, they had made an attempt to bring upon 
the Sanhedrim the blood of Jesus. The Sanhedrim realized 
the fact that if the present teaching would be continued and 
miracles would be wrought, the influence would grow so 
rapidly and take such a hold on the common people, that 
the Sanhedrim itself might be taken to task for having con- 
demned Jesus of Nazareth. They spoke of Jesus as " This 
Man " and " This Name." The Apostles plead guilty to 
the charge of being disobedient to the Sanhedrim, but they 
said in reference to this disobedience, " We ought to obey 
God rather than men." The second charge they met with 
courage, and accused them of the fact that it was innocent 
blood which they had shed, which was shown by the Resur- 
rection. " The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom 
ye slew, hanging him on a tree." The Holy Spirit is wit- 
ness that God the Father has exalted His Son, who now 
sits at His right hand. When you crucified Him, He asked 
God to forgive you. And now He offers you forgiveness 
upon condition that you will repent. We stand here before 
you as witnesses, and so does the Holy Spirit, who is the 
Gift of God unto all who obey Him. 



70 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Who did the preaching of the Gospel to the rulers? 
Give the sermon that was preached to these rulers. 

The Apostles showed: (1) Their conduct was right, ver. 
29. (2) That they were true to the God of the Jews, 30. (3) 
The rulers had tried before to put a stop to the Gospel — 
" Whom ye slew and hanged on a tree." (4) They utterly 
failed, for they were fighting against God, 39. " Him hath God 
exalted." (5) With all their guilt, God still desires to save 
them — " To give repentance." (6) The Apostles' own testi- 
mony of the facts — " We are His witnesses," 32. (7) For the 
testimony of the Holy Spirit. "And so is the Holy Spirit." 



7. GAMALIEL'S ADDRESS TO THE COURT. 
Acts 5 : 33-39. 

(33) But they, when they heard this, were cut to the heart, 
and were minded to slay them. (34) But there stood up one in the 
council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in 
honor of all the people, and commanded to put the men forth a 
little while. (35) And he said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take 
heed to yourselves as touching these men, what ye are about to 
do. (36) For before these days rose up Theudas, giving himself 
out to be somebody; to whom a number of men, about four hun- 
dred, joined themselves: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed 
him^ were dispersed, and came to nought. (37) After this man rose 
up Judas of Galilee in the days of the enrolment, and drew away 
some of the people after him: he also perished; and all, as many 
as obeyed him, were scattered abroad. (38) And now I say unto 
you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this coun- 
sel or this work be of men, it will be overthrown: (39) but if it is 
of God, ye will not be able to overthrow them; lest haply ye be 
found even to be fighting against God. 

When the truth was presented by the Apostles to the 
Sanhedrim it had an effect opposite to that which truth has 
upon honest hearts. It maddened them ; they plotted to 
murder the twelve men, as they had before murdered Him 
in whose name they were teaching. From what we know 
of the high priest, we are sure he would not have scrupled 
to adopt this method. The Sanhedrim was not wholly 
composed of the Sadducees, but was made up of the two 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 71 



religious bodies, Pharisees and Sadducees. Between these 
two parties there existed a long-standing and ever-increas- 
ing enmity. They held widely different religious views. It 
was this difference, or enmity, between the two that God 
used to save the lives of His servants. While the Saddu- 
cees were thus plotting to put to death these twelve men, 
Gamaliel, a Pharisee, a doctor of the law, a man of great 
reputation, arose, and after ordering the prisoners to be re- 
moved, addressed the Sanhedrim. He warned them as to 
the method they would use in getting rid of the difficulty 
they had on hand. " If these men are ambassadors of God 
and working by His direction and authority, it would be in 
vain for you to oppose them, for in so doing you would be 
opposing God. If their work is simply of men, or directed 
by men, their work will come to naught, as did that of 
Theudas and Judas of Galilee." 

QUESTIONS. 

What effect had the sermon on the rulers? 

Why were they not willing to obey the sermon? 

Who was Gamaliel and give a full account of what he did? 

Why did they want a secret session? 

What is the difference between a Sadducee and a Pharisee? 
In what way did he warn the rulers? 

Give meaning of " If this counsel be of men, it will be over- 
thrown." 

8. SCOURGING AND RELEASE OF THE 
APOSTLES. 

Acts 5 : 40-42. 

(40) And to him they agreed: and when they had called the 
apostles unto them, they beat them and charged them not to speak 
in the name of Jesus, and let them go. (41) They therefore de- 
parted from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were 
counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name. (42) And every 
day, in the temple and at home, they ceased not to teach and to 
preach (Gr. bring good tidings of) Jesus as the Christ. 



72 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The advice given by Gamaliel, the Pharisee, restrained 
the council from shedding blood. We are told that the 
council agreed; but if they agreed, why did they beat the 
Apostles? The Sadducees must have insisted on at least 
this much punishment before releasing them, to give them 
another opportunity to be obedient to their command. The 
beating was according to Deut. 25 : 2-3. The law of Moses 
limited the scourge to forty stripes, and the judges had a 
right to decide for what offenses they should be inflicted. 
It is probable that the Apostles received thirty-nine stripes 
apiece, on the bare back. The Apostles, however, having 
such a deep interest in the redemption of man, when they 
were released after suffering this terrible beating, departed 
from the council " rejoicing that they were counted worthy 
to suffer dishonor for the Name." They continued, nothing 
could hinder them. When the Holy Spirit rests upon the 
believer, as He did in the time of the early church, no mat- 
ter what suffering must be endured, joy is always the ex- 
perience. By this time all Jerusalem was filled with their 
doctrine. Their religion was not a monthly or weekly mat- 
ter, but required their attention every day. The early 
church had a daily religion. W ould a religion that required 
as much time as it did in the early church be practical now? 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did they scourge the Apostles? 
What was the charge of the council? 

In what respect did this deliverance from the council differ 
from the former? 

In what did the Apostles rejoice? 

Do the Christians now have as much reason to rejoice as 
then? 

Give six important lessons that you received from the study 
of this chapter. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 73 



Section VI. Internal History and Third 
Persecution. Acts 6: 1-8: 4. 

1. Church Superior to Internal Difficulties. 
Acts 6:1-7. 

(1) Now in these days, when the number of the disciples was 
multiplying, there arose a murmuring of the Grecian Jews (Gr. 
Hellenists) against the Hebrews, because their widows were neg- 
lected in the daily ministration. (2) And the twelve called the mul- 
titude of the disciples unto them, and said, It is not fit (Gr. pleas- 
ing) that we should forsake the word of God, and serve tables (or, 
minister to tables). (3) Look ye out therefore, brethren, from 
among you seven men of good report, full of the Spirit and of 
wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. (4) But we 
will continue stedfastly in prayer, and in the ministry of the word. 
(5) And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose 
Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, and 
Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolaiis 
a proselyte of Antioch; (6) whom, they set before the apostles: and 
when they had prayed, they laid their hands upon them. 

(7) And the word of God increased; and the number of the 
disciples multiplied in Jerusalem exceedingly; and a great company 
of the priests were obedient to the faith. 

The church ever oscillates between two opposite but 
hostile forces — persecution from without, and dissension 
from within. Luke had just completed his account of the 
second persecution from without, followed by a period of 
peace, love, and increase of church membership, and now 
gives us description of the third persecution from without. 
The church had been growing rapidly and this brought 
about greater difficulty in providing for the church treasury, 
and the daily distribution of allowances to the needy from 
the common fund. While the church was small, there was 
little danger for accidental or intentional neglect in the 
daily distribution of alms. The Apostles had charge of this 
duty, but as believers were multiplied, and the opposition 
increased from without, their time was wholly occupied in 
the ministry of the Word, and the distribution was made by 



74 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



persons appointed by them. And here may be some cause 
for this neglect. 

There were two classes of Jews in Jerusalem, the for- 
eign-born and the home-born. The Grecians were Greek- 
speaking Jews, born in countries outside of Palestine, and 
therefore called Hellenists, or Grecians. Between the na- 
tive and foreign-born Jews there existed considerable jeal- 
ousy; because of this feeling it would be difficult to distrib- 
ute the fund to the needy without some criticism from either 
party. The orthodox Jew was a strict observer of the law 
and tradition of the Elders, and was the means of putting 
Christ to death, because He opposed the tradition of the 
Elders, although His teaching was in full harmony and 
spirit of the Old Testament. 

The foreign-born Jews, having been educated in differ- 
ent parts of the world, having come in contact with broader 
educational influences, were more liberal and open to the 
reception of truth. The wrong-doing could, however, not be 
justified. The Apostles summoned a meeting of all the Chris- 
tians in Jerusalem, and stated that they could no longer 
be responsible for the distribution of the fund, inasmuch as 
it would interfere with their giving themselves wholly to 
prayer, teaching and preaching the Word. They left the 
matter entirely in the hands of the church. The Apostles, 
however, suggested the appointment of seven men, who 
had these three qualifications, " of honest report, full of the 
Holy Ghost and wisdom," to take charge of this work now 
causing disturbance in the church. 

The church should look after her own work, even to the 
feeding of the hungry widows, and not burden the ministers, 
whose whole time should be given to prayer, teaching and 
preaching the Word. 

The church accepted the suggestion of the Apostles, 
and made choice of seven deacons, and brought them to the 
Apostles, who ordained them by prayers and imposition of 
hands. The Holy Spirit was present in the church, and 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 75 



the Apostles, being but agents, were under His direction, 
and it was easy to correct this difficulty. The church con- 
tinued in peace and prosperity. It is strange, however, 
that the seven persons were selected from that part of the 
church which had made the complaint. Those who had 
time to complain could not assist in this distribution, and 
see that no complaint was made from the other side. 

If it was not right then to serve tables and neglect 
preaching the Word is it right now? Here the church 
trouble was adjusted by the increase of laborers and church 
membership. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the difficulty in the church? 
What two classes of Jews? Give history of each. 
What was the work that could not be neglected by the Apos- 
tles? 

Why say "disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly"? 

To intimate that there were none elsewhere, and the dis- 
ciples have been left here long enough to test whether Israel 
would repent, and secure the privileges spoken of by Peter (3: 
19-20). 

Who was to select the seven men and what three qualifica- 
tions? 

Name these seven new church officials. 
What part had the Apostles in selecting? 

They had a consecration meeting: (1) By having prayer; 
(2) by the laying on of hands. 

What effect had this upon the church? 

(1) It gave the church more laborers; (2) laborers of 
broader views; (3) it increased Bible study in the church; (4) 
resulted in a great revival. 

Give the texts which show the increase of membership dur- 
ing the first five years of the church. 

(1) At ascension at least 120 (1:15). (2) At Pentecost, 
3000 were added (2:41). (3) A month or more later this 
number was increased to over 5000 (4: 4). (4) During the next 
two or three years multitudes of men and women were added 
(5:14). (5) When the seven workers were added to the 
church, the number of converts "multiplied in Jerusalem great- 
ly," and a great company of priests were obedient to the 
faith. Church membership increases rapidly when converts 
are added daily to the church. 



76 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



2. STEPHEN'S ACTIVITY AND ARREST. 
Acts 6: 8-15. 

(8) And Stephen, full of grace and power, wrought great won- 
ders and signs among the people. (9) But there arose certain of 
them that were of the synagogue called the synagogue of the Lib- 
ertines (or, Freedmen), and of the Cyrenians, and of the Alexan- 
drians, and of them of Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen. 
(10) And they were not able to withstand the wisdom and the 
Spirit by which he spake. (11) Then they suborned men, who 
said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, 
and against God. (12) And they stirred up the people, and the 
elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and seized him, and 
brought him into the council, (13) and set up false witnesses, who 
said, This man ceaseth not to speak words against this holy place, 
and the law: (14) for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of 
Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs 
which Moses delivered unto us. (15) And all that sat in the coun- 
cil, fastening their eyes on him, saw his face as it had been the 
face of an angel. 

The church was now on the verge of a great crisis. 
Twice before, as the church was increasing so rapidly in 
power and numbers, the unbelievers set themselves up 
against the progress of the church by way of persecution. 
The appointment of the seven men, to distribute alms, had 
an outcome not anticipated. These men, with broader 
views and open hearts for the truth, opened the door for 
the church to go forth to evangelize the world. Pentecost 
was about five years in the past, and the risen Christ had 
not yet been preached outside the city of Jerusalem. This 
was the first exhibition of miraculous power by any other 
disciple but an Apostle. 

Stephen, fully given over to the influence of the power 
of the Holy Spirit, was able by truth to meet the opposi- 
tion brought against him. The parties here mentioned are 
Greek-speaking Jews ; they loved to meet together, and had 
a synagogue of their own. Stephen, being one of them, 
doubtless was a member of the synagogue before he was a 
Christian, and although a Christian had not forfeited his 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 77 



membership. It would be but natural for him to go to the 
synagogue and try to lead his associates to Jesus as their 
Savior. In the discussion the argument and power were 
all on Stephen's side, for the reason that he was the Holy 
Spirit's messenger. Unable to meet Stephen in argument 
and resist the " wisdom and spirit with which he spake," 
they perverted his language and represented him to the 
people as a blasphemer against Moses and against God. 
" Suborned men." These dishonest men are willing to be 
used to make false accusations. These accusations appeal 
to all their selfish interests. These enemies of the Truth 
understood very well the feeling of the Jewish people, that 
nothing would incite them more against Christianity, than 
the belief that it was to supersede their much loved Judaism. 
The church was looked upon with suspicion, and if Christi- 
anity was to triumph it could only be on the ruins of Ju- 
daism. 

The common people, by the means described, were 
thoroughly aroused and there was no longer any danger 
of their taking sides with the church. Stephen was at once 
arrested and dragged before the Sanhedrim. This was the 
first time that the people were represented as being stirred 
up against the disciples. 

The Pharisees avoided the blunder committed by the 
Sadducees, of bringing men into trial without having def- 
inite charges against them. The charge laid against Ste- 
phen was that of blasphemy, especially that he said Jesus 
of Nazareth claimed that He would destroy the temple and 
change the customs which Moses had delivered. Stephen 
was now standing before the same body where his Master 
stood, when condemned to die. He was arraigned on a sim- 
ilar charge. He realized that his supreme hour had come. 
He knew the feeling of the court, and it was not their pur- 
pose to try him but to condemn him. Stephen was not 
alone. He was in the midst of Holy Associates. God Him- 
self manifested His presence in an outer visible form. Even 



78 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



these wicked men were permitted to see this miraculous 
brightness which made his face appear as the face of an 
angel. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why was Stephen able to do such great work among the 
people? 

If Stephen distributed alms what opportunity gave it to him 
for greater work? 

In what synagogues arose the opposition to Stephen? 

(1) Libertines — the synagogue for foreign Jews, who were 
Roman captives, and had been set at liberty by their captors. 
" Tacitus speaks of 10,000 Libertine Jews." (2) Cyrenians — 
immigrants from Cyrene, on the north of Africa. (3) Alex- 
andrians — Jews from the city of Alexandria, in northern Egypt, 
near the Mediterranean Sea. (4) Cilicia — province of Asia 
Minor, with Tarsus as its capital. Saul, no doubt, was a mem- 
ber of this synagogue, as he was born at Tarsus, and was the 
disciple of Gamaliel, and one of the most active opposers. (5) 
Asia — a Roman province, of Asia Minor, with Ephesus as its 
capital. 

Why did these foreign-born Jews oppose the teaching of 
Stephen? 

Because they were under special teachers, who taught that 
the tradition of the elders was of equal importance with the 
inspired Word of God. 
How did they secure false witnesses? 
Who stirred up the common people? 

This is the first opposition noted coming from the com- 
mon people. The Jewish rulers, at different times, desired to 
do with the Apostles what is here done with Stephen, but they 
feared the people. 

What were the two charges against Stephen? 

What shows Stephen's real contrast with that of his accusers? 



3. STEPHEN'S SERMON.— Acts 7 : 1-53. 

(1) Age of Abraham. — Acts 7: 1-8. 

(1) And the high priest said, Are these things so? (2) And he 
said, 

Brethren and fathers, hearken: The God of glory appeared 
unto our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he 
dwelt in Haran, (3) and said unto him, Get thee out of thy land, 
and from thy kindred, and come into the land which I shall show 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 79 



thee. (4) Then came he out of the land of the Chaldasans, and 
dwelt in Haran: and from thence, when his father was dead, God 
removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell: (5) and he 
gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot 
on: and he promised that he would give it to him in possession, 
and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child. (6) And 
God spake on this wise, that his seed should sojourn in a strange 
land, and that they should bring them into bondage, and treat them 
ill, four hundred years. (7) And the nation to which they shall 
be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they 
come forth, and serve me in this place. (8) And he gave him the 
covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and cir- 
cumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob, and Jacob 
the twelve patriarchs. 

Stephen's sermon can only be understood when the 
charges made against him are kept in mind. Stephen, in the 
face of this bitter opposition, is true to the Holy Spirit, who 
directs his defense, and the Old Testament, from which he 
gathers proof of his innocence, and the guilt of those who 
made the charge. He begins his sermon with Abraham, the 
great father of the nation. The God of glory appeared un- 
to Abraham while he was yet in Mesopotamia, before he 
received his call at Haran. This glory that appeared unto 
Abraham, Stephen himself experienced when his testimony 
was finished before these Jewish rulers and the Lord Him- 
self appeared unto him in glory. God had called him out of 
the land of idolatry and Abraham had gone forth in faith, 
and God led him into the land of Canaan. He himself re- 
ceived not the inheritance, only by promise. He did not 
get into this promised land for a day, a month, or a year. 
The covenant of circumcision was not given him until near- 
ly the close of his days. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was the presiding officer of the Sanhedrim? 
State clearly the charge made against Stephen. 
How did Stephen address his hearers? 
Where, when, and how often was Abraham called? 
How many years was he in bondage? 



80 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The period of four hundred years is taken by Stephen 
from Gen. 15: 13 as the time during which the seed of Abraham 
sojourned, not including the thirty years of his own sojourn 
before the birth of Isaac. The time of actual sojourn from 
the call of Abraham from Ur of Chaldees to exodus from 
Egypt was four hundred and thirty years. 

(2) The Age of Joseph.— Acts 7 : 9-16. 

(9) And the patriarchs, moved with jealousy against Joseph, 
sold him into Egypt: and 'God was with him, (10) and delivered 
him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favor and wisdom before 
Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and 
all his house. (11) Now there came a famine over all Egypt and 
Canaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance. 
(12) But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he 
sent forth our fathers the first time. (13) And at the second time 
Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Joseph's race became 
manifest unto Pharaoh. (14) And Joseph sent, and called to him 
Jacob his father, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls. 
(15) And Jacob went down into Egypt; and he died, himself and 
our fathers; (16) and they were carried over into Shechem, and 
laid in the tomb that Abraham bought for a price in silver of the 
sons of Hamor (Gr. Emmor) in Shechem. 

When Joseph's brothers through envy sold him, God 
was with him. It was God who delivered him out of all of 
his afflictions. And by Joseph's faithfulness and God's fa- 
vor, he became the governor of the land of Egypt. It was 
not until Joseph was made governor of Egypt that the fam- 
ily had increased to seventy-five and were invited to dwell 
in the land of Egypt, and receive blessings and favors from 
him whom they had sold. At this time the promised land 
was only theirs by anticipation, and they still bought land 
in which to be buried. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who sold Joseph and why? 

Recite the story of Joseph dealing with his brethren when 
they came to Egypt to buy corn. 
Whom did Joseph save? 
Who were included in the seventy-five? 
Where was Jacob buried? 

Who bought the sepulchre from the sons of Hamor? (Gen. 
33: 19-20.) 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 81 



(3) Age of Moses.— Acts 7: 17-43. 

a. The First Period.— Acts 7: 17-28. 

(17) But as the time of the promise drew nigh which God 
vouchsafed unto Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in 
Egypt, (18) till there arose another king over Egypt, who knew 
not Joseph. (19) The same dealt craftily with our race, and ill- 
treated our fathers, that they should cast out their babes to the 
end they might not live. (20) At which season Moses was born, 
and was exceeding fair; and he was nourished three months in his 
father's house: (21) and when he was cast out, Pharaoh's daughter 
took him up, and nourished him for her own son. (22) And Moses 
was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians; and he was 
mighty in his words and works. (23) But when he was well-nigh 
forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the 
children of Israel. (24) And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he 
defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, smiting the 
Egyptian: (25) and he supposed that his brethren understood that 
God by his hand was giving them deliverance (or salvation); but 
they understood not. (26) And the day following he appeared 
unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, 
saying, Sirs, ye are brethren; why do ye wrong one to another? 
(27) But he that did his neighbor wrong thrust him away, saying, 
Who made thee a ruler and a judge over us? (28) Wouldest thou 
kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian yesterday? 

In Moses these people boasted eternally. He is their 
great lawgiver and the one to whom they point as the de- 
liverer from the Egyptian bondage. What was his experi- 
ence when he came first to his own people to deliver them? 
They rejected him. Thus, when the time drew near for 
the delivery from bondage, the people were not ready for it, 
and had to wait forty years, during Moses' sojourn at 
Mount Sinai. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where did Moses spend the first forty years of his life? 
Why did the King of Egypt not know Joseph? 
What was the purpose of destroying the male children? 
Give story of Moses being kept before Pharaoh's daughter 
took him. 

Where did Moses get his education? 

What was his early religious training? 

Why did Israel not recognize Moses as the deliverer? 



82 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



b. Moses* Second Period.— Acts 7 : 29-34. 

(29) And Moses fled at this saying, and became a sojourner in 
the land of Midian, where he begat two sons. (30) And when 
forty years were fulfilled, an angel appeared to him in the wilder- 
ness of Mount Sinai, in a flame of fire in a bush. (31) And when 
Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight: and as he drew near to be- 
hold, there came a voice of the Lord, (32) I am the God of thy 
fathers, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob. And 
Moses trembled, and durst not behold (33) And the Lord said 
unto him, Loose the shoes from thy feet: for the place whereon 
thou standest is holy ground. (34) I have surely seen the affliction 
of my people that is in Egypt, and have heard their groaning, and I 
am come down to deliver them: and now come, I will send thee 
into Egypt. 

Moses had to flee into a strange land and be among 
strangers for forty years. After his forty years' stay the 
Angel of the Lord appeared to him. Although Moses had 
been rejected as their deliverer, God had appointed him to 
the very office which they refused him. God knew the 
condition of the people in bondage and also knew of the 
people's rejection, and God meant to deliver them through 
Moses, their leader. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give history of the second forty years while Moses was in 
Midian. 

Why did Moses flee when he was to be deliverer? 

The people were not ready to be delivered, and while 
Moses had intellectual culture, he was in need of forty years' 
schooling in the wilderness, with God as his Teacher. 

What did Moses hear at the burning bush? 

Does God know when his children are persecuted? 

Who really delivered the children of Israel? 

c. The Third Period.— Acts 7:35-41. 

(35) This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee 
a ruler and a judge? him hath God sent to be both a ruler and a 
deliverer (Gr. redeemer) with the hand of the angel that appeared 
to him in the bush. (36) This man led them forth, having wrought 
wonders and signs in Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilder- 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 83 



ness forty years. (37) This is that Moses, who said unto the chil- 
dren of Israel, A prophet shall God raise up unto you from among 
your brethren, like unto me. (38) This is he that was in the 
church (or, congregation) in the wilderness with the angel that 
spake to him in the mount Sinai, and with our fathers: who re- 
ceived living oracles to give unto us: (39) to whom our fathers 
would not be obedient, but thrust him from them, and turned back 
in their hearts unto Egypt, (40) saying unto Aaron, Make us gods 
that shall go before us: for as for this Moses, who led us forth out 
of the land of Egypt, we know not what is become of him. (41) 
And they made a calf in those days, and brought a sacrifice unto 
the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their hands. 

God appointed Moses to deliver the people, and he 
brought them forth after showing many wonders in Egypt 
and in the wilderness. After this wonderful deliverance, 
the march to Mount Sinai, giving of the law, they rejected 
Moses after he had accomplished the main part of their de- 
liverance. Although they rejected Moses, God made it pos- 
sible for him to complete the deliverance which he had be- 
gun. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did Moses do during the third period of his life? 
When did they refuse Moses as their deliverer? 
Who was the prophet like unto Moses? 

Stephen showed it was right to be true to the teaching of 
Moses, and therefore they should also be true to the Prophet 
who was to be like Moses — Jesus whom they crucified. 

Why did the fathers not obey Moses? 

The hearers of Stephen accused him ot speaking against 
Moses and the law, and he showed how their fathers had 
treated Moses. 

d. God's Final Rejection of Israel. — Acts 7:42-43. 

(42) But God turned, and gave them up to serve the host of 
heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, (Amos 5: 25 ff) 
Did ye offer unto me slain beasts and sacrifices Forty years in the 
wilderness, O house of Israel? 

(43) And ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star 
of the god Rephan, the figures which ye made to worship them: 
and I will carry you away beyond Babylon. 



84 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Israel had rejected their divinely-appointed leaders and 
deliverers during a period of many centuries. The speaker 
passes over a large part of Jewish history, from the wor- 
shiping of the golden calf at Mount Sinai to the announce- 
ment of the Babylonian captivity by the prophet Amos. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did God turn from His people? 
Give the quotations from the book of Amos. 
What offerings are acceptable to God? 
What did they worship instead of God? 

The Jews had many idols, and here Stephen is defending 
himself because many of the Jews had become such strict 
ritualists that they were worshiping the temple instead of 
God, who cannot be confined in any temple made by man's 
hand. 

(4) The Tabernacle and Temple.— Acts 7 : 44-50. 

(44) Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the 
wilderness, even as he appointed who spake unto Moses, that he 
should make it according to the figure that he had seen. (45) 
Which also our fathers, in their turn, brought in with Joshua (Gr. 
Jesus) when they entered on the possession of the nations (or, 
Gentiles), that God thrust out before the face of our fathers, unto 
the days of David; (46) who found favor in the sight of God, and 
asked to find a habitation for the God of Jacob. (47) But Solomon 
built him a house. (48) Howbeit the Most High dwelleth not in 
houses made with hands; as saith the prophet, 

(49) (Isa. 66 : 1 f ) The heaven is my throne, and the earth the 
footstool of my feet: what manner of house will ye build me? saith 
the Lord: or what is the place of my rest? 

(50) Did not my hand make all these things? 

Stephen now takes up the charge of speaking for the 
purpose of destroying the temple. He first speaks to them 
about the movable building, known as the tabernacle, and of 
its perishable nature ; this tabernacle was superseded by the 
temple. David desired to build this temple, but it was not 
built by him but by his son Solomon. But the Most High 
dwells not in places made by hands. Solomon himself had 
made this declaration. The temple, great as it was, could 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 85 



not be great enough to contain the living God ; the building 
made with hands could not contain Him who has made by 
His own Hand all things. 

QUESTIONS. 

When was the tabernacle built? 

How did the Jews know how to build it? 

When did the people first have a fixed place of worship? 

When the Jews were on their way from Egypt to Pales- 
tine, the tabernacle was built, but it was a movable house. 

Where is the Lord's dwelling place? 

God has a higher dwelling place than a temple made with 
hands. So man has a higher dwelling place than the temple 
(the body) that must perish. 

(5) The Application.— Acts 7: 51-53. 

(51) Ye stiff necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye 
do always resist the Holy Spirit: as your fathers did, so do ye. 

(52) Which of the prophets did not your fathers persecute? and 
they killed them that showed before of the coming of the Right- 
eous One ; of whom ye have now become betrayers and murderers ; 

(53) ye who received the law as it was ordained by angels, and 
kept it not. 

Stephen has shown to his hearers these four special 
things that are proof of his innocence, and shows their own 
guilt. God's dealings with His people show constant prog- 
ress. Abraham did not get into the promised land im- 
mediately. It took a number of years from the time Jo- 
seph was sold until he was governor of Egypt. Stephen 
is a live religious wire, and therefore believes in progress. 
The people to whom he is talking are dead and cannot be 
moved. The second thing that he teaches them is that the 
temple is not exclusively holy. Of all the good things to 
which Stephen points, Israel does not possess one part from 
the heathen land, except the temple, and that, we know, was 
not large enough to make God's absolute abiding place. 
Wherever God is, there is His sanctuary. If God goes to 
the Gentiles now, that will make them acceptable. The 



86 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



third thing he had taught, that invariably Israel rejected 
the deliverers sent, suffered a while in consequence, and 
then accepted that very deliverance afterwards. Joseph 
was sold by his brethren; later they accepted him as their 
deliverer. 

Moses came to deliver his people, and they rejected him 
the first time. God sent him the second time, and Moses 
led them forth into the wilderness. The people again de- 
serted his guidance until Joshua led them into their posses- 
sion. The lesson in all this is very evident. The Jews now 
by their opposition rejected not Moses or Joseph, but Jesus 
who is the Deliverer sent them by their Father. He charged 
the nation with their long-continued crime — its murder of 
the Just One. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did he call his hearers? 

Whom did they imitate? 

Give chief points in the application. 

Joseph, the Divinely-selected savior of his brethren, had 
been sold by those brethren into slavery. Moses, the Divinely- 
selected deliverer of Israel from bondage, was at first rejected 
by them and became a sojourner in Midian. He was sent back 
by the God of their fathers, to be rejected again and again, 
notwithstanding God's manifestations were made so that they 
could know him as their deliverer. The prophets met with a 
similar fate, and now the final Prophet, Jesus Himself, is slain 
by the sons of these persecuting fathers. 

How was the law received by them? 

The Jews received the Law by the disposition of angels. 
This put an honor on the Law and the Lawgiver, and should 
have increased their veneration for both. The Jews, to whom 
Stephen was speaking, received the Gospel by the disposition, 
not of angels, but of the Holy Spirit in the gift of tongues, 
and yet they did not receive it. 

4. STEPHEN, THE FIRST CHRISTIAN MARTYR. 
Acts 7: 54-8: 4. 

(1) Condemned and Executed. — Acts 7 : 54-60. 
(54) Now when they heard these things, they were cut to the 
heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. (55) But he, 
being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up stedfastly into heaven, 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 87 



and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand 
of God, (56) and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the 
Son of man standing on the right hand of God. (57) But they 
cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and rushed 
upon him with one accord; (58) and they cast him out of the city, 
and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their garments at 
the feet of a young man named Saul. (59) And they stoned Ste- 
phen, calling upon the Lord, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my 
spirit. (60) And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, 
Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said 
this, he fell asleep. 

These bold and truthful statements had the effect of 
arousing the Sanhedrim to madness. They were cut to the 
heart, and gnashed on him with their teeth. But Stephen, 
full of faith and courage in his Lord, turned from the angry 
mob, and directed his gaze towards heaven. There he be- 
held the sight that gave him courage in this hour of trial, 
and made him bold to resist every influence of this unholy 
and unrighteous body. He saw the Lord, not sitting, but 
standing, as it were to welcome him. This vision related by 
Stephen increased their anger and they gave expression to 
their feelings in a loud cry. To show their disapproval, 
they stopped their ears so they might not be compelled to 
hear any more, and ran upon him with one accord. Stephen 
was dragged out of the city, and there stoned. The last 
moments he spent in praying for his murderers. " Lord, 
lay not this sin to their charge." And after he said this he 
fell asleep, and we have the name of the first martyr of the 
Christian church. 

QUESTIONS. 

What cut the hearers to the heart? 

What did Stephen see when the hearers became angry? 
What was the purpose of this open Heaven and the visible 
Christ? 

It was designed in this crisis to give strength to faith, and 
so give a tone of triumph to this final testimony. It was an- 
other testimony to what Christ had foretold to the same coun- 
cil, " Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of 
God." 

Did this angry mob wait for a legal decision? 



88 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



They took the law in their own hands and the solemn San- 
hedrim was turned into a mob of murderers. 

Who took care of the clothes of witnesses? 
What was Stephen's prayer when he was stoned? 
Give the prayer he gave for his enemies. 
Who was the conquering party in this victory? 

The mightiest blow against the kingdom of evil was 
struck by that apparent victory. The persecution that followed 
scattered the disciples, each one a burning and shining light, 
over the whole country. 

(2) Progress Through Persecution. — Acts 8: 1-4. 

(1) And Saul was consenting unto his death. 

And there arose on that day a great persecution against the 
church which was in Jerusalem ; and they were all scattered abroad 
throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles. 
(2) And devout men buried Stephen, and made great lamentation 
over him. (3) But Saul laid waste the church, entering into every 
house, and dragging men and women committed them to prison. 

(4) They therefore that were scattered abroad went about 
preaching the word. 

Saul, who was carrying forward at this time bitter op- 
position by way of persecution, himself consented and wit- 
nessed the stoning. The young men who stoned Stephen 
laid their clothes down at Saul's feet. The conduct of the 
Sanhedrim, however, did not meet with universal approval. 
There were devout men among the people who were grieved 
and manifested their sorrow by making great lamentations 
over Stephen and giving him a decent burial. These devout 
men were Jews and not believers. Every effort had been 
made to check the progress of the growth of the church by 
the opposition to the truth so earnestly preached by the 
leaders of that body. They have now an example in the 
death of Stephen, what the devoted follower of Jesus will 
do. This persecution had not stopped the good work of 
the church. Hitherto the Gospel seemed to have been 
preached only by a few, and now the followers of Jesus are 
scattered abroad and in many places Jesus Christ is held up 
as the Light of the world. 



THE CHURCH IN JERUSALEM 89 



QUESTIONS. 

Who was consenting unto his death? 

Who was the leader in the persecution? 

What is said about Stephen's burial? 

Who made havoc of the church? 

What effect had it on the church in Jerusalem? 

It spread the Gospel into a new field. Every member of 
the church, who was active, taught the same doctrine of Ste- 
phen, and church members did not wait to be authorized to 
tell the story of Jesus, but were so deeply interested in the 
mission of the church that they went everywhere telling the 
story. 



PART II 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE. 

Acts 8: 5 to 12: 25. 

From the Death of Stephen, A. D. 36, to Paul's First 
Missionary Journey, A. D. 46 (Ten Years). 



Section I. Philip's Missionary Work. 

Acts 8: 5-40. 
1. PHILIP'S SUCCESS IN SAMARIA. 

Acts 8: 5-13. 

(5) And Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and pro- 
claimed unto them the Christ. (6) And the multitudes gave heed 
with one accord unto the things that were spoken by Philip, when 
they heard, and saw the signs which he did. (7) For from many 
of those that had unclean spirits, they came out, crying with a 
ioud voice: and many that were palsied, and that were lame, were 
healed. (S) And there was much joy in that city. 

(9) But there was a certain man, Simon by name, who be- 
£o retime in the city used sorcery, and amazed the people of Sa- 
maria, giving out that himself was some great one: (10) to whom 
they all gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man 
is that power of God which is called Great. (11) And they gave 
heed to him, because that of long time he had amazed them with 
his sorceries. (12) But when they believed Philip preaching good 
tidings concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus 
Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. (13) And Si- 
mon also himself believed: and being baptized, he continued with 
Philip; and beholding signs and great miracles (Gr. powers) 
wrought, he was amazed. 

The disciples had been witnesses in Jerusalem, but per- 
secution had driven them into new fields, and during these 



92 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ten years laborers were multiplied. The scattered church 
went everywhere, preaching the Word, in Jerusalem, Judea, 
and Samaria. Only the Apostles remained in Jerusalem. 
Why the persecution did not drive out the twelve is not 
specifically stated. God, no doubt, guided and kept them 
there. It may be possible, the reason they were not ar- 
rested and put into prison, was because they were native- 
born and not Hellenists, like the seven who were carrying 
forward the aggressive movement at this time in the church, 
which resulted in the death of one of the seven and the 
scattering of the church. 

After the death of Stephen, Philip, not an Apostle, but 
a Grecian Jew, also one of the seven, who had been called 
to look after the poor, became an evangelist and opened a 
new missionary field in Samaria. The first work out of 
Jerusalem was under the direction of the Lord, through 
Philip as the instrument, to do this missionary work. It 
was here in Samaria where the Lord himself had the con- 
versation with the Samaritan woman, and through his 
teaching many believed on him. It was a good place to 
open a missionary field. The Samaritans are a mixed race 
and a stepping stone between Jews and Gentiles. 

Philip, under the direction of the Holy Spirit, preached 
Christ to these Samaritans, and confirmed his preaching by 
miracles. The people gave heed to his preaching and be- 
lieved on the Lord Jesus Christ. His mission was to help 
people who were under the influence of evil spirits and dis- 
eases. 

When these people realized the helpfulness of the re- 
ligion that Philip was bringing to them, there was great 
joy in that city. There was one man of great influence in 
the city, who was a special instrument of Satan. His mis- 
sion was to keep these people in darkness and lead those 
away from the light who had been under the influence of 
Christ, whom Philip preached some six years earlier. His 
life and supposed work was brought into comparison with 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 93 



our Lord. Satan revealed his powers through him, and 
Simon himself claimed to be some great one. The people 
of Samaria had believed him. Philip, however, magnified 
Christ and His power and drew these people away from 
darkness to light. Even this leader himself believed and 
was baptized with the rest of the believers. 

QUESTIONS. 

What effect had the revival on that city? 

Why were the Samaritans so ready to hear? 

What did Philip the evangelist preach to the Samaritans? 

Recite the story of Jesus' visit to Samaritans. 

Why call them unclean spirits? 

How had Simon deceived the Samaritans? 

2. PHILIP'S CONVERTS RECEIVE THE HOLY 
SPIRIT. 

Acts 8: 14-17. 

(14) Now when the apostles that were at Jerusalem heard that 
Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter 
and John: (15) who, when they were come down, prayed for them, 
that they might receive the Holy Spirit: (16) for as yet it was 
fallen upon none of them: only they had been baptized into the 
name of the Lord Jesus. (17) Then laid they their hands on them, 
and they received the Holy Spirit. 

The Samaritans were not a race of strangers altogether, 
but they had Israelitish blood in them. They had claimed 
to possess the true law and temple. They were hated by the 
Jewish nation. The Jews had no dealings with the Samari- 
tans (John 4:9). The Apostles at Jerusalem heard of the 
missionary work in Samaria, and sent two of the Apostles, 
Peter and John, to visit the church and do further mission- 
ary work. There was rivalry between the people of Samaria 
and Jerusalem. This could not be tolerated any longer by 
those who accepted Christ as their Savior. The Apostles, 
therefore, had an opportunity to confirm the work of Philip 
and also by their sanction break down any prejudice that 



94 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



might still exist, and therefore unite the work done in the 
missionary field outside. It is quite certain that the church 
work was carried forward in harmony with the commission. 
Philip in his labors was directed by the Holy Spirit, given 
on the day of Pentecost, who was not to be confined to the 
Jews who accept Christ as their Savior, but was also for the 
Samaritans and the Gentiles, as we learn later. Three things 
are here implied, that the diffusion of the Gospel was to be 
by the power of the Holy Spirit. Jerusalem was not over 
Samaria, but Samaria was not independent of Jerusalem. 
(1) The Apostles were to be honored and recognized. (2) 
By the visit of these leading Apostles and confirming the 
miracles of the Holy Spirit, the new work was fully ac- 
credited as genuine. (3) These Samaritans had the gift of 
the Spirit at baptism, but not such as was imparted in His 
outer manifestations, and the time would come when the 
Apostle would not visit churches and people receive these 
manifestations by the laying on of hands. We are not to 
understand that the believers now do not come into posses- 
sion by baptism of the Holy Spirit, but not by imposition of 
hands handed down by a succession of Apostles. 

QUESTIONS. 

Was not Samaria a good missionary field, and why leave it? 

How many converts did Philip have in Samaria? 

Who directed Philip in his missionary work? 

Did Philip know when the Ethiopian would leave Jerusalem? 

Where is Ethiopia? 

What access had this man to temple worship? 
What did the Holy Spirit say to the preacher? 

3. THE WICKED PROPOSAL BY SIMON MAGUS. 
Acts 8: 18-25. 

(18) Now when Simon saw that through the laying on of the 
apostles' hands the Holy Spirit was given, he offered them money, 
(19) saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay 
my hands, he may receive the Holy Spirit. (20) But Peter said 
unto him, Thy silver perish with thee, because thou hast thought to 
obtain the gift of God with money. (21) Thou hast neither part 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 95 



nor lot in this matter (Gr. word) : for thy heart is not right before 
God. (22) Repent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray the 
Lord, if perhaps the thought of thy heart shall be forgiven thee. 
(23) For I see that thou art in the gall of bitterness and in the 
bond of iniquity. (24) And Simon answered and said, Pray ye for 
me to the Lord, that none of the things which ye have spoken 
come upon me. 

(25) They therefore, when they had testified and spoken the 
word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel 
(Gr. brought good tidings) to many villages of the Samaritans. 

When the Apostles laid hands on the disciples that they 
might receive the Holy Spirit, this man Simon, who had 
been under the influence of Satan, now manifested what his 
water baptism was worth. The question he asked the Apos- 
tles showed his conception of belief and baptism. His whole 
desire was to get power and pay for it, and use it to make 
merchandise of that which is the gift of God, intending it 
for his own advancement and material success. The best 
things can not be bought with money. They must be re- 
ceived as gifts, and the Giver can not be deceived, because 
every individual motive and purpose is naked and open 
before Him. This gift was promised to be bestowed only 
upon those who would go forward as his servants to save a 
lost world. "Thy money perish with thee." The Holy Spirit 
gave to Peter these words to picture to this man the true 
condition of his heart. The applicants for baptism are gen- 
erally expected to have repented, but this man was asked 
after baptism to repent of his wickedness, and pray God 
that the evil within his heart might be forgiven. He calls 
for others to intercede in his behalf, that the punishment 
spoken of by Peter might not be visited upon him. Peter 
and John did not return immediately to Jerusalem after 
their work in the churches of Samaria. They preached the 
Gospel in many villages of the Samaritans. We do not 
know just how long the Apostles were on this missionary 
tour, but it shows that the Apostles who remained in Je- 
rusalem, while these were abroad preaching the Gospel, 
were deeply interested in the welfare of the church. 



THEsJo(7/?HFY3 
PETER — 

AND 

PHILIP — 




Me>r<an 



MT. CARM 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 97 



QUESTIONS. 

What prompted Simon to make this proposal? 

Why say, "Neither part nor lot"? 

Give meaning of " Thy money perish with thee." 

Peter not only positively rejects the money, but also with 
holy indignation and abhorrence devotes the silver and the 
man who offers it to destruction. 
In whose sight was this man's heart not right? 
State fully what Peter told him. 
What request did he make of the disciples? 
Can you tell by conduct if a man is a new creature? 



4. THE ANGEL DIRECTS AND GUIDES PHILIP 
TO THE SINNER. 

Acts 8:26-31. 

(26) But an angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, 
and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Je- 
rusalem unto Gaza: the same is desert. (27) And he arose and 
went: and behold, a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority 
under Candace, queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all her 
treasure, who had come to Jerusalem to worship; (28) and he was 
returning and sitting in his chariot, and was reading the prophet 
Isaiah. (29) And the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join 
thyself to this chariot. (30) And Philip ran to him, and heard him 
reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, Understandest thou what thou 
readest? (31) And' he said, How can I, except some one shall guide 
me? And he besought Philip to come up and sit with him. 

Since the Gospel has come forth from Jerusalem, the 
leaders in the progress of the church are anxious for the 
opening of new missionary fields. They are not their own, 
but labor and are sent forth under the direction of Another. 
Philip held a great revival in Samaria. Many were brought 
into the church, but as the spirit of soul saving took hold 
of the hearts of the people, counting the number that were 
converted was not the main thing in the revival. One of 
the sad features of the present day evangelism, with its 
sensationalism, is the report, " How many converts have 
there been made?" This was no inspiration to Philip, to 



98 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



have the number of his conversions in Samaria reported in 
the daily papers. An evangelist, with the success that 
Philip had in Samaria, would offer some excuses if invited 
to labor in the field into which Philip was directed by the 
Lord. Philip realized that he was a servant, and a servant 
must work in obedience to his Master. The Lord called, 
and he obeyed; he arose and went. If this were the 
attitude of the minister of the Gospel, success would follow 
him in revival work under all circumstances. The Lord did 
not forget him on the journey from Samaria to Gaza. The 
Lord also knew the traveler, who was dissatisfied with him- 
self and searching for Light. The Lord knows where the 
sinner travels and can be found, and the obedient servant, 
listening to the Master's directions, will find the sinner. 
This inquirer was a eunuch of great authority under Can- 
dace, queen of the Ethiopians. He was her treasurer. This 
man had looked to Jerusalem for light and blessing and 
been disappointed. He was returning still a seeker. As a 
eunuch, he was by the law an outcast and could not enter 
the congregation of Israel, but it did not bar him from the 
court of the Gentiles in which men of all nations, clean or 
unclean, were at liberty to worship. Both these persons, 
being under the direction of the Lord, would start from 
Samaria and Jerusalem, at the proper time, to meet in the 
desert. Philip at this time, directed by the Spirit, was told 
to join himself to the chariot. It took some effort, on the 
part of Philip, to get to this sinner, but he ran and met him, 
and found the sinner reading from Isa. 53: 7-8. Philip at 
once asked whether he understood the scripture he was 
reading. He was not a believer in Christ. Philip was in- 
vited into the chariot. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why was not the Holy Spirit imparted by Philip? 

This is the first revival after the stoning of Stephen, and 
when the news reached the Apostles in Jerusalem they sent a 
committee (Peter and John) to confirm the work of Philip, 
the evangelist. 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 99 



How and when had Philip received the Holy Spirit? 6:3-6. 
Had the Apostles' hands been laid on Philip? 
Why were the Apostles willing to confirm Philip's work 
among the Samaritans? 



5. PHILIP'S SERMON TO THE INDIVIDUAL. 
Acts 8 : 32-37. 

(32) Now the passage of the scripture which he was reading 
was this, (Isa. 53: 7 f) He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and 
as a lamb before his shearer is dumb, so he openeth not his mouth : 

(33) In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: His 
generation who shall declare? For his life is taken from the earth, 

(34) And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, 
of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other? 
(35) And Philip opened his mouth, and beginning from this scrip- 
ture, preached unto him Jesus. (36) And as they went on the way, 
they came unto a certain water; and the eunuch saith, Behold, here 
is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? (Some ancient au- 
thorities insert, wholly or in part, ver. 37, "And Philip said, If thou 
believest with all thy heart, thou mayest. And he answered and 
said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.) 

The inquirer, after reading a few verses from the Scrip- 
tures, asked Philip if the prophet was speaking about him- 
self or some other man. The preacher opened his mouth 
and told the sinner that it was Christ the Savior that the 
prophet was speaking of. As the preacher continued to 
magnify Jesus, the eunuch began to see into the scripture 
and, realizing his own sinful condition, said to the preacher, 
" See, here is water, what doth hinder me to be baptized? " 
Philip was preaching Jesus, just what the sinner then need- 
ed, and just what the sinners now need. 

QUESTIONS. 

What scripture was the sinner reading? 

If a sinner were reading the same scripture now, what would 
you tell him? 

Why could not the sinner understand this scripture? 
Did the people understand it in Isaiah's time? 



100 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



6. THE SINNER REPENTS AND IS BAPTIZED. 
Acts 8 : 38-40. 

(38) And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they 
both went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he 
baptized him. (39) And when they came up out of the water, the 
Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip ; and the eunuch saw him no 
more, for he went on his way rejoicing. (40) But Philip was found 
at Azotus: and passing through he preached the gospel to all the 
cities, till he came to Caesarea. 

After the eunuch suggested baptism, Philip said to him, 
if he believed with all his heart his wishes could be com- 
plied with. He believed that Jesus Christ was the Son of 
God, and that He died to save sinners. The chariot stopped 
and Philip and the sinner went down into the water, and 
Philip baptized him. After baptism, when they were com- 
ing from the water, the Spirit of the Lord took Philip away 
from the Ethiopian, as suddenly as he was brought to him. 
Philip ran to overtake the eunuch, and so his leaving may 
have been just as sudden. The Spirit, no doubt, wanted the 
Ethiopian to go forward into new fields and tell the story, 
and Philip to work along the coast of the Mediterranean. 
It was God's will that this man should go on his way to his 
native land, and build up this saving faith. This man went 
on his way rejoicing. This is the only sentence the Spirit 
records concerning the condition of this man. " He was 
rejoicing." This is the experience of every man who is look- 
ing for the Light and you help him to find it. 

QUESTIONS. 

Upon what condition was Philip willing- to baptize him? 

Give the convert's answer. 

Who went down into the water? 

Who was called away by the Spirit? 

Where was Philip preaching after this? 

Where is Azotus? 

What is said about the sinner after baptism? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 101 



Section II. Conversion of Saul and the First 
Missionary Work. Acts 9: 1-30. 

1. CONVERSION OF SAUL. 
Acts 9: 1-9. 

(1) But Saul, yet breathing threatening and slaughter against 
the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, (2) and asked 
of him letters to Damascus unto the synagogues, that if he found 
any that were of the Way, whether men or women, he might bring 
them bound to Jerusalem. (3) And as he journeyed, it came to 
pass that he drew nigh unto Damascus: and suddenly there shone 
round about him a light out of heaven: (4) and he fell upon the 
earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why perse- 
cutest thou me? (5) And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And he 
said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: (6) but rise, and enter 
into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. (7) And 
the men that journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing the 
voice (or, sound), but beholding no man. (8) And Saul arose from 
the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw nothing; and 
they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. (9) 
And he was three days without sight, and did neither eat nor drink. 

As the missionary work is going forward and reaching 
the hearts of people, as it has through the preaching of 
Philip to the eunuch and others, the church is growing in 
her work of soul saving. The opposers of the church were 
not satisfied to confine their cruel opposition in the city of 
Jerusalem. Saul has been a successful persecutor in the city, 
but at this time the church was going forth to do aggressive 
work, and the Lord did not allow Satan, through Saul, to 
lay his hands any further on the efforts of His disciples, in 
spreading the Gospel outside of Jerusalem. Saul received 
letters from the Jewish authorities to go to Damascus to 
the synagogue, and any men and women found there, fol- 
lowers of the Lord Jesus, to bring as prisoners to Jerusalem. 
This young Pharisee had a strong belief in the God of Israel, 
in His promises concerning the destiny of Israel. He was 
born in Tarsus, the capital of Cilicia. His bringing up was 
on the strictest Jewish order. All the observances of the 
law and the tradition of the Elders were conscientiously fol- 



102 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



lowed by him. Saul, however, received his religious educa- 
tion in Jerusalem. He was under the instruction of the 
great teacher, Gamaliel. 

Saul, with his letter to bring the Christians from Da- 
mascus, started on his journey. Saul was as blind as his 
nation. He was indeed an enemy, and a great enemy. Sure- 
ly only the grace of God could save such a man, and so 
the grace of God only can save such a nation of whom he 
is a type. The impression made upon Saul, who stood by 
when Stephen was stoned, saw him kneeling and offering 
the prayer, " Lord, lay not this sin to their charge," was 
not forgotten. It must have been the starting point of 
his conversion, and on the way to Damascus the heavens 
were opened once more. This great sinner, who had not 
only hated the name of Jesus, but had assisted in putting to 
death those who did believe on Him, could now, by his own 
vision, see in part what Stephen saw and hear the words, 
" Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?" in harmony with 
his actions. Whenever Saul, by word or deed, did anything 
against a disciple of Jesus, it was Jesus who was persecuted. 

Saul and his companions were struck down by the light. 
Those who journeyed with him stood speechless after the 
Lord spoke with him. They had fallen to the ground, but 
now arose and were speechless. The voice called Saul by 
name. While the text indicates that his eyes were opened, 
yet he could not see as before ; his companions took him by 
the hand and led him into Damascus. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was said about Saul before? 

How far was Damascus from Jerusalem? 

Damascus, one of the oldest cities in the world, was about 
140 miles northeast of Jerusalem. 
Why bring Christians bound to Jerusalem? 

To be tried by the Sanhedrim and punished as that body 
might decree. 

Where was Saul born, and give his two names? 

He was born at Tarsus. Saul was his Hebrew name and 
Paul his Greek name. 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 103 



2. ANANIAS BAPTIZES SAUL. 
Acts 9: 10-18. 

(10) Now there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named 
Ananias; and the Lord said unto him in a vision, Ananias. And he 
said, Behold, I am here, Lord. (11) And the Lord said unto him, 
Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and inquire in 
the house of Judas for one named Saul, a man of Tarsus: for be- 
hold, he prayeth; (12) and he hath seen a man named Ananias 
coming in, and laying his hands on him, that he might receive his 
sight. (13) But Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard from many 
of this man, how much evil he did to thy saints at Jerusalem: (14) 
and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that 
call upon thy name. (15) But the Lord said unto him, Go thy 
way: for he is a chosen vessel (Gr. vessel of election) unto me, to 
bear my name before the Gentiles and kings, and the children of 
Israel: (16) for I will show him how many things he must suffer 
for my name's sake. (17) And Ananias departed, and entered into 
the house; and laying his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the 
Lord, even Jesus, who appeared unto thee in the way which thou 
earnest, hath sent me, that thou mayest receive thy sight, and be 
filled with the Holy Spirit. (18) And straightway there fell from 
his eyes as it were scales, and he received his sight; and he arose 
and was baptized. 

Being left three days without sight, gave this great 
persecutor an opportunity to test his religion. At this 
period the unbelieving Jews, surrounding him, may have 
tried to comfort him, but could not. The Lord again had 
His messenger in Damascus to instruct Saul what to do. 
Ananias was told the exact place where he was and what 
Saul was doing, and that He had opened to him in a vision 
how he was to receive his sight. Ananias, knowing the 
history of this wicked man, and how much evil he had done 
in Jerusalem, and having been informed that he had author- 
ity from the chief priests, hesitated to accept the message. 
But the Lord told him what Saul was to be in the future, 
and what his relationship would be to the Gentiles, and 
what sufferings would come upon him in representing Him. 
Ananias went forth to carry out the instruction of the Lord. 
He spoke to him with the endearing name, " Brother Saul," 



104 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



and put his hands upon Saul and informed him that the 
same Jesus, who had appeared to him on the way, had sent 
Ananias that he might have his eyes opened and receive his 
sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit. Immediately the 
scales fell from his eyes and he arose and was baptized. He 
was now a chosen vessel, a light to the Gentiles and one 
who entered into the representative sufferings of Jesus as 
His messenger. 

QUESTIONS. 

How did Ananias know what to do? 
Who was Ananias? 

His name is given here in connection with Saul's con- 
version, but nothing more is known about him. 

Give name and location of street. 
Who provided a teacher for Saul? 

Where did Saul receive his authority to bind Christians? 
Explain the figure of a " chosen vessel." 

The Lord had called him for a definite work and he be- 
came a vessel to carry the Gospel to the Gentiles. 
What is said about Saul's suffering for the future? 
Give full account of what took place at Damascus. 

3. SAUL PREACHES JESUS IN DAMASCUS. 
Acts 9: 19-22. 

(19) And he took food and was strengthened. 

And he was certain days with the disciples that were at 
Damascus. (20) And straightway in the synagogues he proclaimed 
Jesus, that he is the Son of God. (21) And all that heard him were 
amazed, and said, Is not this he that in Jerusalem made havoc of 
them that called on this name? and he had come hither for this 
intent, that he might bring them bound before the chief priests. 
(22) But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the 
Jews that dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is the Christ. 

When Paul was received into the visible church by the 
rite of baptism, administered by Ananias, he received meat 
and his body was refreshed, because he had fasted three 
days and three nights. Immediately he conferred not with 
flesh and blood, but straightway entered upon preaching 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



105 



Christ in the synagogues, showing forth that He is the Son 
of God. How strange it must have appeared to the disciples 
in Damascus to have this one, who came to bind them and 
take them to Jerusalem as prisoners, because they believed 
in Jesus, now declaring that salvation could be had only 
through this same Jesus whom he had persecuted. The 
first effect that Saul's preaching had after his conversion 
was that all who heard him were amazed and said, " Is not 
this he that in Jerusalem made havoc of them that called 
on this name," preaching the faith which he once destroyed? 
The Apostle had seen the risen Christ and heard Him speak 
on the way to Damascus. Is it any wonder that he in- 
creased in strength and confounded the Jews, and by their 
seeing and hearing Him was able to prove to them that the 
One he preached was the risen Savior? 

QUESTIONS. 

How long was Saul fasting and without sight? 
What did Saul do immediately after his conversion? 
What effect had his preaching on the people who listened to 
him? 

Describe Saul's experience on his way to Damascus. 
What was the testimony of those who journeyed with Saul 
to Damascus? 

4. SAUL, THE PREACHER, SAVED AT DAMASCUS. 
Acts 9 : 23-25. 

(23) And when many days were fulfilled, the Jews took coun- 
sel together to kill him : (24) but their plot became known to Saul. 
And they watched the gates also day and night that they might 
kill him : (25) but his disciples took him by night, and let him down 
through the wall, lowering him in a basket. 

How long Saul preached at Damascus immediately, we 
have no means of ascertaining. We learn from Gal. 1 : 17 
that, shortly after his conversion, after his preaching in 
the synagogue, he proceeded to Arabia and may have re- 
mained there for some considerable time. We do not know 



106 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



of his definite employment, but we consider it highly prob- 
able that he received, during this period of his retirement in 
the country of Arabia, fuller instructions in the work that 
God had for him to do. It was a period in which Saul was 
emptying his heart of all that was not helpful in carrying 
forward the work, and allowing God to fill him as the chosen 
vessel with soul messages as an Apostle of the Gentiles. We 
know he did not receive his apostleship by appointment 
from the other Apostles, but by direct revelation of Jesus 
Christ (Gal. 1:12). At the completion of his sojourn in 
Arabia, he returned to Damascus, where he continued his 
preaching. "And after many days were fulfilled " : this 
phrase denotes a length of time. Between verses 22 and 23 
came the three years' sojourn in Arabia (Gal. 1:17-18). 
Saul at this time, in Damascus, confronted the same diffi- 
culty in preaching Christ that he, by his own influence and 
power, had set before others. When he learned of their 
plot, he hid himself. The city of Damascus was at this 
time in possession of Aretas, king of Arabia (2 Cor. 11 : 32). 
And the governor, influenced by the Jews, kept a watch 
day and night at the gates, so that he might not escape. 
Some of the houses in this town were built against the wall, 
and with upper stories of wood resting on top of the wall, 
it would be easy for his disciples to let him down in a 
basket by night and assist him to escape. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long a time is given between 22nd and 23rd verses? 

It was about three years after his conversion that he 
made his escape from Damascus in a basket. Sometime during 
these three years he had made his tour through Arabia and re- 
turned to Damascus. 

Who was king of Arabia, and what assistance did the gov- 
ernor give the Jews? 

How did the disciples assist Saul in his escape? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 107 



5. SAUL VISITS CHURCH AT JERUSALEM. 

Acts 9:26-30. 

(26) And when he was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join 
himself to the disciples: and they were all afraid of him, not be- 
lieving that he was a disciple. (27) But Barnabas took him, and 
brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had 
seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and 
how at Damascus he had preached boldly in the name of Jesus. 

(28) And he was with them going in and going out at Jerusalem, 

(29) preaching boldly in the name of the Lord: and he spake and 
disputed against the Grecian Jews (Gr. Hellenists) ; but they were 
seeking to kill him. (30) And when the brethren knew it, they 
brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 

This first visit to Jerusalem was three years after his 
conversion. Upon his arrival in Jerusalem, he at once pro- 
ceeded to associate with the Christians, but they were afraid 
of him, and many of them believed him to be a spy. Why 
he did not return at once, is not stated, but he was under the 
leadership of Him whom he was to preach. He did not 
confer with flesh and blood, nor did he go up to Jerusalem 
to confer with them who were Apostles. His apostleship 
was not to be received from man, but by direct revelation. 
The twelve in Jerusalem had nothing to do with his be- 
coming an Apostle. Even when he arrived in Jerusalem, 
three years after his conversion, the twelve would have 
nothing to do with him, except Barnabas, who declared to 
the church that Saul had seen the Lord ; that he beheld His 
glory on the way to Damascus, and had already proved his 
genuineness by publicly declaring Him as the Messiah. 
His stay in Jerusalem was but fifteen days, and it seems 
from the text that his special purpose was to have confer- 
ence with Peter. He was appointed an Apostle to the Gen- 
tiles. This was his special mission, and no doubt the pur- 
pose of his conference with Peter. 

While he tarried in Jerusalem, he boldly proclaimed 
the change he had undergone by speaking fearlessly in the 
name of the Lord Jesus, and by disputing against the Gre- 



108 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



cians, who probably were some of his associates at the time 
of the stoning of Stephen. The loss of such a man to the 
Jewish faith was very discouraging, and they resented his 
spirit and courage by plotting against him and seeking to 
slay him. 

When the brethren knew, when his friends became 
aware, that these unbelieving Jews were trying to do with 
Saul what he had inspired his associates before his conver- 
sion to do with Stephen, they deemed it prudent to send 
him away from Jerusalem. Saul himself, however, gave a 
different reason (22: 17). God revealed to him, while at 
prayer in the temple, that another sphere of work was 
awaiting him, and this outward manifestation of persecution 
was intended to get him to move forward and occupy his 
appointed field. Leaving Jerusalem, they brought him to 
Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus, his own native city, 
where he remained until summoned by Barnabas to assist 
in the church at Antioch. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who were Saul's associates when he left Jerusalem as a per- 
secutor? 

Why was the church at Jerusalem so ignorant of his con- 
version? 

How long was he absent from Jerusalem? 
Where did Barnabas get his information? 

Saul and Barnabas were both foreign-born Jews. Saul 
knew of his generosity, and sought him out as the one most 
likely to give him a candid hearing. When Barnabas was 
once convinced, it became an easy matter to convince the 
Apostles. 

What Apostle did Saul see? 

How long was he at Jerusalem at this time? Gal. 1: 18. 

How did Saul get away from the enemy? 

Who told him to leave and go to Tarsus? 22: 17-21. 

Tarsus was his birthplace and home. He disappears at 
this point from the pages of Luke, but does not retire from 
activity (Gal. 1: 21-24). It is possible that during the time of 
his silence in the record there may have occurred what is re- 
lated in 2 Cor. 11 — the receiving of stripes and shipwrecks 
during his service for the Master. 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 109 



Section III. Preparation of Church for Admission 
of Gentiles. Acts 9: 31-11: 18. 

1. PEACE AND PROSPERITY OF CHURCH. 
Acts 9:31. 

(31) So the church throughout all Judasa and 'Galilee and Sa- 
maria had peace, being edified (Gr. builded up); and, walking in 
the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, was 
multiplied. 

" Then had the churches rest." Saul, the great perse- 
cutor, had been converted ; and while we have some disturb- 
ance at Damascus, and also at Jerusalem on the return of 
Saul, now that he has gone into a new field of labor, opposi- 
tion seems to be withdrawn and peace restored. The 
church was being built up in faith and piety, increase in 
spiritual power and a very rapid increase in numbers. By 
the term, " church," we mean all the followers of Jesus in 
the different fields where missionary stations are established 
and disciples are congregated for worship. 

QUESTIONS. 

Name provinces in which churches have been established. 
What had Gamaliel said about the church? 5:34-39. 

His statement as to divine origin was now vindicated. 
Does the church prosper more in time of peace or persecu- 
tion, and why? 

2. PETER'S MIRACLE AT LYDDA. 
Acts 9 : 32-35. 

(32) And it came to pass, as Peter went throughout all parts, 
he came down also to the saints that dwelt at Lydda. (33) And 
*here he found a certain man named ZEneas, who had kept his bed 
eight years; for he was palsied. (34) And Peter said unto him, 
.SSneas, Jesus Christ healeth thee: arise, and make thy bed. And 
straightway he arose. (35) And all that dwelt at Lydda and in 
Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord. 



110 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The preaching of the Gospel hitherto had been exclu- 
sively to the Jews, or to the Jewish proselytes. Even the 
Apostles did not seem to have understood Christ's com- 
mand in the great commission, " Go teach all nations," to 
include the Gentiles as members of the Christian church. 
While Saul was a chosen vessel, and the Apostle of the 
Gentiles, at the present stage of the church the door had 
not yet been opened to any Gentile converts. The Apostles 
being constantly under the influence of Judaism, having 
Jerusalem as a center, it was difficult for them to get the 
larger vision that God gave His Son, to die as the Savior of 
the world. To lead, even the Christian leaders, out of this 
narrow conception of salvation, that is, that salvation was 
intended for the Jews alone, He took matters into His own 
hands and left the church no choice but to obey His com- 
mandments. To open the way for this larger teaching, the 
Apostle Peter went on a tour among the churches. He 
visited Lydda, and there found a man who had been sick 
for eight years with palsy. He restored this man to his 
health, and when they found what the religion could do to 
a man like /Eneas, giving him health of body and soul, many 
in that place were converted and turned to the Lord. These 
churches that Peter was visiting, founded by the dispersed 
disciples, had also suffered from persecution, and now en- 
joying peace could be used with advantage to the Apostles. 
The cure of this man had much the same influence when 
healed, as the lame man that lay at the Beautifu 1 Gate. 
This disease was incurable, and the people knew that it 
was the power of God that healed him. Lydda was about 
thirty miles from Jerusalem. 

QUESTIONS. 

The church at this time was made up of what class of peo- 
ple? 

Quote the commission, and state what it meant to the church 
at this time and how it is interpreted by the church at the present 
time. 

Where was Peter preaching? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



111 



How long was yEneas sick? and what was the nature of his 
disease? 

Why say, "Arise, and make thy bed"? 

So that all may know that he was thoroughly cured. 
What was the result of this miracle? 

3. PETER'S MIRACLE AT JOPPA. 
Acts 9 : 36-43. 

(36) Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, 
which by interpretation is called Dorcas (Gazelle): this woman 
was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did. (37) And it 
came to pass in those days, that she fell sick, and died: and when 
they had washed her, they laid her in an upper chamber. (38) And 
as Lydda was nigh unto Joppa, the disciples, hearing that Peter 
was there, sent two men unto him, entreating him, Delay not to 
come on unto us. (39) And Peter arose and went with them. 
And when he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: 
and all the widows stood by him weeping, and showing the coats 
and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. (40) 
But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and 
turning to the body, he said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her 
eyes; and when she saw Peter, she sat up. (41) And he gave her 
his hand, and raised her up ; and calling the saints and widows, he 
presented her alive. (42) And it became known throughout all 
Joppa: and many believed on the Lord. (43) And it came to pass, 
that he abode many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner. 

Joppa was a seaport of Jerusalem, about thirty-five 
miles distant. Lydda, where Peter had been preaching, 
was about twelve miles out from Joppa. At Joppa was a 
Christian church, and the place where we find the earliest 
trace of the organization of widows so fully described by 
the Apostle Paul in his letters to his spiritual son Timothy. 
One of these widows, called Tabitha, had distinguished her- 
self by her " good works and almsdeeds which she did." 
This woman took sick and died, and the disciples, knowing 
that Peter was at Lydda, sent two men requesting him to 
come to them at once. The disciples did not state the pur- 
pose for which they wanted Peter's presence; whether to 



112 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



minister comfort to the distressed band of believers, or to 
raise Tabitha to life. Immediately upon his arrival, they 
brought him into the upper chamber, " and all the widows 
stood by him weeping, and showing the coats and garments 
which Dorcas had made, while she was with them." Peter, 
putting them all forth, kneeled down and prayed, and turn- 
ing to the body, said, " Tabitha, arise." She opened her 
eyes, and when she saw Peter, sat up. Peter presented her 
alive to the widows and the disciples. Peter's work in this 
church had a great influence over the believers, and resulted 
in a great revival. What a memorial this was for one who 
had given herself to providing for the poor ! " Blessed are 
they who die in the Lord." The Apostle Peter, as he 
listened to the pleadings of the associate widows, could not 
help remembering the times when he stood by his own 
Master, when He raised to life the widow's son, the daugh- 
ter of Jairus, and Lazarus the brother of Mary and Martha ; 
but his Master was in heaven, yet he had faith that he 
could represent Him at this time by bringing back to life the 
one who was His true and faithful servant while on earth. 
No wonder that this became known throughout all Joppa, 
and many believed on the Lord Jesus Christ. Peter con- 
tinued to reside in Joppa for a considerable time, and had his 
home with one Simon a tanner, whose house was located 
close by the seaside. 

QUESTIONS. 

How far was it from Jerusalem to Joppa? 

How far from Lydda to Joppa? 

What were the two names given to this woman? 

Tabitha, the Aramaic or Hebrew, and Dorcas, the Greek. 
Why did they send for Peter? 
Why did the poor widows weep? 

Who had first preached here and started this church? 8:40. 
Give a full description of how Dorcas was restored to life. 
Why did Peter tarry so long at Joppa? 

Here was a great harvest field from which to gather souls, 
and the reapers were few. 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



113 



4. CORNELIUS' VISION. 
Acts 10: 1-8. 

(1) Now there was a certain man in Caesarea, Cornelius by 
name, a centurion of the band (or, cohort) called the Italian band, 
(2) a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, who 
gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always. (3) He 
saw in a vision openly, as it were about the ninth hour of the day, 
an angel of God coming in unto him, and saying to him, Cornelius. 
(4) And he, fastening his eyes upon him, and being affrighted, said, 
What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine 
alms are gone up for a memorial before God. (5) And now send 
men to Joppa, and fetch one Simon, who is surnamed Peter: (6) he 
lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side. 
(7) And when the angel that spake unto him was departed, he 
called two of his household-servants, and a devout soldier of them 
that waited on him continually ; (8) and having rehearsed all things 
unto them, he sent them to Joppa. 

About seventy miles from Jerusalem, northwest, is 
Caesarea, the political capital of Judea, where the Roman 
governor presided, and which became the headquarters of 
the Roman soldiers. It was known as the great Gentile 
city of Palestine. In this period of study, we are in the 
transition from Jewish to Gentile Christianity, and it was 
natural that the Gentile center should be established out- 
side of Jerusalem. Cornelius, the centurion, who had charge 
of a hundred soldiers, was a man of deep piety, and instruct- 
ed his household in religion. He had forsaken all idols and 
worshiped the true and living God. He was a man of prayer, 
and did good to all men as he had opportunity. While en- 
gaged in prayer, about three o'clock in the afternoon, an 
angel of God came and spoke to him. Cornelius was afraid, 
and said, " What is it, Lord?" And the Lord assured him 
that his prayers and his good deeds were before God as a 
memorial. He asked Cornelius to send men to Joppa to 
Peter, who was at the home of one Simon a tanner, because 
he would be able to tell what he should do. After the angel 
departed, he called two of his household servants and a de- 
vout soldier, and after giving them proper instruction, sent 
them to Joppa. 



114 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

How far is Caesarea from Jerusalem? 

The Roman capital of Judea situated on the Mediterranean 
Sea, thirty miles north of Joppa and about seventy miles 
northwest of Jerusalem. 

What the mission of Cornelius? 
To what nation did he belong? 

He was a Gentile, a Roman officer of some rank, and 
captain of 100 men. He belonged to the band called Italian, 
probably because the soldiers were true born, and not native 
troops of Palestine. 

What did the Lord say about the prayer and alms? 
Why say lodged with one Simon a tanner? 

That the servants might not have trouble to find him. 
The tanner's house was considered ceremonially unclean. A 
Jew of Peter's temper, who could lodge with a tanner, could 
certainly be approached and might go tomorrow and convert a 
Gentile. 

5. PETER'S VISION. 
Acts 10:9-16. 

(9) Now on the morrow, as they were on their journey, and 
drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray, 
about the sixth hour: (10) and he became hungry, and desired to 
eat: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance; (11) and he 
beholdeth the heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending, as 
it were a great sheet, let down by four corners upon the earth: 
(12) wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts and creeping 
things of the earth and birds of the heaven. (13) And there came 
a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill and eat. (14) But Peter said, Not 
so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common and un- 
clean. (15) And a voice came unto him again the second time, 
What God hath cleansed, make not thou common. (16) And this 
was done thrice: and straightway the vessel was received up into 
heaven. 

The three men sent had a common interest with their 
superior and must plead their own in pleading his. About 
noon the following day, as the messengers drew nigh to 
Joppa, Peter, unconscious of the coming of the messengers, 
went up on the housetop to pray. While there, he became 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 115 



very hungry. Before the usual meal was ready he fell into a 
trance. Having gone forth to different churches in the in- 
terest of soul saving and, no doubt, coming in contact with 
many of this class of people, how could it be otherwise than 
that this very Gentile question was pressing itself upon his 
heart? In this state, he saw Heaven opened and a great 
sheet let down, supported by four corners. This sheet con- 
tained all kinds of fourfooted beasts, creeping things, and 




fowls. He heard a voice say to him, " Kill and eat." Peter 
plead an excuse in harmony with the teaching of the Jewish 
law, which forbade the eating of anything " common or un- 
clean." The very question to be settled was a social one. 
Soon he and Cornelius were to be in the same home and sit 
at the same table. The voice came and told him that what 
God has cleansed no one has a right to call " common or 
unclean." Peter saw and heard three times. The voice was 
unmistakable. At this very time, when Peter was trying 



116 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



to solve what the vision really meant, the messengers from 
Cornelius had arrived at the tanner's house and were in- 
quiring for him. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did Peter do while messengers were on their way to 
Joppa? 

What had Peter been doing so long at Joppa? 

What was Peter doing at the time he received this vision? 

What was the purpose of the vision? 

What effect had the vision on Peter? 

How many times was this special message given to Peter? 



6. PETER'S JOURNEY TO CORNELIUS. 
Acts 10: 17-23. 

(17) Now while Peter was much perplexed in himself what 
the vision which he had seen might mean, behold, the men that 
were sent by Cornelius, having made inquiry for Simon's house, 
stood before the gate, (18) and called and asked whether Simon, 
who was surnamed Peter, were lodging there. (19) And while 
Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, 
three men seek thee. (20) But arise, and get thee down, and go 
with them, nothing doubting: for I have sent them. (21) And Peter 
went down to the men, and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: 
what is the cause wherefore ye are come? (22) And they said, 
Cornelius a centurion, a righteous man and one that feareth God, 
and well reported of by all the nation of the Jews, was warned of 
God by a holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear 
words from thee. (23) So he called them in and lodged them. 

And on the morrow he arose and went forth with them, and 
certain of the brethren from Joppa accompanied him. 

The messengers inquired whether that was the place 
where Peter lodged. While Peter is still in doubt as to the 
meaning of the vision, the Spirit informed him that mes- 
sengers were seeking for him, and further instructed him 
that he was at once to go down and accompany these mes- 
sengers and not have any further doubt as to the mission, 
because these messengers were there at the Spirit's direc- 
tion. The messengers and Peter met ; Peter asked them the 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 117 



purpose of their coming, and they plead the cause of their 
master, telling Peter that he was a centurion, one who 
feared God, and had a good report among all the nation of 
the Jews, and that a Holy Angel directed him " to send 
us to you that you might come into his house and speak the 
words of life." While Peter did not fully comprehend, he 
was left no choice, he must go. God was leading him. He 
could not start as it was too late in the day, so he took these 
messengers, Gentiles, and lodged them. Did they eat at the 
same table? This is an interesting question to those who 
know how scrupulous the Jerusalem Jews were about the 
violation of the law and tradition. The following day they 
set out on their journey to Csesarea. A matter of such great 
importance as the bringing in of the Gentiles into the church, 
Peter would not undertake by himself ; therefore, he asks 
six brethren from Joppa to accompany him. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who helped Peter to know the meaning of the vision? 
What did the Spirit say to Peter at this time? 
Who had sent the messengers that were just then at the 
gate? 

What did he ask the messengers? 

Give the reply the messengers made to Peter. 

7. PETER AND CORNELIUS MEET. 

Acts 10:24-33. 

(24) And on the morrow they entered into Csesarea. And Cor- 
nelius was waiting for them, having called together his kinsmen 
snd his near friends. (25) And when it came to pass that Peter 
entered, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and wor- 
shipped (the Greek word denotes an act of reverence, whether paid 
to a creature or to the Creator) him. (26) But Peter raised him 
up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man. (27) And as he 
talked with him, he went in, and findeth many come together: (28) 
and he said unto them, Ye yourselves know how it is an unlawful 
thing for a man that is a Jew to join himself or come unto one of 



118 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



another nation; and yet unto me hath 'God showed that I should 
not call any man common or unclean: (29) wherefore also I came 
without gainsaying, when I was sent for. I ask therefore with what 
intent ye sent for me. (30) And Cornelius said, Four days ago, 
until this hour, I was keeping the ninth hour of prayer in my 
house; and behold, a man stood before me in bright apparel, (31) 
and saith, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had 
in remembrance in the sight of God. (32) Send therefore to Joppa, 
and call unto thee Simon, who is surnamed Peter; he lodgeth in 
the house of Simon a tanner, by the sea side. (33) Forthwith 
therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art 
come. Now therefore we are all here present in the sight of God, 
to hear all things that have been commanded thee of the Lord. 

The messengers arrived, with Peter and his six associ- 
ates, in Caesarea the next afternoon at about three o'clock. 
Cornelius, the man having this vision, and spoken to by 
the angel, who would know just when to assemble his 
kinsmen and near friends, who had so thoroughly been pre- 
pared for the messenger of Truth, met Peter on his arrival 
and fell down and worshiped him. Peter refused all Divine 
honor, and, after having a private conversation, they went 
into the house where many were gathered together. Peter 
now addressed the company and told them that, under or- 
dinary circumstances, it was unlawful for a Jew to associ- 
ate with a person of another nation ; but by special revela- 
tion, before coming here, he had been told by the Spirit to 
hold no man " common or unclean." " Because of this revela- 
tion, we raised no objections when we were invited to come 
here, and now would like to know what was the purpose you 
had in sending for us." Cornelius related what had happened 
four days before, when he was fasting and praying, at the 
hour of prayer: "A man appeared before me in bright ap- 
parel telling me that my prayers and alms are as a memorial 
before God. The messenger instructed me to send for you 
at Joppa, saying that you would come and speak unto us. 
I immediately sent for you, and you are now here. We are 
here together, before God, to hear you speak the things that 
God commands you." 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 119 



QUESTIONS. 

Where did the messengers spend the night? 
How did Cornelius know that Peter would come? 
Was Peter surprised to find the congregation ready to hear 
him? 

What did Peter say when he first met Cornelius? 
How long before this had the angel appeared to Cornelius? 
Why speak of Simon lodging at the house of Simon a tanner? 
Whom did they expect to hear when they listened to Peter? 

8. PETER'S SERMON.— Acts 10:34-43. 
(1) The -Introduction.— Acts 10:34-35. 

(34) And Peter opened his mouth, and said, 

Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: 
(35) but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh right- 
eousness, is acceptable to him. 

" Many were gathered together." This was the Gentile 
Pentecost, and perhaps more people were affected by the 
baptism of the Holy Spirit than in the upper room of the 
Jewish Pentecost. Peter began by encouraging the peo- 
ple ; he had not gotten away from the vision in which he 
learned that God is no Respecter of persons. The way to 
Him is open for any individual, no matter to what nation 
he belongs. If he meets the condition stated by Jesus 
Christ, the Son of God, he becomes heir and is accepted as 
an adopted child. 

QUESTIONS. 

What class of people make up this congregation? 
Do we know how many people were present at Pentecost of 
Gentiles? 

Give the number who were present at the Pentecost of the 
Jews. 

How did Peter know that salvation was for all nations? 
Upon what condition will God accept everybody? 

(2) Brief History of Jesus. — Acts 10: 36-43. 

(36) The word which he sent unto the children of Israel, 
preaching good tidings (or, the Gospel) of peace by Jesus Christ 
(he is Lord of all) — (37) that saying ye yourselves know, which was 



120 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



published throughout all Judaea, beginning from Galilee, after the 
baptism which John preached; (38) even Jesus of Nazareth, how 
God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power: who went 
about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the 
devil; for God was with him. (39) And we are witnesses of all 
things which he did both in the country of the Jews, and in Jeru- 
salem; whom also they slew, hanging him on a tree. (40) Him 
God raised up the third day, and gave him to be made manifest, 
(41) not to ail the people, but unto witnesses that were chosen be- 
fore of God, even to us, who ate and drank with him after he rose 
from the dead. (42) And he charged us to preach unto the people, 
and to testify that this is he who is ordained of God to be the 
Judge of the living and the dead. (43) To him bear all the proph- 
ets witness, that through his name every one that believeth on him 
shall receive remission of sins. 

The sermon was simple and straightforward. Christ's 
mission in the world was to bring peace. He was the 
Anointed One of God, giving Him the Holy Spirit and 
power. His mission was to do good and deliver people out 
of trouble, who were under the influence of disease. The 
Apostles themselves were witnesses of the resurrection of 
Jesus — Peter declared that the Jews crucified Him and God 
raised Him from the dead — and of this fact the Apostles 
were chosen to bear witness and were commanded to preach 
Him unto all people. It is this Man Jesus, who was or- 
dained by God to be the Judge of the living and the dead. 
Even the prophets bore witness of Him, and declared that 
everyone who would believe in this risen Christ would re- 
ceive remission of sin. Peter had already, in the very in- 
troduction of his sermon, said to this congregation : " He 
is Lord of all. He belongs not to the Jews only, but is the 
Savior of all who believe in Him." 

QUESTIONS. 

What were the good tidings that he preached? 

When was Jesus anointed and who anointed Him? 

What was the real mission of Jesus? 

"He went about doing good, and healing all that were 

oppressed of the devil." 

Of what were the early disciples witnesses? 
Why call attention to the prophets as witnesses? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 121 



9. GENTILES RECEIVE THE HOLY SPIRIT. 

Acts 10:44-48. 

(44) While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Spirit fell 
on all them that heard the word. (45) And they of the circum- 
cision that believed were amazed, as many as came with Peter, 
because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the 
Holy Spirit. (46) For they heard them speak with tongues, and 
magnify God. Then answered Peter, (47) Can any man forbid the 
water, that these should not be baptized, who have received the 
Holy Spirit as well as we? (48) And he commanded them to be 
baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then prayed they him to 
tarry certain days. 

While Peter was preaching to this Gentile congrega- 
tion the things that were commanded him of God, scarcely 
had he commenced His address, when God again interfered 
and poured down the Holy Ghost on all who heard the 
Word, thus confirming the vision that Peter had, that the 
middle wall of partition must be broken down and that 
Jesus Christ died on the cross to present man as one broth- 
erhood before God. The brethren, who accompanied Peter, 
were greatly astonished because the Gentiles had come into 
possession of the same power. They knew they had the 
same power because they heard them speak with new 
tongues and magnify God. Peter realized that since these 
people had received the baptism of the Spirit, therefore the 
outward sign of baptism could not be withheld from those 
who had received what that sign simply represents and 
seals. Peter at once gave orders for immediate baptism. 
In this entire bringing in of the Gentiles into the church and 
the establishment of a Gentile Pentecost, man was a mere 
passive instrument in carrying out the plans of God. These 
plans and purposes were so distinctly unfolded, step by 
step, that it was impossible for Peter to hesitate or doubt 
from the beginning to the conclusion of these circumstances. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the source of the message delivered by Peter to 
this congregation? 



122 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Give the principal points of the message. 

Who received the Holy Spirit? 

What is meant by speaking with tongues? 

This is the Pentecost of the Gentiles. It showed that the 
Gentiles were included in the plan of salvation, and the Holy 
Spirit was for them as well as for the Jews. 

Why was the Holy Spirit given before baptism? 

To prove that God treated Jews and Gentiles alike, and 
that circumcision should not stand in the way of being ad- 
mitted into the church. 

Why did they invite him to tarry there certain days? 



10. BROADENING OF THE JERUSALEM CHURCH. 
Acts 11: 1-18. 

(1) Peter Called to Account for His Conduct— Acts 11:1-3. 

(1) Now the apostles and the brethren that were in Judaea 
heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God. (2) 
And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the 
circumcision contended with him, (3) saving, Thou wentest in to 
men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. 

Peter said to the six brethren, when the Holy Spirit 
had been given to the Gentiles, " Can any man forbid the 
water, that these should not be baptized? " This challenge 
was not to the Gentiles, but to the six brethren who were 
with him on this important mission as he said, " who have 
received the Holy Spirit as well as we." He then gave 
orders to these brethren to baptize the converts who had 
asked for admission into the church. The circumcised Jew- 
ish disciples at Jerusalem learned that the Gentiles had 
also received the Word of God. This, no doubt, they learned 
during the period that Peter tarried in a continual revival 
effort at Csesarea, giving further instructions about the Lord 
Jesus concerning His life, miracles, death, and resurrection. 
What real fellowship there must have been when the mid- 
dle wall, or partition, had been broken down, and the be- 
lieving Jews and Gentiles were one in Christ Jesus. It did 
not create the same joy in Jerusalem over what had been 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 123 



done, and contention arose, and there was great danger of 
division. We have learned that two classes of Jews were 
in the church in Jerusalem — those who were radically Jew- 
ish in spirit, and Hellenists who were more liberal in their 
views. He was called to Jerusalem to make his defense. 

QUESTIONS. 

By Peter's preaching, what had the Gentiles received at 
Csesarea? 

What did the Jews believe was the complaint against Peter? 
What part had the six brethren in admitting the Gentiles into 
the church? 

What was the real charge against Peter? 

That he went in unto men uncircumcised. That he ate 
with them. They did not complain of the instructions given, 
or of receiving baptism, but of violation of ceremonial rules, 
based not on Divine Law, but on human traditions. 

(2) Peter's Vindication.— Acts 11:4-18. 

(4) But Peter began, and expounded the matter unto them in 
order, saying, (5) I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a 
trance I saw a vision, a certain vessel descending, as it were a 
great sheet let down from heaven by four corners; and it came 
even unto me: (6) upon which when I had fastened mine eyes, I 
considered, and saw the fourfooted beasts of the earth and wild 
beasts and creeping things and birds of the heaven. (7) And I 
heard also a voice saying unto me, Rise, Peter; kill and eat. (8) 
But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath ever 
entered into my mouth. (9) But a voice answered the second time 
out of heaven, What God hath cleansed, make not thou common. 
(10) And this was done thrice: and all were drawn up again into 
heaven. (11) And behold, forthwith three men stood before the 
house in which we were, having been sent from Caesarea unto me. 
(12) And the Spirit bade me go with them, making no distinction. 
And these six brethren also accompanied me; and we entered into 
the man's house: (13) and he told us how he had seen the angel 
standing in his house, and saying, Send to Joppa, and fetch Simon, 
whose surname is Peter; (14) who shall speak unto thee words, 
whereby thou shalt be saved, thou and all thy house. (15) And as I 
began to speak, the Holy Spirit fell on them, even as on us at the 
beginning. (16) And I remembered the word of the Lord, how 
he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized 



124 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



in (or, with) the Holy Spirit. (17) If then God gave unto them the 
like gift as he did also unto us, when we believed on the Lord 
Jesus Christ, who was I, that I could withstand God? (18) And 
when they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified 
God, saying, Then to the Gentiles also hath God granted repent- 
ance unto life. 

Peter gave a full account in the order of God's leading 
in the bringing in of the Gentiles. In order that they might 
understand the revelation received by Peter, he rehearsed 
to the Apostles and brethren at Jerusalem, God's dealings 
with him on the entire mission tour. To satisfy the objec- 
tion made by the brethren at Jerusalem, Peter gave them 
to understand that his own view coincided with theirs, until 
God in so unmistakable a way had shown His own leadings 
in the entire affair. One day about noon, Peter was praying 
at Joppa, and in a vision saw a sheet let down from heaven, 
held by four corners, containing all manner of beasts, creep- 
ing tilings, and fowls ; at the same time he heard a voice 
say, " Peter, slay and eat." This he wanted to refuse, be- 
cause it was contrary to his religious teachings. But the 
voice spake again saying, " What God has cleansed, call 
thou not common." This was repeated three times. " While 
I thought what the vision meant, three men were already at 
the house, asking to see me. Cornelius, a devout man, was 
visited by an angel, who directed him to send these three 
men that I might come and speak to them the words of 
Life, that the house of Cornelius might be saved. When the 
six brethren and I arrived, and I began to speak to the 
Gentiles, the Holy Spirit came upon them as it did on us at 
Pentecost. At once the words of the Master came to me: 
' John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized 
with the Holy Ghost,' showing to me that this gift was not 
confined to the Jews." The baptism to be preached by the 
Apostles was to be world-wide. Peter now made his appeal 
to the Apostles and brethren at Jerusalem, " If God did 
make the Gentiles equal with the Jews in favor, then by re- 
fusing their acceptance, I would have disobeyed the com- 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



125 



mand of God." This argument silenced the opponents in 
the church at Jerusalem, and brought joy to the Apostles 
and brethren, after they learned that God led Peter, through 
revelation, to open the door. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give matter Peter relates in order from beginning. 
What purpose had Peter in giving so full an account to the 
Apostles and brethren? 

The events here rehearsed by Peter had removed his own 
prejudice, and it was thought by him that it should have the 
same effect upon the church. 

In what way did the six brethren present help the matter? 

As proper persons to confirm the truth stated by Peter. 
Why say received like gift? 

What was the result of Peter's account and apology? 

There was peace in the church, and God the Father of all 
was glorified. 



Section IV. Development of New Religious 
Center. Acts 11: 19-30. 

1. THE FIRST GENTILE CHURCH IN ANTIOCH. 

Acts 11: 19-21. 

(19) They therefore that were scattered abroad upon the tribu- 
lation that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phoenicia, and 
Cyprus, and Antioch, speaking the word to none save only to Jews. 
(20) But there were some of them, men of Cyprus and Cyrene, 
who, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Greeks 
(many ancient authorities read " Grecian Jews "; see ch. 6:1) also, 
preaching the Lord Jesus. (21) And the hand of the Lord was 
with them: and a great number that believed turned unto the Lord. 

Luke had given an account of the conversion of Saul, 
the missionary journey by the Apostle Peter, and the bap- 
tism of the Gentiles by the Holy Spirit. He now takes up 
the narrative following the persecution that arose about 
Stephen. It is an account of the founding of the church at 
Antioch. We have learned what some did when they were 
driven out of Jerusalem. In these verses we learn what 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 127 



others did, and where the Gospel was proclaimed. It was 
very difficult to establish in a place like Jerusalem, where 
the influence was so strongly Jewish. Some of those who 
were scattered by persecution traveled as far as Phenice 
and Cyprus and Antioch, confining their preaching to the 
Jews. The Holy Spirit spreads the truth, but He uses men 
who are not prejudiced and whose hearts are open for the 
reception of truth. These men from Cyprus and Cyrene, 
having been foreign-born, and having these larger ideals, 
spoke to the Greeks who were at Antioch about the Lord 
Jesus. These men were guided by the Spirit, and preached 
Jesus, which resulted in a great revival. These Greeks, we 
are told, turned unto the Lord. Antioch became prominent 
as the other great center of Christianity. 

QUESTIONS. 

What caused the scattering of church members? 
Name and locate places where the Word was preached. 
Where were the preachers from, and what made them willing 
to preach the Lord to the Greeks? 
Who were the Greeks? 

That new departure here noted is that they preached to 
the Greeks who were not Jews. 

Why say the hand of the Lord was with them? 
What was the result of this preaching? 

What place now became the religious center for aggressive 
church work? 



2. AID AND ENCOURAGEMENT FROM MOTHER 

CHURCH. 

Acts 11:22-24. 

(22) And the report concerning them came to the ears of the 
church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas as 
far as Antioch: (23) who, when he was come, and had seen the 
grace of God, was glad; and he exhorted them all, that with pur- 
pose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord: (24) for he was a 
good man, and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith: and much 
people was added unto the Lord. 



128 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



News reached Jerusalem of the great revival then in 
progress at Antioch. The mother church at Jerusalem, feel- 
ing it her duty to assist in the work at Antioch. sent Barna- 
bas to watch over and give whatever advice might be essen- 
tial to the progress of the church. This also was proper, 
that a blessed relationship might be had between the as- 
sembly in Jerusalem and the one at Antioch. When Barna- 
bas came to Antioch and saw what favor God had bestowed 
on these people, he was glad, and gave the work his hearty 
endorsement, exhorting all to continue with true purpose 
of heart, and cleave unto the Lord. These Gentile Chris- 
tians were the Lord's. Barnabas advised them because of 
their relation to Him to look to Him for all their strength 
and blessings. Barnabas was the right kind of man to send 
to Antioch. He was foreign-born, had no narrow preju- 
dices, and was able to sympathize with any advance in 
Christian work. He did more than simply encourage the 
work. He was a man full of faith and power, having the 
Holy Spirit as his Leader, and was a very valuable worker 
in the further development of this church. Here was a 
continuous revival and many people were addea to the 
Lord. 

" Preachers should expect God to save some one every 
time they preach. Spurgeon never preached a sermon that 
did not have in it the way of life, and this is the secret of 
his great success." 

QUESTIONS. 

What news came to the Jerusalem church? 
Why did they send Barnabas? 
What was his exhortation lo the church? 
What is said as to his character? 

(1) He was a good man, not merely honest and upright, 
but generous, kindly, and loving; (2) full of the Holy Spirit — 
he lived in the Spirit; (3) and of faith — he preached what he 
heartily believed. 

What was the result of his work? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 129 



3. BARNABAS BRINGS SAUL TO ANTIOCH. 

Acts 11:25-26. 

(25) And he went forth to Tarsus to seek for Saul; (26) and 
when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch. And it 
came to pass, that even for a whole year they were gathered to- 
gether with (Gr. in) the church, and taught much people; and that 
the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch. 

Antioch had become a great religious center. New- 
converts were being added to the. church daily, and religious 
instruction should be given in order to produce proper 
training for the followers of Christ. To do this, additional 
help was needed. Barnabas knew of a man that just suited 
the conditions of this Antioch church. He went to Tarsus 
and brought Saul, who could not remain in Jerusalem as an 
Apostle of the Gentiles, but here a religious center had been 
established just in keeping with his appointment. Here 
these two spiritual men labored together for a whole year, 
and gave instruction to many people, and here for the first 
time the followers of Christ received the new name, " Chris- 
tian." 

QUESTIONS. 

Why go to Tarsus after Saul? 

The many converts in the church needed religious instruc- 
tion, and there was an immense field for harvest. 

What was Saul doing at Tarsus? 

Saul was no doubt preaching at Cilicia and busy about his 
Master's work, yet greater opportunities were pointed out to 
him by Barnabas. 

What had Barnabas done for Saul at Jerusalem after his con- 
version? 

How long did they work together? 

The young converts just delivered from heathenism had 
special need of instruction. 
Why called Christians? 

It was the family name of the followers of Christ — all 
bound together in one. The result of Saul's and Barnabas' 
instruction for a year in this church brought about this new 
name. 



130 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



4. BARNABAS AND SAUL SENT TO JERUSALEM. 
Acts 11:27-30. 

(27) Now in these days there came down prophets from Je- 
rusalem unto Antioch. (28) And there stood up one of them 
named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be 
a great famine over all the world (Gr. the inhabited earth) : which 
came to pass in the days of Claudius. (29) And the disciples, 
every man according to his ability, determined to send relief (Gr. 
for ministry) unto the brethren that dwelt in Judaea: (30) which 
also they did, sending it to the elders by the hand of Barnabas 
and Saul. 

The fellowship between the Jerusalem church and An- 
tioch was not forgotten. Prophets came from Jerusalem to 
Antioch, one of whom, named Agabus, made a prediction 
of the approach of a severe dearth throughout all the land 
of Judea. Immediately following the Day of Pentecost, we 
had the story of the Community of Goods. Here we have 
the same spirit; and really for the same purpose, the dis- 
ciples, everyone according to his ability, determined to 
send relief to the brethren who dwelt in Judea. This 
showed good feeling between the two religious centers. 
They sent temporal gifts to the elders by the hands of Bar- 
nabas and Saul. The material help that Barnabas brought 
to the people in Judea and Jerusalem, he having been ab- 
sent for some time, would be an effective report of the 
work which the church at Jerusalem had commissioned him 
to do. 

Here is a soul-saving church — the church in which for 
the first time the distinction between Jew and Gentile was 
forgotten in the larger brotherhood of Christ. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give meaning of "these days." 

Who were these prophets? 27, cf. 21: 10-11. 

The Christians must have been familiar with them, as 
they gave full credit to the prediction. 

In taking collection, how much did each one give? 
Whom did they send with the gifts? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 131 



Section V. Persecution Under Herod. 
Acts 12: 1-25. 
1. JAMES BEHEADED AND PETER IMPRISONED. 
Acts 12: 1-4. 

(1) Now about that time Herod the king put forth his hands 
to afflict certain of the church. (2) And he killed James the broth- 
er of John with the sword. (3) And when he saw that it pleased 
the Jews, he proceeded to seize Peter also. And those were the 
days of unleavened bread. (4) And when he had taken him, he 
put him in prison, and delivered him to four quaternions of sol- 
diers to guard him; intending after the Passover to bring him forth 
to the people. 

The church had made great progress since the day of 
Pentecost. The Lord, from His throne, had given very- 
decided victories in favor of the church. She had been able 
to triumph over religious persecution, she had burst the 
bars of Pharisaic legalism and established a church among 
Gentile converts. In establishing these victories we find 
the Lord dealing directly with the leaders of the church. 
Having gained the victory over Judaism and opened the 
door to the Gentiles, she was now to meet her third trial. 
The state now came to notice the progress of the church 
and put herself in the way of progress. Will the Lord be 
able to deliver the church from the enemy of the earthly 
throne as He did from the strong opposition of the Jewish 
church? It was at the time that Christianity was spreading 
beyond Palestine and a Gentile church was growing in 
Antioch, that Saul and Barnabas were preaching to crowd- 
ed meetings for a whole year without any interruption. 
Herod, the grandson of Herod the Great, was in full sym- 
pathy with unregenerate Judaism. At this time he was 
known as King Agrippa I., and was sole ruler of Palestine. 
The great council could not take one of the Apostles and 
put him to death, but the king stretched forth his hand and 
put to death James, the brother of John, with the sword. 
Why God did not stay that hand before putting James to 



132 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



death, shows that He did not always mean to deliver His 
disciples, but taught them that they were to be partakers of 
the sufferings of Christ. Herod had decided to do anything 
that would please his subjects, the Jews. Finding the death 
of James was highly acceptable, he arrested Peter and was 
only prevented from executing him immediately because the 
Passover feast was then being celebrated, which was not 
the proper time to put anyone to death. Herod, no doubt, 
knew that the Apostles had escaped when imprisoned by 
the Sanhedrim. Having already done what they could not 
do — put one of the Apostles to death — he now wanted to 
prove to the Sanhedrim that he could imprison Peter, that 
there would be no possible chance for him to escape before 
his execution. Sixteen soldiers were in charge of this one 
man, two inside the cell, Peter chained to them, two keep- 
ing guard outside at the inner and outer doors, others rest- 
ing and ready for their time of service. It no doubt was 
Herod's intention to execute Peter publicly as soon as the 
Passover was over. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give some idea as to the progress of the church since Pente- 
cost. 

What two great victories has the church gained? 
What power is now standing in opposition to the church? 
Who was this Herod and what country did he rule? 
Who was James and how was he killed? 

He was one of the twelve, brother of John, and one of 
the three close followers of Jesus. 
What reason is given for imprisoning Peter? 
What time of the year is this? 

2. PETER DELIVERED FROM PRISON. 
Acts 12:5-12. 

(5) Peter therefore was kept in the prison: but prayer was 
made earnestly of the church unto God for him, (6) And when 
Herod was about to bring him forth, the same night Peter was 
sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and guards 
before the door kept the prison. (7) And behold, an angel of the 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



133 



Lord stood by him, and a light shined in the cell: and he smote 
Peter on the side, and awoke him, saying, Rise up quickly. And 
his chains fell off from his hands. (8) And the angel said unto 
him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And he did so. And 
he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. 
(9) And he went out, and followed; and he knew not that it was 
true which was done by (Gr. through) the angel, but thought he 
saw a vision. (10) And when they were past the first and the sec- 
ond guard, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth into the city; 
which opened to them of its own accord: and they went out, and 
passed on through one street; and straightway the angel departed 
from him. (11) And when Peter was come to himself, he said, 
Now I know of a truth, that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and 
delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expecta- 
tion of the people of the Jews. (12) And when he had considered 
the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John 
whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together 
and were praying. 

The state has undertaken to persecute and destroy the 
church. Will the church be able to fight the battle and gain 
the victory? When the Apostles were imprisoned by the 
Sanhedrim, because they preached Jesus, they were released 
and threatened that they must no longer teach in the name 
of Jesus. What were they to do? Just one thing left for 
them to do, and that was to get in touch with God by prayer. 
The church cried to the God who is the Creator, the Giver 
of strength and courage. They said to Him, " Lord, behold 
their threatening, and grant unto Thy servants that with 
all boldness they may speak Thy word, by stretching forth 
Thine hand to heal and that signs and wonders may be 
done by the name of Thy holy Child Jesus." God answered 
that prayer. They received a new baptism of the Holy 
Spirit. They went forth to preach with new power. 

The disciples knew, not only by experience but by the 
teaching of Jesus, that prayer and God's Word are the 
weapons furnished the Christian by which to fight His 
battles and gain His victories. A prayer meeting was held 
at the house of Mary, the mother of John Mark. The 
church was put into the furnace that in this extremity it 



134 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



might learn to lean heavily on the Lord, the Organizer and 
Builder of this church. These people, who had met at 
Mary's house, prayed to God without ceasing, that they 
might meet this opposition. On the very night before the 
day on which Peter was to be led forth and executed, he 
was sleeping between two soldiers, to whom he was chained. 
The Lord heard the prayers of the people. He dispatched 
an angel, a light shone in the prison, the angel touched 
Peter and raised him up, and spoke to him. His chains fell 
off his hands. He was told to gird himself and put on his 
sandals and put his garments about him and follow the 
angel. They came to a large iron gate, and it swung open 
of its own accord. The angel accompanied Peter a square 
and then departed. Peter now realized that it was not a 
dream, and knew that the Lord had sent the angel to de- 
liver him from Herod and the pleasure of the Jews. Peter 
went to the house of Mary, where many people were gath- 
ered for prayer. He knocked at the door of the gate. A 
damsel came to see what it was. She recognized Peter's 
voice, and when she said it was Peter they would not be- 
lieve it but said, " If it is anything it is Peter's angel." 

QUESTIONS. 

When and how were the Apostles delivered from the prison 
before? 

How did they gain the victory when threatened by the San- 
hedrim not to preach? 

What was the church's only method by which to meet this 
opposition? 

Why did Herod make the prison so secure at this time? 

Describe Peter's release from prison. 

Why did Peter not know what was done by the Angel? 

All seemed so much like a dream that he was uncertain at 
first whether his deliverance was real or only a vision. 

Where did Peter come to himself? 

Where had the faithful church members a prayer meeting? 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 135 



3. PETER SUDDENLY APPEARS AT PRAYER 
MEETING. 

Acts 12: 13-17. 

(13) And when he knocked at the door of the gate, a maid 
came to answer, named Rhoda. (14) And when she knew Peter's 
voice, she opened not the gate for joy, but ran in, and told that 
Peter stood before the gate. (15) And they said unto her, Thou 
art mad. But she confidently affirmed that it was even so. And 
they said, It is his angel. (16) But Peter continued knocking: and 
when they had opened, they saw him, and were amazed. (17) But 
he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, de- 
clared unto them how the Lord had brought him forth out of the 
prison. And he said, Tell these things unto James, and to the 
brethren. And he departed, and went to another place. 

When Peter arrived at the house he knocked at the door 
of the gate. A damsel was sent to investigate. There was 
some danger in having a gathering of this kind in a town, 
in the midst of so many enemies, with a ruler who was so 
ready to execute. The damsel recognized Peters voice and 
her heart filled with gladness ; she went into the house and 
reported that it was Peter. But the people would not be- 
lieve, and said that it must be Peter's angel. Peter con- 
tinued to knock at the door, and when the people opened 
they were astonished when they saw him standing there. 
It was not the time to make a great noise, and so he beck- 
oned with his hand that all should remain quiet. Then he 
told them how the angel had come and led him forth out 
of prison. Now there may have been other groups about 
Jerusalem that were engaged in prayer, and Peter desired 
that they should also be informed of his deliverance. Peter 
left this place, but did not give any information as to where 
he went. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did Peter do when he arrived at the meeting? 

Knocked at the small low door at the entrance of the 
court-yard. This door was always kept fastened and never 
opened until the visitor had satisfied inquiries. 



136 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



How did Rhoda know him and what did she do? 
Why should people be surprised when their prayers are an- 
swered? 

They were astonished, not really at the fact of an answer, 
but at the way in which it came. 

Why did Peter beckon to them to hold their peace? 

Their joy was so loud in its expression, and this unusual 
noise was dangerous, as it might call attention to his place of 
escape. 

What other persons were to be informed of his release? 
Who was James? 

The brother of our Lord, and the pastor of the church at 
Jerusalem. 



4. DEATH OF KEEPERS AND HEROD. 

Acts 12: 18-23. 

(18) Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir 
among the soldiers, what was become of Peter. (19) And when 
Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the 
guards, and commanded that they should be put to death (Gr. led 
away to death). And he went down from Judaea to Caesarea, and 
tarried there. 

(20) Now he was highly displeased with them of Tyre and 
Sidon: and they came with one accord to him, and, having made 
Blastus the king's chamberlain their friend, they asked for peace, 
because their country was fed from the king's country. (21) And 
upon a set day Herod arrayed himself in royal apparel, and sat 
on the throne (or, judgment-seat), and made an oration unto them. 
(22) And the people shouted, saying, The voice of a god, not of a 
man. (23) And immediately an angel of the Lord smote him, be- 
cause he gave not God the glory: and he was eaten of worms, and 
gave up the ghost. 

In this paragraph our attention is not given to the 
church, but to the king and to the prison guards. 

This release from prison must have been during the 
early morning watch. If this had occurred early in the 
night the discovery would have been made at the time when 
the guards were changed. Is it any wonder that such stir 
should be among these soldiers? It was the morning for 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 



137 



Peter's execution. Peter was gone. The soldiers were put 
on trial. They could not account for Peter's release. If 
they could have given any reason for Peter being absent 
from the prison they might have been able to save their 
lives. They were examined by the court, and the court 
would not admit any Divine agency in the evidence, and so 
they were sure to be held as unfaithful guards. Instead of 
one man, Peter, being executed, sixteen men were now put 
to death. Mary, Peter, and a hundred others could have 
told the royal officers, if they would have believed them, 
how Peter got away. 

The feast of the Passover was now at an end and 
Herod left Jerusalem and returned to Csesarea. Here he 
learned of a political difficulty. The inhabitants of Tyre and 
Sidon, cities of Phoenicia, had offended him. There must 
be some reconciliation. These people secured the friend- 
ship of the king's high officer, Blastus, and the difficulty 
was adjusted. It was a matter of business, because the 
people of Phoenicia, bordering on the king's country, and 
because of commercial interest, must remain, under all 
circumstances, upon friendly terms with the king. A day 
was fixed for a great meeting, when the king, arrayed in 
royal apparel, sat on his throne, and made an oration to 
the ambassadors from Tyre and Sidon. 

When Herod had finished his address, the people testi- 
fied their appreciation of his great power by loud applause, 
shouting, " It is the voice of a god and not of a man ! " 
The king, instead of rebuking this flattery, received it as 
belonging to him. He descended from his throne, a very ill 
man. Thus he was smitten with a horrible and incurable 
disease. The angel was dispatched from the Lord, not to 
release him like he did Peter from the grip of his cruel 
hand, but to smite him because he fought against God and 
took honor to himself that belonged to God. 



138 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Why were the guards put to death? 
Did they not know where Peter was? 

Peter had escaped during the night, let out by the angel, 
and the guards were embarrassed in the morning when Peter 
could not be found. 

What really displeased Herod? 
Why did Herod go to Csesarea? 

There must have been sixteen of them, and a conscience 
stained by the blood of an Apostle and sixteen faithful guards 
could not very well remain where the deed was done. 

Why was he angry at the people of Phoenicia? 
When was Herod punished and how? 

The Lord on His throne has at His command angels to 
send forth to give assistance to His faithful workers, for His 
cause. But He also has at His command angels to dispatch 
and punish those by Divine judgment who are His great op- 
ponents. 



5. SAUL AND BARNABAS RETURN TO ANTIOCH. 
Acts 12:24-25. 

(24) But the word of God grew and multiplied. 

(25) And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when 
they had fulfilled their ministration, taking with them John whose 
surname was Mark. 

There was nothing that could stand in the way of the 
onward march of the Word of God. It pushed out of its 
path of progress the radical traditional system of the Jew- 
ish Sanhedrim, opened the door to the Gentile world and 
not only defeated the power of the state, but pronounced 
Divine judgment upon the king who sat upon the throne. 
During this entire period of opposition the Word of God 
was gaining in influence and power, and men and women 
were added to this new type of heavenly citizenship. 

It was during the time of the famine and the strong 
opposition of the state against the church that they took 
the contribution of the Antioch church to the disciples in 
Judea and Jerusalem. Just where they were during this 



THE CHURCH IN PALESTINE 139 



entire time was not stated, but on returning to Antioch, 
John Mark, who was the son at whose home the prayer 
meeting was held on the night Peter was released from 
prison, accompanied them. On returning to the Antioch 
church, they would not have a very inspiring report to 
give of the work at Jerusalem, unless they had learned and 
could tell of Peter's deliverance and the Divine judgment 
which had fallen upon Herod. 

QUESTIONS. 

What victories were gained by the Word of God? 

How did the persecution affect the growth of the church? 

When did they return? 

When they had paid in the money to the proper person 
and had taken care about the distribution of it to the persons 
for whom it was collected. 

Who accompanied them and what preparation had he? 



PART III 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES. 
Acts 13: 1 to 28: 31. 

From Paul's First Missionary Journey, A. D. 46, to the 
Close of New Testament, A. D. 95. The Church of the 
Gentiles Did Not Close at A. D. 95, but Continued Her 
Growth and Mission Until the Present Time and Will 
Not Cease Until the Scripture Is Fulfilled. The Acts 
of the Apostles Gives Us a History of the Early Church 
for About Thirty-four Years. So the Time From Paul's 
First Missionary Journey, A. D. 46, to the Close of the 
Book, A. D. 64, Was Eighteen Years. 



Section I. Paul's First Missionary Journey. 
Acts 13: 1 to 14: 28. 

1. THE GREAT MISSIONARY CHURCH. 
Acts 13: 1-3. 

(1) Now there were at Antioch, in the church that was there, 
prophets and teachers, Barnabas, and Symeon that was called 
Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen the foster-brother of 
Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. (2) And as they ministered to the 
Lord, and fasted, the Holy Spirit said, Separate me Barnabas and 
Saul for the work whereunto I have called them* (3) Then, when 
they had fasted and prayed and laid their hands on them, they 
sent them away. 

This chapter opens the third part of the Missionary 
book of the church. The second great center established 
for Christian work now comes to the front. 

Saul and Barnabas, on their return from Jerusalem, no 
doubt continued their missionary efforts here for a con- 



142 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



siderable time, until the aggressive work reported in this 
chapter. God was no longer the God of the Jews. The 
church at Antioch was at this time privileged in having in 
her midst many consecrated servants of God, who besides 
their evangelistic labors gave much time in companionship 
with God and in prayer. It was while they were thus en- 
gaged that the Holy Spirit spoke through some consecrated 
heart and said, " Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the 
work whereunto I have called them/' It was while these five 
were ministering in the church and fasting. It may be 
that in this very attitude before the Lord they were trying 
to learn the mind of Christ about this matter of a wider 
evangelization. 

From the teaching here we infer that Saul and Barna- 
bas had received a special revelation for this special work, 
previous to the message received by the church, in which 
their work was more definitely unfolded. A special time 
was set apart for fasting and prayer and the laying on of 
hands on these two missionaries, setting them apart for the 
special work for which they had been called. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long had Saul and Barnabas labored together, before 
being sent as a committee to Jerusalem? 

What was the condition of the church at said period of labor? 

Filled with missionary spirit, other persons had been 
taught and had become inspired teachers as associates of Saul 
and Barnabas. 

Name the five important characters in this paragraph. 
Who were the three associates, and would the church be safe 
in their hands? 

Nothing more is known than is here stated, but this is 
enough to show that the future instruction of the congregation 
might be safely entrusted to their hands. 

To whom did the Holy Spirit speak and when? 

The Holy Spirit spoke to these Bible teachers when they 
were worshiping the Lord by prayer and fasting. 

Give the address of the Holy Spirit on this occasion. 
When was the call given? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 143 



Saul had received his call when he was converted, when 
he was told to be a chosen vessel and an Apostle to the 
Gentiles. But here we are informed that Barnabas, as well 
as Saul, had received a previous call to labor among the 
Gentiles. 

When and why lay on hands? 

The imposition of hands, accompanied by prayer and fast- 
ing 1 , was in this place, as in that of the seven deacons, merely 
their formal separation to the special work to which they had 
been called. It was, however, also to aid the church in more 
fully knowing her obligations to those sent forth to work for 
the salvation of souls. 

Give meaning of " sent them away." 

The church was willing to release them from their duties 
to a home congregation, so they could do service for them in 
foreign fields. 

2. JOURNEY AND LABOR IN CYPRUS. 
Acts 13:4-12. 

(4) So they, being sent forth by the Holy Spirit, went down 
to Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. (5) And when 
they were at Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the 
synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John as their attend- 
ant. (6) And when they had gone through the whole island unto 
Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer (Gr. Magus: as in Matt. 2: 
1,7,16), a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-Jesus; (7) 
who was with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, a man of under- 
standing. The same called unto him Barnabas and Saul, and 
sought to hear the word of God. (8) But Elymas the sorcerer (Gr. 
Magus: as in Matt. 2:1,7,16) (for so is his name by interpreta- 
tion) withstood them, seeking to turn aside the proconsul from 
the faith. (9) But Saul, who is also called Paul, rilled with the 
Holy Spirit, fastened his eyes on him, (10) and said, O full of all 
guile and all villany, thou son of the devil, thou enemy of all 
righteousness, wilt thou not cease to pervert the right ways of the 
Lord? (11) And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, 
and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for (or, until) a season. 
And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness; and he 
went about seeking some to lead him by the hand. (12) Then the 
proconsul, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished 
at the teaching of the Lord. 

Luke tells us that the missionaries were sent forth by 
the same Person, the Holy Spirit who had called them. 
Thus they were expected to look to Him for guidance and 



144 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



not to men. The two missionaries, accompanied by John, 
went forth from the church of Antioch and came to Seleu- 
cia, a seaport at the mouth of Orontes. Seleucia was a 
fortified city, about sixteen miles from Antioch, but we 
have no account that they did any evangelistic work here, 
from the fact that this could be done by the home church. 
This was a seaport from which they sailed to the Island of 
Cyprus. The Isle of Cyprus, the former home of Barnabas, 
was the place to which they were guided by the Spirit. 
The nearest port was Salamis, a harbor on the east side of 
the island. Here was a large Jewish population, and Barna- 
bas and Saul preached the Word in the synagogue. Here 
we receive the information that John was with them as a 
helper. 

We have no record of any results at Salamis, nor as 
they make their journey across the island to Paphos, a town 
on the western shore. The missionaries up to this point 
had met with no opposition, but here Satan put himself in 
their way — a false prophet, a sorcerer, a Jew, whose name 
was Bar-Jesus, also known as Elymas, who was a servant 
of the devil, and a perverter of truth. Sergius Paulus, the 
deputy of the country, an honest man, a seeker for the truth, 
sent for the two preachers that he might hear them expound 
the Word of God. Saul, under the influence of the Holy 
Spirit, set his eyes on the man whose mission there was 
for Satan, in keeping the people in darkness. After a se- 
vere rebuke in setting forth his real self and mission, the 
Lord sent judgment upon Bar-Jesus, and the deputy was 
rescued from this enemy of righteousness. " Thou shalt 
be blind, not seeing the sun for a season." The judgment 
passed upon him immediately. He was now physically the 
same as he was spiritually — blind, and was in need of some 
one to lead him by the hand. He was spiritually blind. In 
his blindness he claimed to be a leader when he needed to 
be led. The miracle had the effect of satisfying the deputy 
of the truth of Christianity and he became a convert. He 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 145 



did not become a convert because of the sudden judgment 
that fell upon Elymas, but because of the doctrine of the 
Lord. For God's grace in the salvation of a sinner is more 
wonderful than all the judgments pronounced upon the 
unrighteous. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who called and sent forth the missionaries into this new 
field? 

Mention the places the missionaries stopped in this paragraph. 
Where is Salamis and what did they do there? 
Why go to Cyprus? 

Cyprus lies about ninety miles southwest of Seleucia. The 
island is about sixty miles from north to south, and one hun- 
dred and fifty from east to west. This was the native place 
of Barnabas, and through his friends and acquaintances they 
would expect to have success. 
Who is referred to as their assistant? 

John Mark, author of the Gospel according to Mark, 
cousin to Barnabas, and son of Mary of Jerusalem. 12: 12,25. 

Where is Paphos? 

It is on the western extremity of the island, about a hun- 
dred miles from Salamis. 

Who asked to hear Barnabas and Saul? 
Who used his influence against Saul? 

He not only pretended to foretell and was unable, but was 
false in character and aims, misleading men and teaching false 
doctrines for the sake of his own prophet. 

Give meaning of names of Saul and Paul. 

Saul was his Hebrew name, and hitherto, by his associa- 
tion with the Jews, he has been called by this name. Paul 
was his Gentile, or Roman name, and as he is now entering 
upon his Gentile work in the great Roman world it is natural 
that his Roman name should be used. 

When Paul was filled with the Holy Spirit, what did he say 
to Elymas? 

Why call him " Son of the devil " ? 

He had been adopted by his own choice. 
How was he punished? 

He was endeavoring to lead others into blindness and was 
himself blinded; "for a season" shows that this blindness was 
temporary. 

What was the real effect of the missionary labors at Paphos? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 147 



3. JOURNEY FROM PAPHOS TO ANTIOCH. 

Acts 13: 13-15. 

(13) Now Paul and his company set sail from Paphos, and 
came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departed from them and 
returned to Jerusalem. (14) But they, passing through from 
Perga, came to Antioch of Pisidia; and they went into the syna- 
gogue on the sabbath day, and sat down. (15) And after the 
reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue 
sent unto them, saying, Brethren, if ye have any word of exhorta- 
tion for the people, say on. 

Paul, as the Apostle to the Gentiles, had a new experi- 
ence in his dealings with Elymas. He showed himself pos- 
sessed of power which he had not shown before. He was 
the chosen vessel and entered the place God appointed him 
to fill, and his name was changed to Paul. From this time 
forth he stood as the prominent figure in widening the 
borders of the missionary field. 

The missionaries departed from Paphos and sailed to 
the coast of Asia Minor. Their first stopping place was 
Perga, a town of Pamphylia. As soon as Perga was reached, 
John, who was to be their helper, for some reason not 
stated, went back to Jerusalem. Luke does not even hint 
at this point that whatever reason he gave for leaving was 
unsatisfactory, which Paul shows (in 15 : 37-39) when about 
to go on his second missionary journey and Mark perhaps 
desired to go with them again, which brought about the 
controversy between Paul and Barnabas. 

We have no account of any missionary labors here at 
Perga, and they departed from Perga and went to Antioch. 
This Antioch was situated in Pisidia. In Antioch they found 
a synagogue, and according to the custom they joined in 
worship on the Sabbath day. These two strangers must have 
attracted some notice of the rulers of the synagogue. After 
the lessons of the day, portions of the Law and Prophets 
were read, then was the time for exhortations based upon 
what had been read. They were invited to speak to the 
people. This was in harmony with their mission ; no doubt 



148 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



they had introduced themselves as expositors of the Word 
and desired to address the people. 

QUESTIONS. 

Describe their journey from Paphos to Antioch in Pisidia. 

They sailed from Paphos in a northwesterly direction to 
Pamphylia, a province of Asia Minor, and then visited Perg-a. 
From here they went to Antioch, in Pisidia, a distance of about 
one hundred and fifteen miles. 

Why did John leave them and what is later said in Scripture 
about it? 15:37-39. 

What did the missionaries do when they got to Antioch? 

They went into the synagogue and listened to the custom- 
ary reading of a section of the Law and of the Prophets. 

Why invite the strangers to speak? 

4. PAUL'S FIRST RECORDED SERMON. 
Acts 13: 16-41. 
(1) Introduction.— Acts 13:16-22. 

(Proof from History.) 

(16) And Paul stood up, and beckoning with the hand said, 
Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, hearken: (17) The God 
of this people Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people 
when they sojourned in the land of Egypt, and with a high 
arm led he them forth out of it. (13) And for about the time 
of forty years as a nursing-father bare he them in the 
wilderness. (19) And when he had destroyed seven nations in 
the land of Canaan, he gave them their land for an inheritance, 
for about four hundred and fifty years: (20) and after these 
things he gave them judges until Samuel the prophet. (21) 
And afterward they asked for a king: and God gave unto them 
Saul the son of Kish, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, for the space 
of forty years. (22) And when he had removed him, he raised up 
David to be their king; to whom also he bare witness and said, 
(1 Sam. 13: 14; Psa. 89:20) I have found David the son of Jesse, a 
man after my heart, who shall do all my will. 

Paul, assuming his usual attitude, proceeded to deliver 
his address, in many points resembling that preached by- 
Peter on the Day of Pentecost. His introduction showed 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 149 



clearly that he knew what he was about to say and felt 
confident of its importance — that the Jewish nation was 
developed from men who had been called by God, and now 
the people had been exalted by Himself while they were 
strangers in the land of Egypt and delivered by His own 
strong arm. He did not only choose them and deliver them, 
but after being with these people and by His long suffering 
watched over them for forty years in the wilderness, He 
gave them the land promised the fathers more than four 
centuries before. After this he gave them judges for a 
period of about four hundred and fifty years. The four 
hundred and fifty years can be counted not from the arrival 
in Canaan, but from the time of the destroying of the na- 
tions by Joshua, which was twenty-five years, and from 
that point would be four hundred and fifty years to the end 
of David's reign. During this entire period God was grad- 
ually giving them a fuller possession of land. It was after 
this partial breaking down of the seven national powers by 
Joshua, and at the close of Joshua's conquest he continued 
these conquests for a space of four hundred and fifty years. 
Then we have reference to the first king, who was appointed 
from the tribe of Benjamin, who ruled forty years. When 
Saul was removed David was appointed king (1 Sam. 13: 
14). These words are not spoken concerning the whole life 
of David, because we know there were periods in David's 
life that were not after God's own heart. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why beckon with his hands? 

To what class of people did he call special attention? 
Who was the Founder of the nation? 

God chose and exalted the people. 
What did He do for these people? 

(1) He delivered them from Egypt; (2) gave them a coun- 
try; (3) provided judges; (4) at their request He gave them a 
king; (5) after removing Saul He raised up David, the man 
after His own heart. 

Give time of wandering; time of judges; time of Saul's reign. 



150 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



(2) Jesus Preached as a Deliverer. — Acts 13:23-37. 

(23) Of this man's seed hath God according to promise 
brought unto Israel a Savior, Jesus; (24) when John had first 
preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the 
people of Israel. (25) And as John was fulfilling his course, he 
said, What suppose ye that I am? I am not he. But behold, 
there cometh one after me the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy 
to unloose. (26) Brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and 
those among you that fear God, to us is the word of this salvation 
sent forth. (27) For they that dwell in Jerusalem, and their rulers, 
because they knew him not, nor the voices of the prophets which 
are read every sabbath, fulfilled them by condemning him. (28) 
And though they found no cause of death in him, yet asked they 
of Pilate that he should be slain. (29) And when they had ful- 
filled all things that were written of him, they took him down from 
the tree, and laid him in a tomb. (30) But God raised him from 
the dead: (31) and he was seen for many days of them that came 
up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are now his witnesses 
unto the people. (32) And we bring you good tidings of the 
promise made unto the fathers, (33) that God hath fulfilled the 
same unto our children, in that he raised up Jesus; as also it is 
written in the second psalm, (Psa. 2: 7) Thou art my Son, this day 
have I begotten thee. (34) And as concerning that he raised him 
up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he hath 
spoken on this wise, (Isa. 55:3) I will give you the holy and sure 
blessings of David. (35) Because he saith also in another psalm, 
(Psa. 16:10) Thou wilt not give thy Holy One to see corruption. 
(36) For David, after he had in his own generation served the 
counsel of God, fell asleep (or, served his own generation by the 
counsel of God, fell asleep; or, served his own generation, fell 
asleep by the counsel of God), and was laid unto his fathers, and 
saw corruption: (37) but he whom God raised up saw no corrup- 
tion. 

In accordance with the promises which He had so often 
made to David, God had as a crowning mercy of all raised 
up from David a Savior unto Israel, namely Jesus. This 
Jesus John preached, and asked Israel to repent that He 
might be their Savior. As John's ministry was drawing to 
a close, he especially emphasized the fact that he was not 
the Christ, that it was his mission to proclaim the One 
who was to come after him, and He was so exalted that as a 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 151 



forerunner he was not worthy to perform the menial serv- 
ice of untying His sandals. And if this was the case it 
could be no one but Christ Himself. The Apostles showed 
further to these Jews, who were descendants of Abraham, 
and dwelt at Jerusalem as rulers, that Jesus was the Christ 
whom they had rejected — the very Person who was foretold 
by prophecy. It was He whom they put to death. Even the 
Gentile Pilate would have released Him. 

The Apostle now gave the crowning fact in an address 
to these Jews. The very Person whom they crucified God 
raised up, and made it possible that that fact could be stated 
by a number who were eye-witnesses of His being alive, 
and had seen Him since the resurrection. This same fact is 
further emphasized by Paul, by quoting Scripture, using 
the second and sixteenth Psalms, and conclusively shows 
that these passages could not apply to David, the writer of 
these Psalms. 

QUESTIONS. 

When was this promise made? Vs. 23. 
Jesus was a Descendant from whom? 
What did John preach? 

Give meaning of " John fulfilled his course." 

What was the character of the Person to come after him? 

Paul's purpose in referring to Abraham and Scripture? 

He was speaking in a Jewish synagogue, to Jews and 
those who had joined with them, and conciliated them and 
warded off prejudice by referring to the early history of the 
Jews. 

What reason did Paul give for condemning Jesus? 

What was the testimony of the prophets? Isa. 7:14; 9:6-7; 
40:10-11; Jer. 23:5; 33:14-15; Ezek. 34:23; Mic. 5:2; Zecli. 6:12; 
Mai. 3: 1; 4:2. 

If they read scripture every Sabbath, why not understan 1 
them? 

What did they do when they had fulfilled all things? 
Who raised Him from the dead? 
For how many days was He seen and by whom? 
Paul sustains his position by quoting what Psalm? 

Second Psalm refers to the fact that God is the real Fa- 
ther of Jesus. 



152 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Name three passages of Scripture, from the writings of the 
Prophets, to prove the resurrection. 

(1) Psa. 2: 7 establishes the truth respecting the eternal 
generation of the Son and His office as the Savior of the world. 
(2) Isa. 55:3 declares that the promises of grace are inviolable 
and shall be fulfilled. (3) Psa. 16: 10 distinctly sets forth that 
the Messiah shall not be subject to corruption. 

(3) The Appeal.— Acts 13:38-41. 

a. Encouragement. — Acts 13 : 38-39. 

(38) Be it known unto you therefore, brethren, that through 
this man is proclaimed unto you remission of sins: (39) and by 
him every one that believeth is justified from all things, from 
which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. 

Paul, in his preaching, had not only stated the fact 
of the Messiahship of Jesus, but showed that it was 
the teaching in the Scriptures given during the age of 
Prophecy. All the great teachers pointed to Him as the 
Messiah, and through Him proclaimed the remission of 
sins. This was the teaching of John the Baptist. Jesus 
Himself made this the central theme, and Peter in all his 
preaching made the remission of sins depend on faith in the 
risen Savior. The Apostle makes a contrast between Moses 
and Christ and tells us that all who believe on Christ are 
justified, not from some things, but from all things. The 
law could not justify men. The use of the law was to make 
man know sin, and faith in Jesus Christ frees man from the 
power of sin. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the great need of each human being? 
Who could receive the blessing referred to in vs. 38? 
How can a man be justified from all things? 
What does Paul say the Law could not do? 
What was the real mission of the Law? 

b. Warning.— Acts 13:40-41. 

(40) Beware therefore, lest that come upon you which is 
spoken in the prophets: 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 153 



(41) (Hab. 1:5) Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish 
(or, vanish away, Jas. 4:14); for I work a work in your days, 
A work which ye shall in no wise believe, if one declare it unto 
you. 

Many in the audience to which Paul preached no doubt 
showed signs of opposition, when he spoke disparagingly 
of the law and made his statement that every one who be- 
lieved in Jesus was justified from all sin. The truth was 
contrary to their ideas and plans. Their traditional teach- 
ing was contrary to that which Paul preached. They looked 
for worldly splendor and power. They believed that God 
had meant salvation only for the Jews, and Paul offered it 
to any one who believed. The preacher warned the hearers 
against rejecting the good tidings which he had presented 
to them, and that if they did they would identify themselves 
with a class of people of whom the prophet Habakkuk 
speaks (1:5). By rejecting the truths presented, the judg- 
ment of God will visit you as well as it did your unbelieving 
fathers who were carried away by the heathen Chaldean 
nation. God sent prophets to your fathers as warnings, but 
they would not heed them, and now the same God speaks 
and no one can make you believe it any more than your 
fathers believed the prophets, or even as the truth was 
believed by the people to whom Noah preached. There 
is a judgment coming for all that believe not. The Gos- 
pel preacher, if true to his calling, gives the solemn warn- 
ing that "he that believeth on the Son hath eternal life; 
but he that believeth not the Son shall not see life, but the 
wrath of God abideth on him." 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did some of his hearers get angry? 

Why did he close with a warning, and what was it? 

Why do people not believe when the truth is fully presented? 

What judgment was visited upon unbelieving fathers? Hab. 

1:5. 

Why do wise men not learn from the sad experience of others? 



154 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



5. THE EFFECT OF THE SERMON. 
Acts 13:42-43. 

(42) And as they went out, they besought that these words 
might be spoken to them the next sabbath. (43) Now when the 
synagogue broke up, many of the Jews and of the devout prose- 
lytes followed Paul and Barnabas; who, speaking to them, urged 
them to continue in the grace of God. 

The Apostle had made the offer of salvation to the 
Jews, and will they reject its gracious invitation? Paul's 
sermon had made a very good effect upon the congregation 
as a whole. The people who were interested spoke to the 
Apostles as they were going out, and gave the minister a 
pressing invitation to come again the next Sabbath. This 
was done just as the services closed. The people had 
pressed around the Apostles, which showed their deep in- 
terest in what had been preached. Many Jews and prose- 
lytes even followed Paul and Barnabas, keeping up an 
earnest conversation about the religious work in which they 
were engaged. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who wanted them to return and why? 

What kind of a sermon did they want the next Sabbath? 

W T ho followed Paul and why? 

Give meaning of " continued in the grace of God." 

6. THE SECOND SABBATH IN ANTIOCH. 

Acts 13 : 44-52. 

(44) And the next sabbath almost the whole city was gathered 
together to hear the word of God. (45) But when the Jews saw 
the multitudes, they were filled with jealousy, and contradicted the 
things which were spoken by Paul, and blasphemed (or, railed). 
(46) And Paul and Barnabas spake out boldly, and said, It was 
necessary that the word of God should first be spoken to you. 
Seeing ye thrust it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of 
eternal life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles, (47) For so hath the 
Lord commanded us, saying:, (Isa. 49:6) I have set thee for a 
light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 155 



uttermost part of the earth. (48) And as the Gentiles heard this, they 
were glad, and glorified the word of God: and as many as were or- 
dained to eternal life believed. (49) And the word of the Lord was 
spread abroad throughout all the region. (50) But the Jews urged on 
the devout women of honorable estate, and the chief men of the 
city, and stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and 
cast them out of their borders. (51) But they shook off the dust 
of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium. (52) And the 
disciples were filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit. 

The discourse had created great interest in Antioch. 
By the time for the second sermon the report of the new- 
doctrine had spread throughout the whole city, and a 
great crowd gathered to hear the Gospel. This meeting 
must have been held in some open place about the syna- 
gogue, or the crowd could not have heard the message of 
the preacher. When the strangers, preachers, had such an 
influence over these people, the orthodox traditional Jews 
at once allowed Satan to take possession of them by point- 
ing to these men as doing more than they could do, and 
that other men, even the Gentiles, were admitted unto the 
same high privileges as themselves. They denied and 
argued against the truth that Paul and Barnabas presented. 
They used abusive language and made false charges against 
the Apostles. This did not discourage Paul and Barnabas, 
but the Holy Spirit was present and gave them courage, 
and said that " it is really necessary that we should present 
the word of God first to you. Many in your nation have 
already rejected Jesus, and now we see that you also put 
Him away from you and pronounce judgment upon your- 
selves as being unworthy of eternal life. God did not shut 
them out of Heaven. They shut themselves out. They 
pronounced their own sentence. So every soul now, that 
does not receive Jesus Christ as his Savior, utters its own 
condemnation. Since you have refused, we turn to the 
Gentiles, ' for so hath the Lord commanded/ " They showed 
them what the Prophets of the Bible taught concerning this 
subject by quoting Isa. 49: 6. The religion of the Jews 
was never intended for Jews alone, but for all the world. 



156 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



By refusing to give it to the Gentiles they lost it for a time 
themselves. This part of the sermon caused great joy 
among the Gentiles, many of whom believed, and the good 
news of salvation was preached throughout all that district. 
But this success of the revival among the Gentiles only 
deepened the hostilities of the Jews, who obtained some in- 
fluence over the leading citizens, raised persecution against 
Paul and Barnabas and expelled them from the city. This 
persecution was not directed only against Paul and Barna- 
bas, but against the whole body of believers. Paul and 
Barnabas, thus being expelled from the city, realized that in 
rejecting them and sending them forth with this stigma 
upon them, the Jews were in reality rejecting Him by 
whom they were sent. They remembered the command 
given by Christ as a solemn testimony against those who 
rejected Him (Matt. 10: 14). They shook off the dust of 
their feet against them. These disciples were not full of 
anger, as one would suppose them to be, but were rilled 
with joy and with the Holy Spirit. 

QUESTIONS. 

What effect had the first sermon in the synagogue at Antioch? 
Why were so many present on the second Sabbath? 
What was the part that caused the Jews to be jealous? 
Show the contrast between the feelings of the Jews and the 
Gentiles. 

Of what had the Jews judged themselves to be unworthy? 
What was the promise made in Isa. 49: 6? 

That the mission of the Jewish nation was _ to accept 
Christ as their Savior and present Him as the Savior for the 
whole world. 

What was it that brought joy to the Gentiles? 

Where was the Word preached? 

Who were the devout and honorable women? 

Wives of the chief men of the city had come under the 
influence of the Jews by attending synagogue worship, and 
through these women they gained access to their unbelieving 
husbands, so as to induce them to expel Paul and Barnabas. 
Why shake off the dust? 51, cf. Matt. 10: 14. 
How could the disciples be full of joy under such circum- 
stances? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 157 



7. JOURNEYS AND LABORS IN ICONIUM. 
Acts 14: 1-7. 

(1) And it came to pass in Iconium that they entered together 
into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake that a great multi- 
tude both of Jews and of Greeks believed. (2) But the Jews that 
were disobedient stirred up the souls of the Gentiles, and made 
them evil affected against the brethren. (3) Long time therefore 
they tarried there speaking boldly in the Lord, who bare witness 
unto the word of his grace, granting signs and wonders to be 
done by their hands. (4) But the multitude of the city was di- 
vided; and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles. 
(5) And when there was made an onset both of the Gentiles and 
of the Jews with their rulers, to treat them shamefully and to 
stone them, (6) they became aware of it, and fled unto the cities 
of Lycaonia, Lystra and Derbe, and the region round about: (7) 
and there they preached the gospel. 

The Apostle Paul was well acquainted in Asia Minor, 
having spent his early years at his home in Tarsus. About 
three years after his conversion he made his headquarters 
in Cilicia, until he was invited by Barnabas to join him in 
the established work at Antioch. While we have no direct 
history concerning his work, yet we do not believe that a 
man like Paul could remain silent for those years and not 
tell the people in his community what he stood for. After 
they were expelled from Antioch, they made a journey of 
about seventy miles to Iconium, then the largest and 
most important city. They at once went to preaching the 
Gospel in the synagogue of the Jews. The preaching was 
attended with remarkable success, and the result of their 
revival effort was that many of the Greeks as well as the 
Jews accepted Christ. The Jews here, as well as in Antioch, 
could not stand the success which attended the Apostles' 
work, so the unbelieving Jews succeeded in prejudicing the 
minds of the Gentiles against the brethren. Even after this 
strong opposition by the Jews and Gentiles, the Apostle 
was given power to speak boldly in the Lord, and this 
speaking boldly in the Lord, being testified to by the word 
of His grace, proved that the word preached was true, en- 



158 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



dorsed the preaching and mission of the Apostles. These 
signs were given as witness to the truth. It is absolute 
testimony that these Apostles were the messengers of God. 
The preaching of the Gospel had the same effect then as 
now. Those who accepted the truth became followers of 
Him whom Paul presented, and those who did not would 
be willing to join leaders who had no higher motive than 
the destruction of Truth, or Him who is Truth. The feel- 
ing became so bitter that it was their purpose to treat them 
shamefully or stone them. Before their resolutions could 
be carried out, the disciples became aware of it, and the 
Apostles hurriedly left the city and went to other towns — 
Lystra, Derbe, cities in Lycaonia, and to the surrounding 
country, for the purpose of preaching the Gospel. 

QUESTIONS. 

How far was Iconium from Antioch? 
When they arrived at Iconium where did they preach? 
What was the success of their first missionary efforts? 
Who was it that stirred up the minds of the Gentiles and why? 
What was Paul's success even during the time of this strong 
opposition? 

Why did Paul and Barnabas leave this missionary point so 
suddenly? 

Give full history of their work at Iconium. 
Where is Lystra? 

About twenty-five miles southwest from Iconium. 

8. PREACHING AND HEALING IN LYSTRA. 

Acts 14:8-18. 

(1) A Miracle of Healing.— Acts 14: 8-14. 

(8) And at Lystra there sat a certain man, impotent in his 
feet, a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked. 
(9) The same heard Paul speaking: who, fastening his eyes upon 
him, and seeing that he had faith to be made whole, (10) said with 
a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped up and 
walked. (11) And when the multitude saw what Paul had done, 
they lifted up their voice, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 159 



gods are come down to us in the likeness of men. (12) And they 
called Barnabas, Jupiter (Gr. Zeus); and Paul, Mercury (Gr. 
Hermes), because he was the chief speaker. (13) And the priest 
of Jupiter whose temple was before the city, brought oxen and 
garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the 
multitudes. (14) But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard 
of it, they rent their garments, and sprang forth among the mul- 
titude, crying out. 

Paul and Barnabas, having- been driven from Iconium 
by persecution, had come to Lystra and were preaching the 
Gospel when the miracle noted in this paragraph occurred. 
We have no particular account of the success that attended 
the labors of the Apostles in these two towns, in the making 
of many converts. That flourishing churches were founded 
here is evident from later history. The influence of preach- 
ing did not call attention to the Apostles as in the other 
cities, but here God draws men to Himself by giving His 
servants the power to heal. 

This man was crippled from the time of his birth. 
Hearing Paul speak, and realizing the power of the mes- 
sage, he fastened his eyes upon him, and at once proved his 
faith in Him of whom Paul was speaking. Paul said, in a 
loud voice so that all could hear, " Stand upright on thy 
feet." The healing was instant, and the lame man leaped 
and walked about. The people, struck with what they 
considered to be Divine Power, manifested by the Apostles 
in the healing of this man, concluded that those who exer- 
cised such power must be themselves divine, and they said, 
" The gods have come down to us in the likeness of men." 
They at once gave names to the Apostles corresponding to 
their belief as to their relative position. Barnabas they 
gave the name of Jupiter, probably from his royal bearing, 
and probably he was an older man than Paul. Paul they 
called Mercury, because he was the chief speaker. This 
was the name given to the chief messenger and the god of 
eloquence. Not satisfied in giving them these high-sound- 
ing titles, during this excitement some had gone away to 



160 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



bring offerings which were in readiness for a sacrifice to 
Jupiter, accompanied with garlands of flowers with which 
to decorate the animals or to crown the Apostles, or to 
decorate their house. The Apostles made a very earnest 
protest; when the real purpose of these people was known 
to the Apostles they rushed from the house and rent their 
clothes in token of grief, and ran in among the people, turn- 
ing them away from their idolatrous purpose. 

QUESTIONS. 

What were the Apostles doing when the lame man presented 
himself to be healed? 

Who had healed the lame man at the Beautiful Gate? 

Describe the two healings and show difference in faith in the 
healing of the two men. 

What effect had the miracle upon the people? 

Why think the Apostles gods? 

Meaning of names given them? 

What effect had this upon the Apostles? 

(2) Paul's Sermon on God's Goodness. — Acts 14: 15-18. 

(15) And saying, Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are 
men of like passions (or, nature) with you, and bring you good 
tidings, that ye should turn from these vain things unto a living 
God, who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that 
in them is: (16) who in the generations gone by suffered all the 
nations (or, Gentiles; see ch. 4:25) to walk in their own ways. 
(17) And yet he left not himself without witness, in that he did 
good and gave you from heaven rains and fruitful seasons, filling 
your hearts with food and gladness. (18) And with these sayings 
scarce restrained they the multitudes from doing sacrifice unto 
them. 

The address of Paul here was admirably adapted to the 
people and the circumstances. After affirming that they 
themselves were not divine beings, the missionaries stated 
their object. It was their purpose to turn people's minds 
away from these vanities, dead idols, to the living God, the 
Great Creator of all things. While He was the Creator of 
all things, He had by His long-suffering allowed the nations 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 161 



for centuries to walk in their own way, yet, during all these 
centuries, He was constantly training one nation, while the 
others were left to experiment with the light given them 
from the law of nature, until His trained nation should 
bring them the Light intended for all nations. But God's 
goodness is shown to these nations in sending rains and 
fruitful seasons. The preachers' efforts to divert the minds 
of the people from themselves to the living God, with con- 
siderable difficulty succeeded in preventing them from pro- 
ceeding with the sacrifice. 

Paul and Barnabas scarcely gained their end with all 
their efforts in drawing the heathen people's minds away 
from having them look to Paul and Barnabas as objects of 
worship instead of God, the Creator. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did the missionaries not accept the praise? 

They were not sent out to get people to worship them- 
selves, and so they showed to their visitors that they were 
only men like themselves and their purpose was to point 
them to Jesus as their Savior. 

What did the Apostles say about God as Creator? 
What did the people insist upon doing for the Apostles? 

9. THE STONING OP PAUL. 
Acts 14: 19-20. 

(19) But there came Jews thither from Antioch and Iconium: 
and having persuaded the multitudes, they stoned Paul, and 
dragged him out of the city, supposing that he was dead. (20) 
But as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and en- 
tered into the city: and on the morrow he went forth with Barna- 
bas to Derbe. 

While Paul was making an effort to draw the people's 
minds to Jesus, in whose power the miracle was performed, 
the Jews were plotting against Paul, because they believed 
he was undermining their religion. The Jews are uniting 
their efforts, as we have Jews coming from Antioch and 



162 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Iconium, who were made bitter against Paul, and show 
how Paul was driven out by them from Antioch and by 
persecution driven out of Iconium, and after they present 
their case to these idolaters they unite with the Jews 
against the man who had just preached against their idols. 

Surely, Israel judged itself unworthy of eternal life. 
Paul was stoned and dragged out of the city, and believed 
to be dead. After the mob had dispersed, the disciples 
stood round about Paul and were surely glad to see their 
great teacher gain consciousness and rise to his feet. While 
Paul suffered, yet his life was spared from the fury of the 
mob. He returned to the city, showed himself alive to the 
disciples, and the next day departed with Barnabas to 
Derbe, a distance of about twenty miles. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who caused this trouble? 

The Jews in Antioch and Iconium stirred up the people 
by urging that Paul was an impostor and that all the honorable 
women and the chief men of Antioch and Iconium had united 
in driving him away from these cities. 

Who stoned Paul? 

The mode of punishment, as in the case of Stephen, 
showed that it was planned and executed by Jews. 
Why say "drew him out of the city"? 

In this heathen city there was no scruple that prevented 
stoning in the city as in Palestine. 
Why return to the city? 

It was necessary to show the discouraged heathen con- 
verts that Paul was still alive. 



10. MISSIONARIES RETURN HOME.— Acts 14: 21-28. 
(1) Revisiting the Churches. — Acts 14:21-25. 

(21) And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and 
had made many disciples, they returned to Lystra, and to Iconium, 
and to Antioch, (22) confirming the souls of the disciples, exhort- 
ing them to continue in the faith, and that through many tribu- 
lations we must enter into the kingdom of God. (23) And when 
they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 163 



prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom 
they had believed. (24) And they passed through Pisidia, and 
came to Pamphylia. (25) And when they had spoken the word 
in Perga, they went down to Attalia. 

We are now at the last city in which the Apostles did 
missionary work on the first missionary journey. At this 
place the historian gives us no account of any opposition, 
and they established a church here by preaching the Gospel 
before leaving. They were about to leave and visit the 
churches on their way home. Before leaving this church, 
they wisely left the work in the hands of persons who 
would look after the welfare of the church. From every 
one of the cities that they were to visit they had departed 
suddenly, and before the churches could really be estab- 
lished in the faith satisfactorily to the persons who had 
planted them. It required no little courage to return to the 
places where they had been stoned and driven out. 

They considered that their business was not complete 
when souls were converted. These souls were to be trained 
by teaching the Word, thus establishing them by proper 
training. Elders were elected and solemnly set apart, by 
prayer and fasting, to their sacred office. On their return, 
the Apostles did some preaching at Perga, but we have no 
information as to results. 

QUESTIONS. 

Locate Derbe, and what did the Apostles at this place? 
What was the purpose of visiting the churches? 
What is the tribulation referred to in v. 22? 

Great persecution and martyrdom had to pass before the 
triumph of Christianity. 

Why ordain elders? 

The Apostles realized that teachers were needed, even 
among believers, and therefore furnished their new congre- 
gation with elders. 

Give the location of the two Antiochs in which Paul preached. 



164 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



(2) Journey to Antioch. — Acts 14 : 26-28. 

(26) And thence they sailed to Antioch, from whence they 
had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they 
had fulfilled. (27) And when they were come, and had gathered 
the church together, they rehearsed all things that God had done 
with them, and that he had opened a door of faith unto the 
Gentiles. (28) And they tarried no little time with the disciples. 

After preaching at Perga, the Apostles went down to 
Attalia and took ship and sailed for home. On their ar- 
rival home, having been absent from the church about four 
years, they gave a full account to the church that sent them 
forth on this missionary labor, of all that God had done 
with them — that through Him the door of Faith was Di- 
vinely opened to the Gentiles. Luke does not give us any 
statement as to how the church received this report, as this 
does not concern him, because a church, sending forth in 
the Spirit as this one did, could not help but receive with 
great joy the report of the consecrated workers who had 
been sent forth by them under the direction of the Holy 
Spirit. 

QUESTIONS. 

What report does Luke make of the work on the first and 
second visits to Perga? 

From what place did they sail? 

What report did they make to the home church? 

Were they glad to include their suffering in their report? 

In their report to the church what part of the work do they 
assign to God? What about opening the door to the Gentiles? 

Section II. The Apostolic Council. Acts 15: 1-35. 

1. SERIOUS DIFFICULTY IN ANTIOCH CHURCH. 

Acts 15: 1-5. 

(1) And certain men came down from Judaea and taught the 
brethren, saying, Except ye be circumcised after the custom of 
Moses, ye cannot be saved. (2) And when Paul and Barnabas had 
no small dissension and questioning with them, the brethren ap- 
pointed that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



165 



go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question. 

(3) They therefore, being brought on their way by the church, 
passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria, declaring the conver- 
sion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto all the brethren. 

(4) And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of 
the church and the apostles and the elders, and they rehearsed all 
things that God had done with them. (5) But there rose up cer- 
tain of the sect of the Pharisees who believed, saying, It is need- 
ful to circumcise them, and to charge them to keep the law of 
Moses. 

Paul and Barnabas had been used by the Lord in estab- 
lishing a number of churches on their first missionary jour- 
ney, and recognized that their special mission was to do 
work among the Gentiles. This they had learned to be very 
difficult because of meeting the opposition of the Jews, who 
felt that salvation was offered only to the Jewish nation ; 
and if any Gentiles should receive salvation it must be in 
obedience to the teaching of the law and tradition. The 
Antioch church prospered and became the mother church 
for the Gentile converts. After the missionaries returned 
to this church and made their report, they soon found some 
trouble arising in this church, which was aggravated by 
men who came down from the church in Jerusalem, which 
was made up of all circumcised Jews, who insisted that sal- 
vation could be obtained only by obedience to the rite of 
circumcision, as taught by Moses. Paul and Barnabas had 
everywhere taught, both in the Antioch church and on 
their missionary journey, that circumcision was not bind- 
ing on Gentile converts, and he had uniformly acted in 
accordance with his teaching. We know that God had 
settled this matter Himself in the case of Cornelius, and 
considerable time had elapsed since and the number of Jew- 
ish Christians had been greatly increased. During this pe- 
riod of increase in Jewish Christians came the renewal of 
this controversy, and serious disturbance in the Antioch 
church. Paul opposed these Judaizing teachers, which re- 
sulted in a heated discussion, without producing any defi- 
nite settlement in this point of the dispute. 



166 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



In the early church the affairs were directed by author- 
ity higher than man. A special revelation at this time was 
communicated, either to Paul or the church (Gal. 2:2), to 
send a committee to Jerusalem, that this important question 
might be settled, not for the church of Antioch alone, but 
for all the churches already established and that would be 
established in the time to come. The question was not 
taken to Jerusalem for a decision by a higher tribunal, for 
in fact no such decision had been rendered. This question 
had been decided a number of years before, and the new 
converts who had come into the church had not received 
the information that Peter had given to the Jerusalem 
church at that time, which showed that God Himself had 
settled this question, and the Jerusalem church only con- 
firmed what Paul had so earnestly set forth before the 
Antioch church was in keeping with God's own directions. 

The journey to Jerusalem was made by land, passing 
through Phenice and Samaria, where considerable preach- 
ing had been done before. They declared the conversion of 
the Gentiles, which brought great joy to the people in the 
district through which they traveled. When they arrived 
at Jerusalem they were formally received by the church and 
its leaders. Paul and Barnabas at once made a report of 
their work among the heathen. No one in the church 
seemed to doubt their interest from the report given, but 
certain of the believing Pharisees held that, in addition to 
all that had been done, it was necessary that these Gentile 
converts should be circumcised and commanded to keep the 
law of Moses. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give date of the Jerusalem council. 

It was about A. D. 50. The church had been in existence 
about twenty years. It had extended over Palestine, Phoenicia, 
Damascus, Antioch, Cyprus, and part of Asia Minor. There 
had been a gradual development and broadening of the church 
for at least fifteen years, since the death of Stephen. 

What was the serious difficulty in the church at this time? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 167 



The Jews wanted the Gentiles to be saved. However, the 
stricter orthodox tradition-believing Jews felt that the Gentiles 
must first become Jewish proselytes and submit to the Jewish 
ceremonial law. 

Where were these teachers educated that made the trouble in 
the Antioch church? 

Who referred the matter to Jerusalem and why? 
What was the distance to Jerusalem? 

It was a journey of about three hundred miles, southward 
along the Mediterranean Sea. 

What did Paul and Barnabas do on the journey that caused 
great joy? 



2. MEETING OF APOSTLES AND ELDERS, AND 
SPEECHES AT COUNCIL.— Acts 15:6-21. 

(1) Speech of Peter.-— Acts 15:6-11. 

(6) And the apostles and the elders were gathered together 
to consider of this matter. (7) And when there had been much 
questioning, Peter rose up, and said unto them, 

Brethren, ye know that a good while ago (Gr. from early days) 
God made choice among you, that by my mouth the Gentiles 
should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. (8) And God, 
who knoweth the heart, bare them witness, giving them the Holy 
Spirit, even as he did unto us; (9) and he made no distinction be- 
tween us and them, cleansing their hearts by faith. (10) Now 
therefore why make ye trial of God, that ye should put a yoke 
upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we 
were able to bear? (11) But we believe that we shall be saved 
through the grace of the Lord Jesus, in like manner as they. 

After the Pharisees had made a statement that the 
Gentiles could not be received into the church without the 
rite of circumcision, the meeting adjourned to come to- 
gether later. It was some time between this adjournment 
and the public meeting of the church that Paul and Barna- 
bas had a private meeting with the leaders of the church 
(Gal. 2:2-3), seeking to know their mind concerning the 
matter of bringing the Gentiles into the church. He was 
anxious to know if these Apostles were in harmony with 
the believing Jews and would give their strength to sup- 



168 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



port the measure of bringing the Gentile converts under the 
bondage of the Mosaic law. 

It may be possible that at the first part of this meeting 
the entire church had not gathered, and Peter made his 
address to the leaders. Before Peter made his address there 
was much disputing, principally by those who had not un- 
derstood God's direct method in opening the doors to the 
Gentiles. Peter made a full statement of the same facts he 
had presented to this church, of how the Gentiles had been 
brought into the church by direct revelation while he was at 
Joppa, and also by direct revelation to Cornelius to send 
for him that he might preach the Gospel unto them. "And 
God who was their Witness, gave them the Holy Spirit, the 
same as he did to us on the day of Pentecost." " Thus He 
broke down the wall of difference between us, and the 
hearts of all are purified through faith. By this discussion 
we are failing to recognize God and submit to Him, and 
therefore tempt Him. What use is there to put the burden 
upon others, that is grievous and unable to be borne by our- 
selves? By compelling the Gentiles to become debtors to 
the whole law (Gal. 5:3), we ask them to do more than 
we or our fathers could do in the bearing of the Mosaic 
law and traditions which were forced upon us." 

Peter concluded his address. The Jews as well as the 
Gentiles were saved by the grace of our Lord, Jesus Christ. 

QUESTIONS. 

What did the people do after the delegates made their state- 
ment and Pharisees insisted that Gentiles must be circumcised? 

How did Paul learn the mind of the Apostles about their at- 
titude on the question before the public meeting of the church? 

Why were some of the church members in Jerusalem de- 
manding circumcision of Gentiles? 

These may have been new converts, or not present when 
Peter made the statement to the church after opening the 
way for Gentiles to be converted. 

What did he say about obedience to the rites themselves that 
they had put upon others? 

How did God bear witness? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 169 



By giving to the Gentiles the same Spirit as was given to 
the Apostles on Pentecost. 
How purify the heart? 

We are not saved through the merits of obedience to the 
law, but through faith in Jesus. 
How tempt God? 

By their inclination to act in opposition to His will, clearly 
manifested in the case of Cornelius. 

Meaning of " put a yoke upon the neck which we nor our 
fathers were able to bear"? 

It was not only circumcision, but the entire Mosaic law. 
This law could not be fulfilled and so was not a means of 
salvation, but faith in Jesus Christ. 

(2) Speech of Barnabas and Paul. — Acts 15:12. 

(12) And all the multitude kept silence; and they hearkened 
unto Barnabas and Paul rehearsing what signs and wonders God 
had wrought among the Gentiles through them. 

Peter's speech had a great influence upon the people. 
The Pharisees themselves could no longer object. If they 
were not fully convinced, at least he had silenced them, and 
opened the way for Paul and Barnabas to give a full ac- 
count of their labors. The audience was quiet and gave 
due respect to their interesting report. Their statement 
was, no doubt, somewhat similiar to the one made by Peter, 
showing that God had manifested Himself by wonders and 
miracles during their mission among the Gentiles. Thus it 
was that God Himself gave testimony by these manifesta- 
tions, that His Word as preached by the Apostles, was the 
Way of Salvation. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why say "all the multitude"? 

The brief statement of facts by Peter had such a good 
effect upon the multitude that Barnabas and Paul decided to 
follow with the rehearsal of similar facts in the history of their 
own labors among the Gentiles. 
Why did they both speak? 

Barnabas' name is mentioned first, and no doubt he spoke 
first because he was more familiar with the church at Jeru- 
salem, and gave Paul the closing argument on the points that 
had been stated. 



170 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



What was the connection of their argument with what Peter 
said? 

Their reports not only confirmed but also more fully de- 
veloped what Peter had communicated as to the result of his 
experience in bringing the Gentiles into the church. 

(3) Speech by James.— Acts 15 : 13-21. 

(13) And after they had held their peace, James answered, 
saying, 

Brethren, hearken unto me: (14) Symeon hath rehearsed how 
first God visited the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his 
name. (15) And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is 
written, 

(16) (Amos 9:11,12) After these things I will return, and I 
will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen; and I 
will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up: 

(17) That the residue of men may seek after the Lord, and 
all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, 

(18) Saith the Lord, who maketh these things known from of 

old. 

(19) Wherefore my judgment is, that we trouble not them 
that from among the Gentiles turn to God; (20) but that we write 
unto them (or, enjoin them), that they abstain from the pollu- 
tions of idols, and from fornication, and from what is strangled, 
and from blood. (21) For Moses from generations of old hath in 
every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues 
every sabbath. 

The two missionaries having made their report to the 
church, James, a man of great influence with the Jew and 
Gentile believer, now proceeded to address the assembly. 
Peter had made a careful statement of how God manifested 
Himself when he preached, in the bringing in of the Gen- 
tiles, and the two missionaries testified that in their preach- 
ing God bore testimony to strengthen them in their mission 
of bringing Light to the Gentiles. James now supported 
these facts by showing that God bore testimony through 
the prophets as revealed in His Word (Amos 9: 11-12), that 
the heathen, which no one would deny in this meeting, 
formed a part of spiritual Israel, of whom Jesus Christ, the 
Son of God, was to be the Head. If these facts and revela- 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 171 



tions by the prophets were correct then these were not to 
submit to the rite of baptism for admission into the church. 
This prophecy was not taught by Amos alone, but other 
prophets spoke in harmony with Amos. Jesus Christ was 
creating a new nation, a called-out people, not restricted to 
any race or nation, but in accepting Jesus Christ as the 
Son of God, and Savior of the world. This revelation of the 
mystery, which was not revealed, was now made known by 
the Holy Spirit directing the mind of James. James knew 
the feeling of the Jewish nation and how firmly they held 
to the teaching of the law; and while they could not impose 
the law upon their brethren, it might harmonize the differ- 
ences and produce better feelings and be no disadvantage 
to the Gentiles to lay upon them certain restrictions. Four 
things he requested that the Gentiles should abstain from. 
The heathen had lived so long in sin and in worship of idols, 
sin was so common among them, that they had lost all con- 
science about it. Moses' law, which was to be read in the 
synagogue, forbade some of these sins as practiced by the 
heathen. They were to abstain from pollution of idols, for- 
nications, things strangled, and from blood. We know that 
it was sinful to have any connection with idols or to indulge 
in fornication — that is the strict teaching of the law; and 
from the time the revelation was made to Noah, eating 
blood or things strangled, in which the blood would be re- 
tained, was wrong and would always be so. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was the last speaker and what position did he hold in 
the church? 

He was the bishop of the church in Jerusalem. He was 
the brother of the Lord. He spoke as the bishop of the church 
while the Apostles had spoken by the mouth of Peter. 

Explain reference to the tabernacle of David. 16, cf. Amos 
9: 11-12. 

David, in the beginning, was a shepherd and dwelt in 
tents, and his house, which had been a stately palace, had be- 
come a displaced tabernacle. God did, in return, raise it out 
of ruin and build it again. The tabernacle was built in Christ, 



172 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



and now the prophecy of Amos was being fulfilled by the ex- 
tension of His kingdom among the Gentiles. 

Why refer to Moses after the advice? 20. 

James states that, besides private admonition, they should 
be publicly warned to abstain from pollution of idols and from 
fornication, as these gave most offense to the Jews. They 
were also to abstain from things strangled and from blood, 
which though not evil in themselves, as were the other two, yet 
were forbidden by the precepts of Noah (Gen. 9:4) before 
even the Law of Moses was given. The Jews had a great 
dislike to them and therefore, to avoid giving offense, let the 
Gentile converts learn from the Scriptures what was expected 
of them (1 Cor. 8:9-13). There was no danger that the Mo- 
saic law would be forgotten, because it was read every Sab- 
bath. 

3. DECISION AND LETTER OF COUNCIL. 
Acts 15:22-29. 

(22) Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with 
the whole church, to choose men out of their company, and send 
them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas called 
Barsabbas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren: (23) and they 
wrote thus by them, The apostles and the elders, brethren, (or, 
The apostles and the elder brethren), unto the brethren who are of 
the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilieia, greeting: (24) For- 
asmuch as we have heard that certain who went out (some ancient 
authorities omit "who went out") from us have troubled you 
with words, subverting your souls; to whom we gave no com- 
mandment; (25) it seemed good unto us, having come to one 
accord, to choose out men and send them unto you with our be- 
loved Barnabas and Paul, (26) men that have hazarded their lives 
for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. (27) We have sent there- 
fore Judas and Silas, who themselves also shall tell you the same 
things by word of mouth. (28) For it seemed good to the Holy 
Spirit, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these 
necessary things: (29) that ye abstain from things sacrificed to 
idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from forni- 
cation; from which if ye keep yourselves, it shall be well with you. 
Fare ye well. 

James seemed to satisfy the minds of the Jews con- 
cerning the bringing in of the Gentiles without obedience to 
the law, and thought that by so doing the Jewish law would 
not only be brought into disrepute but would be entirely 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 173 



forgotten. But the service being held in the synagogue, 
each Sabbath, and the law read, would make it so that the 
law could not be forgotten. James had so fully expressed 
.the situation that it seemed to give entire satisfaction to the 
church at Jerusalem and the delegates who had been there 
from the Antioch church. It was agreed then that this 
opinion should be put in the form of a letter, which should 
be read in the districts where the different Gentile churches 
were located. And to show the deep interest in the wel- 
fare of the church they set apart two men of influence to 
accompany Paul and Barnabas, to carry this good news 
back to the churches. It was their purpose to correct the 
false teaching of those who had gone forth from Jerusalem, 
saying that the Gentiles must be circumcised, when they 
had been given no such authority by the Christian believers 
at Jerusalem. These two men appointed by the church, 
with Paul, immediately returned to Antioch. These two 
brethren, before leaving the church, received recognition 
for their great interest in the cause of Christ and were 
praised for the great sacrifice they made in giving their 
lives to the opening of missions among the Gentiles. We 
learn here from verse 28, that the Holy Spirit was directing 
this meeting, and the disciples were directed by Him in 
framing this wonderful document, which is so brief and 
tactful. It produced absolute harmony between the mother 
church of the Jews and the mother church of the Gentiles. 
Is it not great when the Holy Spirit is permitted to speak 
and influence the church never to lay any burden on any 
follower of Jesus more than that which Jesus requires? 

QUESTIONS. 

What about the advice of James? 

It was approved and agreed to unanimously. 
Give the names of the persons appointed to accompany Paul 
and Barnabas. 

Judas, surnamed Barsabbas; Barsabbas means the son of 
Sabas. Nothing further is known of him. Silas, shortened 
form of Silvanus, became Paul's missionary companion. These 



174 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



delegates were sent to give strength to the document sent 
forth by the Jerusalem church. 

Why send a written decision? 

To show that those who had gone from Jerusalem and had 
troubled the Gentiles exceeded their authority. 

How was this liberty established? 

It seemed good to the Holy Spirit, by His action upon the 
Gentiles, and as related in the conference, convinced by argu- 
ment, by the inspired Scriptures and by the work of the Holy 
Spirit. 



4. PEACE RESTORED IN ANTIOCH. 
Acts 15:30-35. 

(30) So they, when they were dismissed, came down to An- 
tioch; and having gathered the multitude together, they delivered 
the epistle. (31) And when they had read it, they rejoiced for the 
consolation. (32) And Judas and Silas, being themselves also 
prophets, exhorted (or, comforted) the brethren with many words, 
and confirmed them. (33) And after they had spent some time 
there, they were dismissed in peace from the brethren unto those 
that had sent them forth. (35) But Paul and Barnabas tarried in 
Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many 
others also. 

The time had come for the brethren to leave the church 
in which they labored for a little while, so that perfect har- 
mony might prevail in all the churches. It must have been 
an interesting period for the Antioch church, waiting for 
the return of the delegates, to learn what results their visit 
would have upon the troubles then existing in this church. 
This had been a very spiritual body, used by the Holy 
Spirit to send forth missionaries, and no doubt, members 
would be together in prayer that the work should not be 
hindered. As soon as they arrived a church meeting was 
being held, the letter then was read, and Judas and Silas, 
being prophets, whose hearts were filled with good things, 
delivered messages to these people, confirming the report 
given by the letter, and gave valuable assistance to the 
church at this time. Great joy was experienced in the 
church in the reading of this letter, and in the good words 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 175 



and wishes brought them by these two appointed for said 
purpose. The church, being well pleased, sent forth these 
messengers in peace, that they might return to Jerusalem. 
But Silas felt a call to remain there at that time. After 
this difficulty was adjusted Paul and Silas continued their 
missionary efforts for some time in the home church. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was done when they reached Antioch? 
How did the church receive the news? 
What name did they give Judas and Silas and why? 
What did Paul and Barnabas do? 

Antioch still continued to be a fruitful field for Apostoiic 
labors. It is generally understood that it was during the 
period between the return from the council A. D. 50 and the 
second missionary journey, that Peter visited Antioch and the 
rebuke was administered to him by Paul (Gal. 2: 11-14). Peter's 
fault was not in disobeying what had been recorded in the 
letter from the council, but in refusing to associate and eat 
with them in private circles. 

Section III. Paul's Second Missionary Journey. 
Acts 15: 36 to 18: 22. 

1. SEPARATION OF PAUL AND BARNABAS. 
Acts 15:36-41. 

(36) And after some days Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us 
return now and visit the brethren in every city wherein we pro- 
claimed the word of the Lord, and see how they fare. (37) And 
Barnabas was minded to take with them John also, who was 
called Mark. (38) But Paul thought not good to take with them 
him who withdrew from them from Pamphylia, and went not with 
them to the work. (39) And there arose a sharp contention, so 
that they parted asunder one from the other, and Barnabas took 
Mark with him, and sailed away unto Cyprus: (40) but Paul chose 
Silas, and went forth, being commended by the brethren to the 
grace of the Lord. (41) And he went through Syria and Cilicia, 
confirming the churches. 

The second missionary journey opened with an unfor- 
tunate difficulty between Paul and Barnabas. They must 



176 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



have labored in the Antioch church for some time after the 
council. Paul, the chosen vessel and Apostle of the Gen- 
tiles, realized that he ought to go forth on another mission 
tour, and said to Barnabas, " Let us go again and visit our 
brethren and learn just how they are getting along." John 
at this time was at Antioch, and Barnabas being related to 
him, seemed to have much more confidence in him as a help- 
er on the second missionary journey than Paul had. Paul, 
no doubt, based his evidence on what occurred on the first 
journey at Perga, when John forsook them and went home. 
The controversy was, however, so strong that they decided 
to separate, and each go forth into different fields. Barnabas, 
taking Mark, went into the missionary field at Cyprus, and 
Paul took Silas, and after receiving the recommendations 
from the church and having the favor of God, went through 
the country of Syria and Cilicia, opening the second mis- 
sionary tour. 

We learn from Paul's letters which he wrote later, that 
Mark nobly redeemed his character and proved himself a 
valuable soldier of Jesus Christ. Writing from Rome dur- 
ing his first imprisonment, the Apostle gave the Colossians 
special charge to receive Mark (Col. 4: 10). Just a few 
months before Paul's death, writing to his beloved son 
Timothy, he asked him to take Mark with him, for he had 
found him very helpful to the ministry. It is in vain to in- 
quire who is to blame for the difference between Paul and 
Barnabas. No hint is even given in the story. There is no 
doubt that Mark's failure, some years earlier, was the cause 
of the separation of these friends. Some people, when they 
cannot do as they like, then do nothing at all. But here 
God's work went on. The special thing that is after all val- 
uable in these differences is that we have two missionary 
companies instead of one. 

The harvest is ripe for the reapers. The call is from 
the Lord. Let no obstacle be in your way to " occupy till 
He comes." 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 177 



QUESTIONS. 

What did Paul say to Barnabas when ready to go on the 
second journey? 

Why was Barnabas so determined to take his relative when 
he wanted to do church work? 

Where did Barnabas and John go? 

They went to the Island of Cyprus, Barnabas' native home. 
His name is not mentioned again by Luke. Barnabas and 
Mark no doubt revisited the brethren in Cyprus at the places 
where Barnabas and Paul had preached. Paul later changed 
his mind about Mark, and no doubt Mark learned many valua- 
ble lessons for future service from his association with Barna- 
bas (2 Tim. 4: 11). Paul and Barnabas had amicably adjusted 
their difficulty. 

What fitness had Silas for missionary work? 15:22-23. 

2. THE CALL OF TIMOTHEUS. 
Acts 16: 1-3. 

(1) And he came also to Derbe and to Lystra: and behold, a 
certain disciple was there, named Timothy, the son of a Jewess 
that believed; but his father was a Greek. (2) The same was well 
reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium. (3) 
Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and he took and cir- 
cumcised him because of the Jews that were in those parts: for 
they all knew that his father was a Greek. 

Luke mentions, in the former paragraph, the journey 
of Paul and Silas through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the 
churches. He fails to give us any account of evangelistic 
efforts, and hurries us to the well-known places of Derbe 
and Lystra, familiar to us from incidents in the first mis- 
sionary journey. At Lystra Paul had healed the cripple, 
which created quite a stir in the city, and later these same 
people, who thought Paul a Divine man, stirred up by Jews 
from Antioch and Iconium, stoned Paul. It is at Lystra 
that we are introduced to a new and very important char- 
acter, who became a very close associate with Paul in the 
missionary field, and to whom Paul looked for sympathy 
and support in the severest trials and to the very close of 
his life. At Lystra resided Eunice, a Jewess, who lived 



178 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



with her mother, Lois, of whom Paul, in his last letter to 
Timothy, speaks as a mother and grandmother of unfeigned 
faith, which he recognized as transmitted to the son Tim- 
othy. These two godly women were true to the instruc- 
tions given them concerning the teaching of the Bible to the 
children. Timothy was instructed from his infancy in the 
Holy Scriptures. (2 Tim. 3 : 14-15.) These persons must 
have been familiar with Paul in his missionary labors while 
at Tarsus, and Timothy may have united with the church 
when he was on his first missionary work at Lystra; and 
no doubt witnessed the stoning of Paul and saw how God 
cared for him in raising him to life. Paul saw in this young 
Christian just the man fitted to go forth in this work for 
the Lord. Timothy's father was a Greek, and beyond this 
information regarding him the historian is silent. Timothy 
was already a Christian and anxious to join him, and in 
order to make him more acceptable to the numerous Jews 
who still were interested in circumcision, he took him and 
circumcised him. It may be possible that this rite had not 
been performed because his father was a Greek. The Jews 
were not ready to accept, as a leader, any one who was not 
circumcised. It seems strange that so soon after Paul re- 
fused before the council at Jerusalem to have Titus circum- 
cised, he should at this time recommend the circumcision of 
Timothy. The demand, however, of the Jews was that sal- 
vation was only through circumcision and the keeping of 
the whole law. The Pharisees therefore insisted that all 
must be brought under the law for salvation, but Paul said 
it was faith in Jesus Christ. The circumcision of Jews, 
like that of Timothy, was for an altogether different pur- 
pose. We are taught in the Old Testament, as well as 
by Christ (John 7:22), that the rite of circumcision 
originated, not in the time of Moses, but in the covenant 
with Abraham. If it originated with Abraham, then it wa^ 
before the law, and Timothy was circumcised, not because 
it was demanded for salvation, but to perpetuate the cov- 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 179 



enant with Abraham, and continued a national mark. 
Therefore Paul insisted in all of his teaching (Gal. 5:6), 
" in Christ Jesus, neither circumcision availeth anything 
nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love." We 
have in this incident a beautiful illustration of the Apostle's 
great principle, " I am made all things to all men, that I 
might by all means save some" (1 Cor. 9:20-22). 

The well-known fact that Timothy was uncircumcised 
would seriously interfere with his usefulness among his own 
countrymen. To remove this obstacle, as there was danger 
of Timothy himself misinterpreting the act, the Apostle, 
without hesitation, circumcised him. But, when false breth- 
ren sought to compel him to circumcise Titus, a pure Gen- 
tile, on the ground that it was essential to salvation, Paul 
sternly refused. 

QUESTIONS. 

Locate Derbe and Lystra. 

When did Paul meet Timothy first, and where? 

Name the mother and grandmother of Timothy, and what 
special help did he receive from home? 

Why do children not have more religious faith transmitted 
now by their parents? 

How reconcile circumcision with Gal. 5:2-4? 

What was the origin of circumcision and why did Paul rec- 
ommend it? 

3. REVISITING AND ORGANIZING GALATIAN 
CHURCHES. 

Acts 16:4-8. 

(4) And as they went on their way through the cities, they 
delivered them the decrees to keep which had been ordained of 
the apostles and elders that were at Jerusalem. (5) So the 
churches were strengthened in the faith (or, in faith), and in- 
creased in number daily. 

(6) And they went through the region of Phrygia and Galatia 
(or, Phrygia and the region of Galatia), having been forbidden 
of the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia; (7) and when they 



180 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



were come over against Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia; 
and the Spirit of Jesus suffered them not; (8) and passing by 
Mysia, they came down to Troas. 

Having added to their number Timothy, they visited 
all the churches already planted and delivered unto them 
the letter received at Jerusalem regarding circumcision. 
Silas, who had come with Paul from Jerusalem, made a 
statement to these different churches, and seemingly an 
entirely different spirit prevailed from that on the first 
journey. Very aggressive work was being carried on at 
revival efforts and new members were added to the church 
daily. After having visited all these churches, they turned 
their attention to the north and the east in order to visit 
the populous region of Galatia and then pass west to Phryg- 
ia. Our account here tells us only that they passed 
through these places, but from later accounts we conclude 
that they must have done some preaching in Galatia. But 
they, being under the direction of the Spirit, were not per- 
mitted to continue their preaching in this region. Then 
their purpose was to go into Mysia and into the province of 
Bithynia. But they were not following man-made plans 
but the Spirit's plan, which was to go down to Troas. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who were Paul's companions in visiting the other churches 
in Asia Minor? 

What report did they bring to the churches and what was the 
effect? 

How often were people added to the church on this visit? 
What is said about preaching in Galatia? 6, cf. 18:23; Gal. 4: 
13-14. 

There were a number of churches organized in Galatia; 
and on the third missionary journey, while at Corinth, Paul 
wrote a letter to these churches in which he gave some very 
helpful advice and told of his interesting experience during 
this period of his labors in Galatia. 

How did Paul and his companions know where to do mission- 
ary work? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 181 



4. THE CALL TO MACEDONIA. 
Acts 16:9-10. 

(9) And a vision appeared to Paul in the night: There was a 
man of Macedonia standing, beseeching him, and saying, Come 
over into Macedonia, and help us. (10) And when he had seen 
the vision, straightway we sought to go forth into Macedonia, con- 
cluding that God had called us to preach the gospel unto them. 

We are told by the author how these missionaries had 
intended to labor in Asia, but the Holy Spirit suffered them 
not, and now they abode at Troas. From this place the 
Islands of the iEgean Sea and the distant land across could 
be distinctly seen. God's servants were not left long in 
doubt as to what they were to do, but had brought before 
them in a vision a representative from Macedonia, giving 
them an invitation for a new missionary field. Into this 
new missionary field they moved very quietly, but never 
forgot that they were servants of God and their mission was 
to hold up Jesus as the Savior of the unsaved. When the 
disciples moved forward, knowing definitely, as these dis- 
ciples did, that they were led by the hand of the Lord, then 
the blessings of the Lord could not help but be upon their 
labors. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who prepared Paul for this vision? 

What was the special burden resting on the hearts of the 
Apostles? 

Paul had a vision, so that he might carry forward the 
work that was the real burden on his heart. 
Where was Macedonia? 

It lay north of Greece and had Thessalonica for its capi- 
tal. 

Meaning of "prayed him"? 

It does not come in the shape of a command from Christ, 
but in that of a petition, that pleads for fellow-men who are in 
need. 

What did the missionaries decide to do? 

They immediately went into the field where God would 
have them preach the Gospel. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 183 



5. JOURNEY TO EUROPE AND FIRST CONVERTS. 
Acts 16: 11-15. 

(11) Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight 
course to Samothrace, and the day following to Neapolis; (12) and 
from thence to Philippi, which is a city of Macedonia, the first of 
the district, a Roman colony: and we were in this city tarrying 
certain days. (13) And on the, sabbath day we went forth without 
the gate by a river side, where we supposed there was a place of 
prayer (many authorities read "where was wont to be," etc.); and 
we sat down, and spake unto the women that were come together. 
(14) And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the 
city of Thyatira, one that worshipped God, heard us: whose heart 
the Lord opened to give heed unto the things which were spoken 
by Paul. (15) And when she was baptized, and her household, she 
besought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the 
Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained 

U3. 

The three missionaries were together on this journey 
up to Troas, and now, after they are about to leave Troas, 
the historian changes from speaking in the third person into 
speaking in the first person. Therefore we know that 
Luke accompanied the missionaries from this point. These 
four, taking ship at Troas, sailed across the waters in a 
straight course, showing the wind was in the right direction, 
and came to the island of Samothrace. Here they remained 
during the night and the next day they arrived at Neapolis, 
which was known as the seaport for Philippi. It was about 
ten miles from Neapolis to Philippi. It required about 
two days to cross from Troas to Neapolis and arrive at 
Philippi. We have thus far not learned of any persecution 
in this city, and no synagogues were found here. They 
found a number of women who gathered on the Sabbath for 
prayer, on the bank of the river. This showed a great in- 
terest in these women in the higher things of life. These 
devout women were in communication with God, as was 
Cornelius, and we can now see why the missionaries were 
not permitted to continue their work in Asia Minor but 
directed to this new field of labor. These people by the 



184 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



river side were ready for the Gospel, as was Cornelius when 
he sent for Peter. 

As they had gathered for prayer, Paul was directed to 
speak to them, and we have the first revival in Europe. 
The Gospel was moving steadily forward. The truth that 
Peter spoke by the power of the Lord opened Lydia's 
heart, and she and her associates were instructed and bap- 
tized by the missionaries. After their missionary efforts 
and the new church was organized at this place, the mis- 
sionaries accepted Lydia's hospitality. 

QUESTIONS. 

Describe the journey. 

How many days did it take them? 

Why suppose there was a place for prayer? 

Why not go to the synagogue? 

Where is Thyatira? 

This is one of the seven churches located on the border 
line of Mysia and Lydda. It was celebrated in very early 
days for its purple dyes and fabrics. 
What was the character of Lydia? 

She worshiped God, was truly religious, and perhaps a 
Jewish proselyte. 
How was Lydia's heart opened? 

(1) The Apostle spoke to the women. (2) Lydia listened 
to hear the message. (3) God opened her heart. (4) She at- 
tended to the things spoken. 
How did she make a public profession? 
Give meaning of " Judge me to be faithful." 

Then prove it and reward me by coming into my house — 
make it your home. 

6. FIRST MIRACLE IN EUROPE. 
Acts 16: 16-18. 

(16) And it came to pass, as we were going to the place of 
prayer, that a certain maid having a spirit of divination (Gr. a 
spirit, a Python) met us, who brought her masters much gain by 
soothsaying. (17) The same following after Paul and us cried 
out, saying, These men are servants (Gr. bondservants) of the 
Most High God, who proclaim unto you the way (or, a way) of 
salvation. (18) And this she did for many days. But Paul, being 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 185 



sore troubled, turned and said to the spirit, I charge thee in the 
name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And it came out that 
very hour. 

Lydia was the first convert in Europe. She was like 
all the others in Europe who needed Christ as a Savior. 
As the Apostles were remaining at the comfortable home 
of these converts, and attended these services at the river 
side, Paul was met more than once by a female slave, who 
was possessed with a spirit of divination. It was a Python 
spirit, supposed by the heathen to be inspired by the serpent 
called Python, to whose wisdom these messages were di- 
rected. Luke does not endorse this pretended inspiration. 
The girl, no doubt, was demon-possessed, of which we hear 
so frequently in the Scriptures. Paul at once spoke to the 
spirit and commanded it to come out of her, and after this 
was done they made the damsel incapable of being used as 
an instrument to bring gain to these people. She belonged 
to a company, and through her supposed power brought 
considerable gain to them by her services. She was under 
the control of an evil spirit, and Paul, moved with 
holy indignation at this show of the devil's power, com- 
manded the spirit to come out of her, and his voice was 
obeyed instantly. 

The girl, who was sold to evil men for financial gain, was 
anxious to hear of the better way of life. Many are now sold, 
and in the devil's service, who can be set free by men and 
women of God who are His holy messengers. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the spirit of divination? 

This damsel was in real possession of satanic activity in 
human affairs, which was very profitable to her owners. 
Why object to her testimony? 
What did Paul command the evil spirit to do? 
Whose authority did Paul use to expel the spirit? 



186 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



7. PAUL AND SILAS SCOURGED AND 
IMPRISONED. 

Acts 16: 19-24. 

(19) But when her masters saw that the hope of their gain 
was gone (Gr. come out), they laid hold on Paul and Silas, and 
dragged them into the marketplace before the rulers, (20) and 
when they had brought them unto the magistrates (Gr. praetors), 
they said, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, 
(21) and set forth customs which it is not lawful for us to receive, 
or to observe, being Romans. (22) And the multitude rose up 
together against them: and the magistrates rent their garments 
off them, and commanded to beat them with rods. (23) And when 
they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, 
charging the jailor to keep them safely: (24) who, having received 
such a charge, cast them into the inner prison, and made their 
feet fast in the stocks. 

It appeared that the church could not travel into any 
new field without stirring opposition. Hitherto no public no- 
tice seemed to have been taken of the Christian work going 
on, but just as soon as the devil was interfered with in his 
work, he had servants at his command to make the attack. 
The owners of the damsel, deprived of their gain, caught 
Paul and Silas, and drew them into the market-place, be- 
fore the rulers. The charge brought against the Apostles 
was one that immediately appealed to the Roman citizens. 
Anything that would interfere with the increase of finances 
would arouse suspicion. Knowing these men to be Jews, 
the charge against them before the magistrates was, " These 
men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, and set 
forth customs which it is not lawful for us to receive, or to 
observe, being Romans." This stirred the magistrates, es- 
pecially when they learned they were Romans, and bringing 
another religion which was directly opposite to theirs. The 
magistrates joined the enraged people in stripping the two 
messengers of the Lord of their clothes, which was an in- 
sult to the missionaries. After they had laid many stripes 
upon them they cast them into prison; the jailer was 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 187 



charged especially to keep them safely, and because of this 
he thrust them into the inner prison and made their feet 
fast in the stocks. They could scourge and imprison the 
Apostles, but they could not hinder the triumph of the 
Gospel. 

QUESTIONS. 

When the demons were driven from the damsel, what loss 
was that to her master? 

Where were Timothy and Luke? 

They as subordinate companions were not molested. 
Why beat them before imprisonment? 
Describe the inner prison and stocks. 

8. PRAYER AND DELIVERANCE. 
Acts 16:25-29. 

(25) But about midnight Paul and Silas were praying and 
singing hymns unto God, and the prisoners were listening to them ; 
(26) and suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foun- 
dations of the prison-house were shaken: and immediately all the 
doors were opened; and every one's bands were loosed. (27) And 
the jailor, being roused out of sleep and seeing the prison doors 
open, drew his sword and was about to kill himself, supposing 
that the prisoners had escaped. (28) But Paul cried with a loud 
voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all here. (29) And 
he called for lights and sprang in, and, trembling for fear, fell 
down before Paul and Silas. 

Paul and Silas had the power to drive the evil spirit out 
of the girl and bring joy and peace into her heart. And while 
they had power to subdue the spirit, they were this time 
subdued by the same spirit embodied in the magistrate. 
Specially appointed men were present, called Lictors, whose 
business it was to carry the beating-rods and do the bidding 
of the magistrate. These disciples were stripped of their 
garments and the Roman scourge applied to the backs of 
Paul and Silas, who were then cast into prison. With bleed- 
ing backs, with their feet fast in the stocks, which would 
prevent them from getting any relief from change of posi- 



188 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



tion and in the inner prison of total darkness, and no hope of 
any release on the morrow, they did not forget that Christ, 
whom they represented, sacrificed and suffered. Again 
the hand of the state laid itself upon the onward progress 
of the church. The church had been able to throw off the 
bondage of Judaism, break down the wall of favoritism, 
and open the door of the church to the world ; she gained 
the victory when King Herod laid his hand on her to impede 
her forward march — will the Lord on the Throne now for- 
get his bleeding, singing, crying servants, in bondage to the 
state? The only weapon in the hour of greatest sorrow, 
darkest valley, with every avenue for help closed securely 
against them and no possible hope for escape, was prayer, 
by which God comes who can unlock prison doors, and 
deliver the servants, no matter how securely they are bound 
by human fetters. 

These servants knew that Christ Himself, while in the 
body, made constant use of prayer, had learned of the help 
given to the Apostles by prayer, when threatened not to 
teach any more in the name of Jesus, and how the Lord, 
in answer to prayer made by the group assembled in Mary's 
house, dispatched an angel and delivered Peter from the 
cruel hand of Herod ; and upon their knowledge and faith 
they cried to Him who sits on the Throne, who said, " I will 
never leave nor forsake thee." Do you say, " How could 
these disciples sing when thus in prison and suffering?" 
Well, many can not sing when disturbed by a little material 
opposition around them, but these men's hearts were not 
disturbed when the lash was applied to their body, and they 
were thrown into the prison. Their source of joy was where 
it could not be interfered with, no matter what their exter- 
nal surroundings would be. God answered their prayer in 
the dead of night, long after the jailer had retired to rest. 
The prisoners heard them sing praises so loudly that their 
voices were heard throughout the prison. It must have 
seemed very strange for the prisoners to hear these unusual 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 189 



sounds. All at once there was a great earthquake. The 
foundations of the prison were shaken, and all the doors 
burst open and the fetters fell off from every prisoner. The 
disturbance awakened the jailer, who saw that every door 
was open and was sure that all the prisoners had escaped. 
He did not understand the cause that produced this calam- 
ity, and the shock was so great that he was at the point of 
committing suicide, when Paul cried out, " Do thyself no 
harm, for we are all here." He called for a light, went into 
the inner dark prison, where just a little while previous he 
had put Paul and Silas, and fell before them trembling. 
What a change has been brought about, and what method 
has been used, and by whose power was it all accomplished? 

Paul and Silas were all the time getting into trouble by 
being so aggressive in Christian service. That is what 
saves much trouble now, and the result is, jailers are un- 
saved. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the condition of the prisoners? 

(1) Their wounds from scourging were undressed. (2) They 
were in the inner prison, gloomy, oppressive, filthy, in which 
dangerous criminals were confined. (3) Their feet were fast 
in stocks. This was an instrument of torture as well as con- 
finement; it was a great bar of wood, with holes in which the 
feet were fastened wide apart so as to cause pain. 
What did they do at midnight? 

For what kind of suffering and imprisonment can hearts re- 
spond in prayer and song? 

Why did they pray and what was the answer? 
Compare this release with that of Peter's. 12:7. 
Who heard Paul and Silas worshiping? 
What did the jailer decide to do? 

It was his purpose to commit suicide, as death was the 
punishment for permitting prisoners to escape. 
Why did Paul cry with a loud voice? 

He knew the prisoners were all safe, and he spoke a mes- 
sage of the Gospel that is applicable to all men in despair: 
" Do thyself no harm." 

What was the result of the message s 

The sinner fell down before the message bearer. 



190 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



9. CONVERSION OF THE JAILER. 
Acts 16:30-34. 

(30) And brought them out and said, Sirs, what must I do to 
be saved? (31) And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus, and 
thou shalt be saved, thou and thy house. (32) And they spake the 
word of the Lord unto him, with all that were in his house. (33) 
And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their 
stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, immediately. (34) And 
he brought them up into his house, and set food (Gr. a table) be- 
fore them, and rejoiced greatly, with all his house, having believed 
in God (or, having believed God). 

The jailer's heart was touched and he immediately 
brought Paul and Silas out of their loathsome dungeon into 
some other part of the prison. As he was with these men 
and felt his need, he said, " Sirs, what must I do to be 
saved?" Luke is especially interested in the story of the 
jailer, and we have no account of what became of the other 
prisoners. Paul answered the jailer by pointing him to 
faith in Jesus Christ as the only source of saving Power, 
upon condition that he and those with whom he associated 
at his house, would believe that salvation would come to 
their house. The jailer immediately assembled all his peo- 
ple and Paul preached unto them Jesus. 

The jailer was a changed man. The people to whom 
he preached were changed. The Gospel was on the for- 
ward march. He took the prisoners and with his own hands 
washed their stripes to relieve their pain, after which he 
and all who believed on the Lord Jesus were baptized by the 
disciples, and thus belonged to the same company repre- 
sented by the disciples. This baptism took place, not in the 
prison, but where the jailer had taken the disciples for the 
purpose of washing their stripes. The jailer's kindness did 
not stop here, but he took the disciples into his own house 
and set meat before them. The descriptions would indicate 
that at this time the night was very near spent, and the pris- 
oners, while still retained in the prison, were not confined 
to the inner dark cell as before. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 191 



QUESTIONS. 

Who brought Paul and Silas out? 
What did the jailer say to them? 
What was the condition of salvation? 

Faith in the Lord Jesus Christ, belief, repentance, baptism. 
To whom did the Apostles speak the word of the Lord? 

To the jailer and all in his house. The word was preached 
to all who could believe. 

How did they manifest their change of feeling and faith? 

Kindlier disposition and a desire to help. They washed 
Paul's and Silas' stripes to relieve their suffering. 
What did the jailer do for the Apostles? 

Gave them the most comfortable place he could find. It, 
of course, was connected with the prison. 

10. PUBLIC RELEASE OF PAUL AND SILAS. 
Acts 16:35-40. 

(35) But when it was day, the magistrates sent the Serjeants 
(Gr. lictors), saying, Let those men go. (36) And the jailor 
reported the words to Paul, saying, The magistrates have sent to 
let you go: now therefore come forth, and go in peace. (37) But 
Paul said unto them, They have beaten us publicly, uncondemned, 
men that are Romans, and have cast us into prison; and do they 
now cast us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves 
and bring us out. (38) And the Serjeants reported these words 
unto the magistrates: and they feared when they heard that they 
were Romans; (39) and they came and besought them; and when 
they had brought them out, they asked them to go away from the 
city. (40) And they went out of the prison, and entered into the 
house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they com- 
forted (or, exhorted) them, and departed. 

Men like Paul and Silas, being given the power they 
had, being taken by magistrates, and without any trial de- 
livered into the hands of men to be beaten, if possessed with 
any conscience, would be somewhat uneasy as to what 
would be the result. In the morning, influenced either by 
what they had done to these disciples, cruelly and without a 
trial, or by what they heard had happened in the prison 
during the night, these magistrates sent the same men to 
bring out of prison these disciples whom they had instruct- 



192 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ed to be beaten the day before. The jailer informed Paul 
that the magistrates had given orders to have them released 
from prison and that they should now go forth in peace. 
Paul and Silas had already gained a great victory over 
Satan, and they must have another one before they go 
forth from the prison. " These magistrates have super- 
seded their authority. We are Roman citizens. They 
stripped us, beating us publicly, without even giving us a 
trial. Now do they think they can send us forth privately 
when all these things were done openly and in public? 
We demand that these magistrates themselves come and 
bring us forth from the prison." The men who had beaten 
the Apostles returned and informed the magistrates that 
these were Roman citizens who had been treated so cruelly. 
They feared when they realized their situation, and went to 
the prison and brought out the Apostles and desired that 
they should depart out of the city. Before leaving the 
city they went to the home of Lydia, and having had a fare- 
well meeting with the brethren, they departed into other 
fields for labor. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did the magistrates order the release of the prisoners? 

No further explanation is given and no doubt they impris- 
oned them only as they had been scourged, to gratify the mob. 
Since the mob ceased they had no further cause to retain them. 
Why ask him to "go in peace"? 

The magistrates desired to terminate the affair in a secret 
manner, by driving them abruptly from the prison. 
What was the demand made by Paul? 

The report of having been scourged and been in prison, 
would, no doubt, reach other cities and do them harm. And 
thus the magistrates acknowledged the injustice done them by 
going in person to the prison and bringing them before the 
people and giving them an honorable discharge. 
What right had they as Roman citizens? 

It was a capital crime, under the Roman law, to scourge 
Paul and Silas as Roman citizens, and therefore they had the 
power to dictate terms of peace to these magistrates. 
Why ask them to leave the city? 
Give a review of the work at Philippi. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 193 



11. PAUL AND SILAS IN THESSALONICA. 
Acts 17: 1-9. 
(1) Preaching in Thessalonica. — Acts 17: 1-4. 

(1) Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apol- 
lonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the 
Jews: (2) and Paul, as his custom was, went in unto them, and 
for three sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures, (3) 
opening and alleging that it behooved the Christ to suffer, and to 
rise again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom, said he, I 
proclaim unto you, is the Christ. (4) And some of them were per- 
suaded, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout 
Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few. 

The historian had joined the three missionaries at Tro- 
as, where Paul had the vision, and receiving the invitation 
to open missionary work in Macedonia, as they were leav- 
ing to go forth in this new field, Luke joined them. In 
writing about the work he always speaks in the first person, 
" we," until the company is ready to depart from Philippi to 
Thessalonica, when he speaks of the company in the third 
person. Luke and Timothy very probably remained in this 
place, to take care of the church. Paul, in writing to the 
Philippian church (Philpp. 1:1), introduces his letter by 
mentioning the church officials, showing that this church 
was properly organized, and this may have been the special 
mission of two of the brethren, while Paul and Silas went 
into the new fields to do the Master's work. 

The disciples traveled along the great Roman road, 
from Philippi to Amphipolis, thirty-three miles ; from Am- 
phipolis to Apollonia, thirty miles ; from Apollonia to Thes- 
salonica, about thirty-seven miles, making a distance of 
about one hundred miles. They traveled until they came 
to this city, where they found a synagogue of the Jews. This 
was a flourishing commerical city and made up of a large 
Jewish population. 

For three Sabbaths in the synagogue, Paul reasoned 
with his countrymen, out of the Old Testament Scriptures. 



194 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



He showed to them, from the authority of the Scriptures, 
that Christ the Messiah was set forth, not One who was 
only to reign and triumph, but as One who was to suffer. 
Before Paul could help his audience, he must prove by the 
Scriptures that this same Person whom they believed in 
could only become King through suffering and death. 
Therefore Paul said, and proved by the Scriptures, (1) that 
the Messiah must be a sufferer; (2) that He must rise from 
the dead; (3) and that this Person whom he holds up be- 
fore them did suffer, and rise, and was the Messiah of the 
Scriptures. This was the discussion for three Sabbaths in 
the synagogue, the result of which was a great revival, and 
some Jews and many Greeks believed on the Lord. 

QUESTIONS. 

Describe journey from Philippi to Thessalonica and give dis- 
tance. 

Why not do mission work in the cities through which they 
pass? 

A church being organized at Philippi, evangelistic services 
might be held from that organized church, and Paul and Silas 
perhaps desired to go where there was a Jewish synagogue. 
What was Paul's custom? 
How long did he labor? 

The text states that he was here three Sabbaths, working 
in the synagogue, but this does not indicate the length of his 
whole stay, as Paul's letter to this church (1 Thess. 1:1 to 2: 
20) gives the idea of a longer stay and successful work among 
them. 

What was the course of Paul's argument? 

The argument from the Old Testament that Jesus is the 
Christ. 

What was the success of the revival? 
Were any miracles wrought? 1 Thess. 1:5. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 195 



(2) Persecution in Thessalonica. — Acts 17: 5-9. 

(5) But the Jews, being moved with jealousy, took unto them 
certain vile fellows of the rabble, and gathering a crowd, set the 
city on an uproar; and assaulting the house of Jason, they sought 
to bring them forth to the people. (6) And when they found them 
not, they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the rulers of 
the city, crying, These that have turned the world (Gr. the inhab- 
ited earth) upside down are come hither also; (7) whom Jason 
hath received: and these all act contrary to the decrees of Caesar, 
saying that there is another king, one Jesus. (8) And they 
troubled the multitude and the rulers of the city, when they heard 
these things. (9) And when they had taken security from Jason 
and the rest, they let them go. 

W e have now a large body of believers, a congregation 
with some Jewish believers, but the bulk of the converts 
were from among the Gentiles. Realizing the amount of 
work accomplished in this church, there is no doubt that 
Paul was in communication with the church at Philippi. 
Said church remembered his labors and in a substantial 
way assisted him by sending him contributions at different 
times, which makes it probable that he was at Thessalonica 
more than three or four weeks. The three or four weeks 
may refer to his special efforts in the synagogue, after 
which he turned his attention to the Gentiles, following the 
same plan adopted on his first missionary journey when at 
Antioch. This may have been the special charge brought 
against Jason because he had opened his place for public 
worship, which brought about the hatred of the Jews, seeing 
so many Gentiles were accepting the faith. These jealous 
Jews found many of the lower class, runaway slaves, idle 
fellows just ready to do any kind of mischief for any amount 
of compensation. It was but a short time until a mob had 
gathered — very easy to do in a city like Thessalonica — and 
the whole city was in an uproar. When they failed to find 
the disciples at their place of lodging, so they might drag 
them forth as demons before the public assembly of the 
citizens, their purpose was known to Jason in time to allow 



196 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



the disciples to be concealed. Being disappointed, they 
took him and certain other brethren and dragged them be- 
fore the rulers of the city, saying, " These that have turned 
the world upside down are come hither." This was the 
charge they brought against Jason, that he had harbored 
men " who turned the world upside down " — meaning the 
Roman empire — by setting up another King, by the name 
of Jesus. They feared that if this would come to the ears 
of the emperor he might take away from them their priv- 
ilege of a free city. These rulers were very different from 
those whom we met in Philippi, and yet, if Paul and Silas 
had been brought before the mob, we are not sure just what 
might have happened. But when they heard the charge 
against Jason they refused to do any more than simply bind 
over Jason and those who were with him, so as not to create 
any further disturbance. By turning over this security, the 
persons against whom the charge was made were released. 

QUESTIONS. 

What can you say of the success of the missionary efforts at 
Thessalonica? 

What church was Paul in communication with while laboring 
at Thessalonica? 

Meaning of "lewd fellows"? 

Vile, worthless, loafing about the market-place, and ready 
for any excitement. 
Why assault the house of Jason? 

He was a Christian, a Jew, whose original name was 
Joshua. 

Give meaning of " turned the world upside down." 

This charge bears witness to the power of the Gospel at 
Thessalonica. The Apostles did indeed arouse the whole 
world. " World " here means the Roman empire, and by set- 
ting up the King, Jesus, whom they preached, it would mean 
the overthrow of the worldly empire. 
Meaning of "taking security"? 

Jason and others had pledged their person, or sum of 
money, that would be forfeited if the missionaries would re- 
main in Thessalonica and cause further disturbance. 

What does Paul say as to this security? 9, cf. 1 Thess. 2: 7, 
18; 3: 10. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 197 



12. FOUNDING OF CHURCH IN BEREA. 

Acts 17: 10-14. 

(10) And the brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas 
by night unto Beroea: who when they were come thither went into 
the synagogue of the Jews. (11) Now these were more noble than 
those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all 
readiness of mind, examining the scriptures daily, whether these 
things were so. (12) Many of them therefore believed; also of the 
Greek women of honorable estate, and of men, not a few. (13) 
But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word 
of God was proclaimed of Paul at Beroea also, they came thither 
likewise, stirring up and troubling the multitudes. (14) And then 
immediately the brethren sent forth Paul to go as far as to the 
sea: and Silas and Timothy abode there still. 

Paul and Silas did not suffer the same bodily persecu- 
tion as in Philippi, yet they were humiliated in the manner 
of departure from Thessalonica. If they would insist 
on remaining it would involve Jason and his brethren in the 
forfeiture of their security and likely bring personal violence 
to themselves. In order not to cause any further trouble 
they departed at night, a distance of about fifty miles fur- 
ther west, to Berea, on the same Roman road. Immediately 
upon their arrival they entered the synagogue of the Jews 
to continue the exposition of the Old Testament Scriptures. 
However, they found a different class of Jews to instruct, 
because they themselves were daily inquirers in order to be 
established in the truth. 

It is always an inspiration, to any one who expounds 
the Scripture, to know that those whom he teaches are 
comparing his teaching with the Word itself. The result of 
this Bible teaching was that many Jews and Greeks were 
converted, and a large and flourishing church was formed. 
In the process of such a revival, in the conversion of many 
Jews and Greeks, we would be disappointed if Satan would 
not soon send forth his opposers. 

These Jews who brought trouble in Thessalonica had 
knowledge of the success of the Apostles, and we find them 



198 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



on hand to stir up the people. When opposition became so 
bitter that it was dangerous for Paul to continue here, some 
of the brethren of Berea accompanied him when he de- 
parted, but Silas remained at Berea. If Timothy assisted 
the church for a while at Philippi, he joined Silas in con- 
tinued missionary efforts in the church at Berea. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where is Berea? 

This city was about sixty miles southwest of Thessalonica, 
and had a population now of from fifteen to twenty thousand. 
Why call Bereans " noble-minded " ? 

They were ready to hear the truth and sufficiently inter- 
ested to search the Scriptures, to learn for themselves if the 
Apostles preached the truth. 
To what is their obedience ascribed? 

It was the obedience to the preaching and studying of the 
Word that resulted in the conversion of the Bereans. 
What was the motive of the pursuers from Thessalonica? 
What is said of Silas and Timothy when Paul had to leave? 

13. PAUL BROUGHT TO ATHENS, AND FIRST 

WORK. 

Acts 17: 15-21. 

(15) But they that conducted Paul brought him as far as 
Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timothy 
that they should come to him with all speed, they departed. 

(16) Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was 
provoked within him as he beheld the city full of idols. (17) So 
he reasoned in the synagogue with the Jews and the devout per- 
sons, and in the marketplace every day with them that met him. 
(18) And certain also of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers en- 
countered him. And some said, What would this babbler say? 
others, He seemeth to be a setter forth of strange (or, foreign 
divinities) gods (Gr. demons) : because he preached Jesus and the 
resurrection. (19) And they took hold of him and brought him 
unto the Areopagus (or, the hill of Mars), saying, May we know 
what this new teaching is, which is spoken by thee? (20) For 
thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know 
therefore what these things mean. (21) [Now all the Athenians 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 199 



and the strangers sojourning there spent their time in nothing else 
(or, had leisure for nothing else), but either to tell or to hear 
some new thing.] 

Three great missionary centers were now established, 
and persons had been left to care for the churches. As he 
left Berea, in company with some of the noble brethren, 
they accompanied him all the way from Berea to Athens. 
After arriving at Athens, Paul gave instructions that, upon 
their return to Berea, a pressing invitation should be given 
Silas and Timothy to join him at Athens, since he is left 
there alone. Paul, having to seek safety by flight, made a 
journey of about three hundred miles. This was the dis- 
tance between him and his enemies that had been following 
him. He was now in this classic city, awaiting the arrival of 
his companions in missionary work. This gave him an oppor- 
tunity to learn the religious condition of the city. He was 
deeply moved as he found this great city wholly given to 
idolatry. All the public places were full of idols. Every- 
where he would go he was met with these idolatrous tend- 
encies. It was said that there were more idols than men 
in Athens. 

He could not restrain himself any longer, without mak- 
ing an effort to relieve these people from darkness. He 
reasoned with the Jews in the synagogue, and with the 
Jewish proselytes concerning their obligations to Jesus as 
the Living Savior — that they ought to be true to Him as 
Savior of the world and meet their responsibilities as mis- 
sionaries in a city given wholly to heathenism. He also 
preached Christ in the market-place, where many people 
were gathered, many of whom were strangers, persons from 
all over the world who had come to study at this great in- 
tellectual center. 

Paul was creating some interest at these different 
points by his preaching, and attracted the attention of the 
Epicureans and Stoics, men who thought that there was no 
God, or that the world was God; that it was man's chief 



200 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



business to seek what was pleasant, and to retain an undis- 
turbed calmness of mind in all circumstances. Paul had 
taught that the final goal of human hopes was resurrection 
of the dead to Life Everlasting. These philosophers denied 
that there would be any conscious existence after death. 
They held that the soul, like the body, was mortal and that 
death annihilated both. They spoke of Paul as the " bab- 
bler/' " seed-picker," " picking up news and eager to retail 
it." Having heard the resurrection of Jesus preached, many 
were gathered who were curious to know what Paul would 
say further, and others wanted to know the truth, and so he 
was invited to speak at Mars' Hill, an eminence of their 
city where the highest tribunal held its meeting. Here he 
had a representative meeting of philosophers, leading citi- 
zens, a large number of persons who spent their time in 
gossiping, anxious to tell or hear something real new. They 
would have an opportunity to hear him fully concerning this 
new doctrine. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where did the guides take Paul? 

What command did they receive from Paul when they de- 
parted? 

Silas and Timothy had remained in Macedonia, to look 
after the church. Paul did not wish to be alone, and desired 
fellow-laborers who might pray, testify, and be in company 
with him. 

What did Paul do while waiting at Athens? 

He disputed in the synagogue and market-place with Jews 
and proselytes. 

Did Timothy come to him while at Athens? 

Luke does not mention Timothy and Silas until they meet 
with him at Corinth (18: 5). Paul, in writing to the Thessaloni- 
an church (1 Thess. 2:17 to 3:2), speaks of Timothy having 
come to meet him at Athens; he received a commission from 
Paul to the churches at Macedonia and then came to Paul 
again while he was at Corinth. Luke had remained at Philippi, 
which may be the cause for the omission of the history of 
Timothy's visit to Paul at Athens. 
What stirred Paul's spirit? 
Who were the Epicureans and Stoics? 

The Epicureans were the materialists of the ancient world. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 201 



They sought relief from life's sorrows in the steady pursuit of 
its pleasures. The Stoics taught that the true philosophy of 
life was a total indifference to both the sorrows and pleasures 
of the world. 
Describe the Areopagus. 

Areopagus was the Greek name for the hill. It was called 
Mars' Hill, on account of the legend that the god Mars had 
been tried there. It was a great rocky elevation, about seven- 
ty-five feet above the plain. Here the religious courts of 
Athens had been held for ages. 

14. PAUL'S SERMON TO THE ATHENIANS. 
Acts 17:22-31. 

(1) Introduction. — Acts 17: 22-23. 

(22) And Paul stood in the midst of the Areopagus, and said, 
Ye men of Athens, in all things I perceive that ye are very 
religious (or, somewhat superstitious). (23) For as I passed 
along, and observed the objects of your worship, I found also an 
altar with this inscription, To an Unknown God. What there- 
fore ye worship in ignorance, this I set forth unto you. 

The Apostle Paul was now before the people to whom 
he was to unfold this new doctrine. He was to speak to the 
philosophers, who claimed that they had risen above the 
religion of the ignorant multitude, and had reached the 
knowledge of the true God. But at this time they had reached 
only the knowledge of the many different kinds of re- 
ligion which had appealed to them. He addressed his hear- 
ers in language to which their ears were accustomed, " Ye 
men of Athens." The charge he brought against them was 
not that of superstition, but he said to the Athenians that 
they were a very religious people and given to the worship 
of many deities. As an example of this : "As I was passing 
along I beheld your devotion, and I found an altar with this 
inscription, To the Unknown God." The fact that they had 
an altar with this inscription was, in Paul's mind, an ad- 
mission on the part of these philosophers that they were 
really ignorant of the true God, and that it would be pos- 
sible for them to attain to this true knowledge in his pres- 
entation of God to them. 



202 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Why say you are too superstitious? 
Observe the object of your worship. 

Paul's purpose was to call attention to their religious na- 
ture, for objects of worship were on every side. 
Give meaning of "As I passed by and beheld your devotions." 
What was the inscription he noticed on one of their altars? 
What use did he make of this? 
Give meaning of " Ye ignorantly worshiped." 

Whom, therefore, ye worshiped, not knowing Him, Him 
declare I unto you. It was Paul's object to declare Him 
whom the altar represented and for whom they were seeking. 

(2) God's Relation to All Things.— Acts 17:24-28. 

a. To Material Universe. — Acts 17:24. 

(24) The God that made the world and all things therein, he, 
being Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples (or sanc- 
tuaries) made with hands. 

" God is a Person, and I declare Him unto you as a 
Person who made the world, and everything that is in the 
world." This bold statement was in direct opposition to 
the Epicureans and Stoics. As Lord of Heaven and earth, 
He cannot dwell in temples fashioned by the hands of man, 
as man himself is included in the opening statement of this 
verse. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why does Paul speak of God as the Creator of the world? 

These philosophers did not believe that the world was 
created by God, but founded by an accidental concourse of 
atoms. 

Of what is He the Lord? 
Where does God dwell? 

In the temple of man's heart he dwelleth by His Holy 
Spirit. 

b. To Men.— Acts 17:25-28. 

(25) Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he needed 
anything, seeing he himself giveth to all life, and breath, and all 
things; (26) and he made of one every nation of men to dwell on 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 203 



all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons, 
and the bounds of their habitation; (27) that they should seek God, 
if haply they might feel after him and find him, though he is not 
far from each one of us: (28) for in him we live, and move, and 
have our being; as certain even of your own poets have said, 
For we are also his offspring. 

God is not confined to any kind of building made with 
man's hands. Neither can He be worshiped with men's 
hands, as though He needed anything. He meant to say 
to these philosophers that the Divine Nature is so com- 
plete and sufficient as not to need anything from us. And 
while that is true, His relation to us is one of beneficence. 
He is a universal Giver. He is not only the One that cre- 
ates but preserves. God is the Creator and hath made all 
nations of one blood. These philosophers believed that the 
different races of men were brought into existence by the 
different gods that they worshiped. Not only has God 
created all these nations by Himself, from one blood, but 
He is the Governor over these nations that He has thus 
created. He fixes their national bounds and the time of 
their existence, but not for national glory, and one independ- 
ent of the other, but for the promotion of good, the devel- 
opment of the higher, " that they should seek the Lord," 
that in doing this they might search after the highest and 
would not be disappointed but find Him. He is right in the 
midst of all of it, " because in Him we live, and move and 
have our being." Paul continued this beautiful thought by 
quoting from their own poets, to show that the statement 
of the poets is against their teaching. The poets have more 
wisdom than philosophers. " For we are His offspring," 
showing that man in his own nature is created in the image 
of God. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why say "Neither is worshiped with men's hands"? 

Idols are made and worshiped that way, but God is wor- 
shiped by men's hearts. 

Give meaning of statement, " Made of one blood all nations." 



204 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



God has made from one ancestor or family all nations of 
men. 

Who appoints the times and sets the bounds? 

God teaches us that the affairs of all the nations are under 
His control. 

What is said of God's nearness to all of us? 

What quotation did he make from Greek poets? 

Paul is pleased to find in their own Greek writings a cor- 
roboration of his doctrine, that God is our Creator and Father. 
At least two of them have stated that " We are also His off- 
spring" (Aratus and Cleanthes). 

(3) God's Nature.— Acts 17:29. 

(29) Being then the offspring of God, we ought not to think 
that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by 
art and device of man. 

If it is a fact that God is the Creator of all things, that 
the Lord dwells in heaven and on earth, it would be unwise 
even to think of making a building with hands to contain 
the Creator. Temple worship is not sufficient to meet the re- 
quirements of Him who has created man, and if man is His 
offspring, then man must be created in His image; then it 
is not intelligent even to think that the Godhead is like unto 
gold or silver, or stone, fashioned by man's hands. It must 
be a displeasure even for God to look upon His offspring 
making these material things by which to represent Him. 

" For though there be that are called gods, whether in 
heaven or on earth ; as there are gods many, and lords 
many ; yet to us there is one God, the Father, of whom are 
all things, and we unto him ; and one Lord, Jesus Christ, 
through whom are all things, and we through him " (1 Cor. 
8:5-6). 

QUESTIONS. 

Whose offspring did God affirm men to be? 

If we are the offspring of God, it is absurd to think that 
man could carve out God, or that God could reside in a block 
of wood, or stone hewn out by man. 
In whose image is man created? 

Is it natural for man to search for something to worship? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 205 



(4) God's Moral Government of Men.— Acts 17:30-31. 

(30) The times of ignorance therefore God overlooked; but 
now he commandeth men that they should all everywhere repent: 
(31) inasmuch as he hath appointed a day in which he will judge 
the world (Gr. the inhabited earth) in righteousness by (Gr. in) 
the man (or, a man) whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath 
given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the 
dead. 

If we are intelligent, moral, rational beings, then we 
are God's offspring, and ought to feel after God and no 
longer grope in darkness. In the past God overlooked the 
ignorance about Himself, but we have come to a time in 
the history of the world when He commands all men to 
repent. This idolatry is taking up your time and thought, 
and must be set aside for the worship of the true God. God 
has appointed a day for judgment and He will hold every- 
one accountable to whom He has given the Light by na- 
ture and revelation, who worships anything else but the 
true God. We no longer doubt the resurrection. He has 
given proof of it, in that Jesus Christ was raised from the 
dead, and God the Father will hold everyone accountable 
who fails to repent and accept Jesus Christ as his Savior. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give meaning of " times of this ignorance God winked at." 

The true rendering is " The times of this ignorance God 
overlooked." The sins committed in ignorance are different 
from those committed in light and conscience. He was willing 
to pass this by, because He had not fully revealed Himself 
unto them. 

What was their immediate duty? 

They must repent, turn from their sins, and live as chil- 
dren of the known God. 

Why were they to repent immediately? 

Because God will call all men to judgment. 
What was the assurance that He gave unto all men? 



206 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



15. EFFECT OF THE SERMON. 
Acts 17:32-34. 

(32) Now when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, 
some mocked; but others said, We will hear thee concerning this 
yet again. (33) Thus Paul went out from among them. (34) But 
certain men clave unto him, and believed: among whom also was 
Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and oth- 
ers with them. 

Paul had carefully uncovered, for these people, the sin 
of idolatry, and followed it with a message for the heart. 
The message had the same effect upon the hearers as it does 
at the present time in many congregations. Some, when 
they heard the message, mocked. The very idea of the 
resurrection was one to be laughed at. Others were not 
ready to accept the message, but while they may have be- 
lieved the truth, were not ready to decide for the truth. 
But there were others in the congregation whose hearts the 
Lord opened as the truth was spoken by the Apostle. 
Among those that believed were the following: Dionysius, a 
very prominent man, one of the judges of the Areopagus, 
and Damaris, though it was unusual for a woman to be 
found in the audience of the philosophers. From the state- 
ment here we would conclude that the result of the mission- 
ary efforts in this place was the conversion of but a small 
number of men and women. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why mock at the resurrection? 

Paul's doctrine was contrary to their philosophy and lives. 
The easiest way to escape their teaching was to sneer at him. 
Why did some delay their decision? 

They were like many sinners now, who hear and know the 
truth, and put off their decision until some other time. 
Give names of prominent persons who believed. 

Dionysius, a member of the court of Mars, according to 
Eusebius, afterwards became the bishop of the church at 
Athens, and died a martyr. Nothing more is known of Da- 
maris, but she must have been a woman of distinction and 
power. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 207 



16. PAUL'S MINISTRY IN CORINTH.— Acts 18: 1-17. 
(1) His Method of Work.— Acts 18:1-4. 

(1) After these things he departed from Athens, and came to 
Corinth. (2) And he found a certain Jew named Aquila, a man of 
Pontus by race, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla, 
because Claudius had commanded all the Jews to depart from 
Rome: and he came unto them; (3) and because he was of the 
same trade, he abode with them, and they wrought; for by their 
trade they were tentmakers. (4) And he reasoned in the syna- 
gogue every sabbath, and persuaded (Gr. sought to persuade) Jews 
and Greeks. 

Paul was through with his mission work at Athens. 
His stay in Athens was determined by the expectation of 
the immediate arrival of Silas and Timothy. (Acts 17: 16.) 
Luke makes no mention of their having visited him while at 
Athens. The only information we have we get from the 
Epistle that Paul wrote to the Thessalonian church, in 
which he indicates that Timothy visited him before his de- 
parture from Athens, but Paul at once sent him back to the 
church in Thessalonica to establish the Christians and to 
comfort them in the faith (1 Thess. 3:1-2). We do not 
know of any brethren accompanying Paul as he left Athens 
to travel a distance of about forty-five miles to the city of 
Corinth. 

Here he found a family skilled in tent making, which 
trade he had learned, and for this reason made his abode 
with them and worked at his trade to supply his temporal 
necessities. This family recently had come from Italy, hav- 
ing been expelled from Rome by the Emperor Claudius. At 
Corinth this family had opened a place for making tents, and 
Paul joined them because of their trade and not because 
they were believers. We are not informed when they be- 
came Christians. They may have united with the church 
while Paul was preaching at Corinth. We know that same 
persons were present from Pontus on the Day of Pentecost, 
and they might have been present themselves or received 
messages from some who had been present, which prepared 



208 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



them to be such favorable companions for Paul in his revival 
efforts at Corinth. This family was a great inspiration to 
Paul in his ministry, and he mentioned them in different 
ones of his Epistles, that their labors of love should not go 
unrewarded by the Christians in the different churches to 
whom he was writing. While Paul was laboring during 
the week to supply his temporal necessities, he gave his 
Sabbath to the teaching of the Old Testament Scriptures, 
teaching the Jews and Greeks, who assembled in the syna- 
gogue. Paul going forth as a pioneer missionary, opening 
missionary points, his work was much hindered because he 
had to give so much of his time to manual labor for temporal 
necessities. While he did this that the work might go on, 
yet he clearly taught in his letters that missionary work and 
religious teaching should not be hindered in organized 
churches for the same reason. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was Paul's purpose in staying at Athens? and was he 
disappointed? 

Tell about Athens and Corinth. 

Athens was the seat of learning. People from different 
parts of the world gathered here for great intellectual training. 
Corinth was westward from Athens, about forty miles, and 
was called the city of business men. It contained a population 
of about 400,000. It was the capital of the Province of Achaia. 
The city was built on a narrow isthmus, which joins the south- 
ern peninsula of Greece. It had two harbors, the eastern, 
called Cenchrea; the western, called the Gulf of Lepanto, 
which connected it with Italy. 
Why did Paul probably go to Corinth? 

We must remember that he was following the leadings of 
the Holy Spirit. It became a good center from which the 
Gospel was diffused in all directions. 

What was his first work in the city? 

Who were his companions in labor? 

Aquila and Priscilla were Roman names, and it was com- 
mon for Jews to assume such names when they lived outside 
of Palestine. These persons are always mentioned together, 
and are known as a happy family and an example of harmony 
and sympathy in the Christian life. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 209 



Why were Jews commanded to leave Rome? 

The decree was made about A. D. 52, on account of a 
revolt in Judea, and may have been caused at Rome by the 
jealousy of the Jews of the progress of Christianity. 
Why did Paul work and not ask support from the church? 
1 Cor. 9: 6-15; 2 Cor. 11:6-10. 

During his first efforts at Corinth he could not appeal to 
the church because he was just starting it, and later, during his 
ministry here, he received some support from collections re- 
ceived from some other churches he had established. 
This congregation was made up of what class of people? 

(2) Re-enforcement from Macedonia. — Acts 18: 5-8. 

(5) But when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, 
Paul was constrained by the word, testifying to the Jews that 
Jesus was the Christ. (6) And when they opposed themselves 
and blasphemed (or, railed), he shook out his raiment and said 
unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from 
henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles. (7) And he departed 
thence, and went into the house of a certain man named Titus 
Justus, one that worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the 
synagogue. (8) And Crispus, the ruler of the synagogue, believed 
in the Lord (Gr. believed the Lord) with all his house; and many 
of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized. 

While Paul was a strong Christian man, a great mis- 
sionary, yet when his companions arrived it inspired him 
with new life and energy for his work at Corinth. Timothy, 
who had performed his mission at Thessalonica, and Silas, 
who had remained at Berea, met and made this journey to- 
gether to assist Paul again in some of his church work at 
this point. As Paul continued to preach Jesus to the Jews 
and Greeks in their synagogue, the same results followed as 
in the former cities where he labored in the syna- 
gogue. Jews and Greeks united with the church. 
Persons of good influence, from Paurs own account (1 Cor. 
1 : 14-16) — Crispus, Gaius, and the household of Stephanas, 
which he himself baptized — united with the church during 
his labors at the synagogue. Here the usual opposition 
arose when some of the Jews left their synagogue worship 
and accepted Christ whom Paul preached. Paul saw more 



210 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



clearly the finger of God directing him and aiding him to 
see that he was not only an Apostle to the Gentiles, but 
must not let anything stand in the way of preaching the 
Gospel to them. He shook his raiment and declared to them 
that he was clean from the blood of all men, and left the 
synagogue and established a preaching place in the house 
of Justus, right by the synagogue. We do not know how 
long he was permitted to hold services in the synagogue, 
but when he transferred his place of meeting to the man's 
house he must have had a goodly number of baptized con- 
verts. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where had he left Silas and Timothy? 

What encouragement did he receive from their report? 

He received good news from the churches where he la- 
bored, and the Philippian church sent him aid, which showed 
their love and sympathy. 
Why was Paul pressed in the spirit? 

The love of Christ constrained him and urged him on. 
He was stimulated to greater activity by the arrival of his co- 
laborers. 

What is the difference between Paul's preaching at Athens 
and at Corinth? 

In the Athenian discourse it was more with excellency of 
speech and with hardly an evangelistic note. But in Corinth 
he preached in a different manner, as he says (1 Cor. 2: 1), 
"And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excel- 
lency of speech (I learned at Athens that would not do), or 
of wisdom, proclaiming to you the testimony of God, for I 
determined not to know anything save Jesus Christ and Him 
crucified." 

What did the Jews do when the revival was in progress? 
What was Paul's conclusion? 

He shook his raiment, a sign that he was relieved from all 
responsibility for their failure to be saved. 

With what people did he labor and where did he preach after 
this? 

In the house of Justus. He was a proselyte and worshiped 
God, but was not a born Jew. 

What was Paul's purpose in choosing a place of worship so 
near the synagogue? 

How many converts did Paul baptize, and name them? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 211 



(3) Paul's Vision.— Acts 18:9-11. 

(9) And the Lord said unto Paul in the night by a vision, Be 
not afraid, but speak and hold not thy peace: (10) for I am with 
thee, and no man shall set on thee to harm thee: for I have much 
people in this city. (11) And he dwelt there a year and six 
months, teaching the word of God among them. 

The Apostle had not altogether given up his interest in 
his kinsmen according to the flesh. He was nigh the syna- 
gogue, hoping that the preaching of the Gospel might at- 
tract some and they might be saved (Acts 18:7). Paul, 
by a vision in the night, received the approval of the Lord, 
who spoke to him for the purpose of encouraging him to go 
forward in boldness, assuring him that the Lord would be 
with him, and no one would be able to lay his hands on him 
and harm him. He showed great interest in his manifesta- 
tion here, because at this place He had many people who 
ought to know about Him through Paul's preaching. This 
was the right time for the preacher's encouragement. In all 
other places Paul's work was hindered by persecution or by 
being driven out of the town, but here the Lord came and 
said to Paul, " This can not be here, your missionary efforts 
must be continued." And he remained here about eighteen 
months. 

It was sometime during the beginning of this ministry, 
shortly after the visit of Silas and Timothy, that the Apostle 
wrote his first letter — sometime during A. D. 53. He had 
received word by Timothy concerning the converts at Thes- 
salonica, that the church there had increased in faith and 
charity, and had not forgotten Paul, and were very anxious 
to see him. And while making this favorable report he had 
learned, during his visit at Thessalonica, that a difference 
of opinion prevailed in the church about the benefits re- 
ceived at Christ's second coming, between those who should 
be alive and those who had fallen asleep. It being impos- 
sible for him to visit the church, he wrote this first letter, in 
which he encouraged them by many exhortations and en- 



212 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



deavored to correct the false impressions, which seemed to 
have been left from his teaching regarding the benefits 
received by those who had fallen asleep and those who may 
still be living at Christ's second coming. 

QUESTIONS. 

When did Paul have this vision, and what was its purpose? 
What encouragement did the Lord give him? 

That he was to speak boldly and that He would see that 
no one would molest him. 

What did the Lord say was the purpose of His encourage- 
ment? 

" I have much people in this city." God never forgets His 
people and points to His laborers the place for service. 
How long did he remain in Corinth and what did he do? 

He was here eighteen months. While here, he established 
a flourishing church. Soon after his arrival he wrote his first 
letter to the Thessalonian church. This letter did not correct 
the difficulty in the church to which it was written. It 
would appear that some parties in the church pretended to 
have received information from Paul in some other letter, or 
forged a letter in his name, which information disturbed the 
minds of the brethren still more regarding the coming of the 
Day of the Lord. In order to correct the errors and to re- 
move the cause, Paul wrote the second letter, in which he 
showed that the coming of the day should be preceded by a 
great apostasy, and the revealing of the son of perdition (2 
Thess. 2:3). In order to prevent further trouble concerning 
false impressions, using him for authority for false opinions 
and practices, which were not authorized by him, Paul wrote 
the salutation to the second Epistle, as well as to all other 
Epistles, with his own hand. Written some time in A. D. 54. 



(4) Paul Before the Civil Authorities.— Acts 18: 12-17. 

(12) But when Gallio was proconsul of Achaia, the Jews with 
one accord rose up against Paul and brought him before the judg- 
ment-seat, (13) saying, This man persuadeth men to worship God 
contrary to the law. (14) But when Paul was about to open his 
mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If indeed it were a matter of 
wrong or of wicked villany, O ye Jews, reason would that I should 
bear with you: (15) but if they are questions about words and 
names and your own law, look to it yourselves; I am not minded 
to be a judge of these matters. (16) And he drove them from the 
judgment-seat. (17) And they all laid hold on Sosthenes, the 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 213 



ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment-seat. 
And Gallio cared for none of these things. 

The Lord had promised Paul to care for him, and that 
he should go forward and preach to the many people that 
He had in that place and He would see that no one would 
harm him. Here we have another example to show us that 
the Lord does not forget His servants and cares for them. 

Corinth was a great Greek city of the Roman period. 
The pro-consul Gallio was a brother of the famous Seneca. 
The Jews no doubt thought at the appointment of this new 
deputy they would have an opportunity to get a hearing and 
receive some favor from him. Therefore they made a charge 
against Paul and brought him to the judgment-seat. The 
charge was that Paul was teaching a religion and teaching 
men to worship God contrary to law. The deputy refused 
to examine into the complaint. Paul was quite ready to 
meet the charge the Jews had made against him, but Gal- 
lio declined to hear him, saying to the persons who brought 
the charge, " If it were a matter of a civil or criminal of- 
fense, I should take time to listen to it. But it is a mere 
matter of names and therefore I will have nothing to do 
with it." How differently he treated the charge against 
Paul than did the magistrates of Philippi and Thessalonica. 
Gallio bade these Jews to depart at once, but there was some 
feeling expressed here by the Greeks who took the rumor 
of the synagogue and fell upon him and beat him in the 
presence of Gallio, who did not concern himself about the 
matter, and perhaps felt that Sosthenes deserved punish- 
ment for bringing a trivial matter of this kind to the court. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was Gallio? 

He was the proconsul of Achaia. 
What was the difference between the charge made against 
Paul at Corinth and at Philippi and Thessalonica? 

The charge at Corinth was made by the Jews in their own 
name, and with reference to their own law, while at the other 
two places the charge was preferred by Greeks with reference 
to the Roman law. 



214 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Why did Gallio dismiss the case? 

Because he saw that it was simply a discussion with regard 
to their own law and no violation of the Roman law. 
How did he deal with the accusers? 
Who beat Sosthenes and why? 

He was appointed ruler of the synagogue by the Jews and 
no doubt was the strong opposer of Paul's missionary work. 
Instead of securing the favor of the court, he himself received 
the punishment that he had planned for another. 
Why say "Gallio cared for none of those things"? 

While the magistrate could have interfered, yet he was 
willing to have him get the punishment he had planned for 
another. 



17. RETURN OF PAUL THROUGH EPHESUS AND 
JERUSALEM TO ANTIOCH. 
Acts 18: 18-22. 

(18) And Paul, having tarried after this yet many days, took 
his leave of the brethren, and sailed thence for Syria, and with 
him Priscilla and Aquila: having shorn his head in Cenchreae; for 
he had a vow. (19) And they came to Ephesus, and he left them 
there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned 
with the Jews. (20) And when they asked him to abide a longer 
time, he consented not; (21) but taking his leave of them, and 
saying, I will return again unto you if God will, he set sail from 
Ephesus. 

(22) And when he had landed at Caesarea, he went up and 
saluted the church, and went down to Antioch. 

Paul's safety was secured and he continued his labor 
there for a good while. This period, " a good while," may 
be concluded in the eighteen months referred to before. 

The time had come for him to leave the church in the 
hands of other leaders. This is the last place we have men- 
tion made of Silas, and he may have remained here to assist 
other leaders to carry forward the church work. During 
the missionary efforts at Corinth some church work may 
have been done at Cenchrea, because we find mention of a 
church at this place later. Arriving at this place, the time had 
just expired of the vow that he had taken, during which 
time he had permitted his hair to grow and at the close the 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 215 



hair was to be shorn, which is customary, as writers tell us, 
in turban-wearing nations. This could not have been the 
Nazarite vow, because at the expiration of that vow the hair 
was cut off at the temple in Jerusalem and burned in the 
fire of the altar (Num. 6: 13-18). 

Aquila and Priscilla, whom he had met on his arrival at 
Corinth, and who were especially helpful in his missionary 
labors during these eighteen months, accompanied him as 
he went on his journey. When they arrived at Ephesus, 
they remained there, and it may be possible that Timothy 
accompanied Paul to this place, from the fact that we find 
him with Paul in Ephesus on the third missionary journey 
(Acts 19:22). Before leaving Ephesus, Paul visited the 
synagogue and preached Christ. The people insisted on 
Paul remaining longer but they could not persuade him. 
He bade them farewell, giving his reason for his haste that 
he must keep the coming feast at Jerusalem. But, if it 
were God's will, he would return to them again. He left 
Ephesus and sailed for Csesarea, and then going up to Jeru- 
salem, saluted the church. Then he went down to Antioch, 
and no doubt gave a full report to the missionary church of 
his second missionary journey from A. D. 50 to 54. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where is Cenchrea? 

What was done at this place? 

What happened at Ephesus? 

What effect had his preaching at Ephesus? 

What reason did he give for not remaining longer? 

It was about the time of one of the three feasts at Jeru- 
salem, and Paul, in order to attend said feast, had to continue 
his journey at once to Jerusalem. 

Where is Csesarea? 

Trace second missionary journey, and locate all the events in 
the order in which they occurred. 

Give the number and purpose of Paul's visits to Jerusalem. 
His first, 9:26; second, 11:30; third, 15:4; fourth, 18:22. 



216 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Section IV. Paul's Third Missionary Journey. 
Acts 18: 23 to 21: 17. 

1. SECOND VISIT TO GALATIA AND PHRYGIA. 

Acts 18:23. 

(23) And having spent some time there, he departed, and 
went through the region of Galatia, and Phrygia, in order, estab- 
lishing all the disciples. 

After the Apostle had made his report to the church, 
covering a period of nearly four years, during which he 
traveled a good many hundred miles, and remembering the 
promise he had left with his workers in different churches, 
he began his third missionary journey. 

Of the first part of this journey we have very little in- 
formation. He tells us that he went over all the country of 
Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples. We 
are sure that the churches in Galatia were planted on the 
second journey, and on this journey he visited them. He 
passed over this part of his journey very hurriedly in order 
to reach Ephesus, where he had preached in the synagogue, 
and on a pressing invitation to remain, promised the people 
to return. Here also he had left Aquila and Priscilla, and 
we find at this place Timothy with him again. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long was Paul at Antioch? 

Name the churches he visited and for what purpose. 
Locate the churches and who organized them. 

2. APOLLOS AT EPHESUS AND ACHAIA. 
Acts 18:24-28. 

(24) Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by 
race, an eloquent man (or, a learned man), came to Ephesus; and 
he was mighty in the scriptures. (25) This man had been instruct- 
ed (Gr. taught by word of mouth) in the way of the Lord; and 
being fervent in spirit, he spake and taught accurately the things 



218 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



concerning Jesus, knowing only the baptism of John: (26) and he 
began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But when Priscilla and 
Aquila heard him, they took him unto them, and expounded unto 
him the way of God more accurately. (27) And when he was 
minded to pass over into Achaia, the brethren encouraged him, 
and wrote to the disciples to receive him: and when he was come, 
he helped them much that had believed through grace (or, helped 
much through grace them that had believed) ; (28) for he powerful- 
ly confuted the Jews, and that publicly, showing (or, showing 
publicly) by the scriptures that Jesus was the Christ. 

When Paul had arrived at Ephesus he became acquaint- 
ed with a Jew named Apollos, who was born at Alexandria. 
He was a thorough Old Testament student. He knew that 
Jesus of Nazareth was the Messiah, and was very eloquent 
and able to persuade others, and he preached very earnestly 
and boldly in the synagogue, things concerning Jesus. But 
he had learned about Jesus only through the word of John 
the Baptist. 

Aquila and Priscilla, who had been under Paul's in- 
struction a long time, gave Apollos private lessons, showing 
him the whole Gospel. After having this fuller teaching 
and realizing his failure in his former teaching, he left 
Ephesus and went into other fields to expound the way of 
God more perfectly, as set forth by his instructors, Aquila 
and Priscilla. When he was about to go forth into this 
new field of labor, the brethren wrote a letter to the church, 
exhorting the disciples to receive him who would be a very 
valuable help in their church. Upon his arrival Apollos, 
being an eloquent man, and well versed in the Old Testa- 
ment, began to speak publicly, proving by the Scriptures 
that Jesus was. the Christ. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was Apollos and state his qualifications? 

What is said about him as a preacher at Ephesus? 

By whom was he instructed as to the baptism of Jesus? 

He was taught the Gospel more fully by Aquila and Pris- 
cilla. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 219 



Why write to the disciples at Achaia? 

It was a letter of commendation that they might receive 
him into Christian fellowship. 

Why desire to go to a new field to work? 

It would be more difficult for him to make a success at 
Ephesus where the work that he had done had to be corrected, 
and in the new field he could work among the people who 
would not be prejudiced. 

What did he do upon his arrival at Achaia? 

3. THE NEW PENTECOST AT EPHESUS. 
Acts 19: 1-7. 

(1) And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, 
Paul having passed through the upper country came to Ephesus, 
and found certain disciples: (2) and he said unto them, Did ye 
receive the Holy Spirit when ye believed? And they said unto 
him, Nay, we did not so much as hear whether the Holy Spirit was 
given (or, there is a Holy Spirit). (3) And he said, Into what 
then were ye baptized? And they said, Into John's baptism. 
(4) And Paul said, John baptized with the baptism of repentance, 
saying unto the people that they should believe on him that should 
come after him, that is, on Jesus. (5) And when they heard this, 
they were baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus. (6) And 
when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Spirit came on 
them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. (7) And 
they were in all about twelve men. 

On the former missionary journey the Apostle Paul had 
in mind to do missionary work in Asia Minor. But the 
Holy Spirit had other plans for him and he went into Eu- 
rope. It seems that now the way was opened for him to 
establish the work he had in his mind and fulfill the promise 
he had made to the brethren that he would return to them 
speedily. At the time that Paul returned to Ephesus, Apol- 
los, having been properly instructed, was doing acceptable 
work for the church at Corinth. This is the last account we 
have of Apollos. It is altogether probable that Paul took 
up his abode with Aquila and Priscilla, who were so faithful 
while at Corinth and accompanied him to Ephesus, and were 
still at Ephesus upon his return (1 Cor. 16: 19). Paul had 



220 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



associated with them also because they worked at the same 
trade, and we find him here ministering with his own hands 
for his own necessity and also to them that were with him 
(Acts 20:34). At this place he staid longer than at any 
other point in his missionary labors. It embraced a period 
of about three years. Among his companions while at 
Ephesus, we find Aquila, Priscilla, Timothy, Erastus, Gaius 
and Aristarchus, and Sosthenes. Sosthenes seemed to 
have been the chief opposer at Corinth, and in writing his 
first letter to the Corinthian church he speaks of him as a 
Christian brother. Soon after Paul's arrival at Ephesus, 
while associating with some of the brethren, he no doubt 
felt there was something radically wrong in their religious 
life. He immediately inquired into the difficulty; he asked 
these brethren, " Did ye receive the Holy Ghost when ye 
believed?" Upon which they informed Paul that they did 
not as much as know there was a Holy Spirit, let alone 
having Him. They were instructed by one who was not 
properly informed, and they knew of John's baptism but 
not of the baptism of Jesus. Those that were baptized by 
John for repentance were to receive Jesus, for whom John 
was opening the way. But since then Jesus had come and 
they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus, that their 
sins might be remitted and they might receive the gift of the 
Holy Spirit. 

Then were these twelve men rebaptized, and when Paul 
laid his hands upon them, received the Holy Spirit and 
commenced to speak with new tongues and prophesy. Thus 
we have four different times when the Holy Spirit was 
given in a special way to believers, and they spoke with 
new tongues. (1) After the waiting of the one hundred and 
twenty for ten days, Pentecost was at hand, they were filled 
with the Holy Spirit, and spoke with new tongues. These 
were all Jews and there was no laying on of hands. (2) 
About five years later, at the opening of missionary work in 
Samaria, many received baptism at the hands of Philip, but 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 221 



not until Peter and John, the Apostles, laid hands on them 
did they receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. There is noth- 
ing said about these speaking in tongues and prophesying. 
(3) When Peter, by special revelation, was sent to open the 
door to the Gentile world, while he was preaching to Cor- 
nelius and his household, the Holy Spirit fell upon them 
and they spoke with new tongues and praised God. (4) 
Here in our text we have the last case. Paul here laid his 
hands upon these twelve men, as an Apostle of the Gentiles, 
just as Peter and John, the Apostles of the Jews, laid hands 
upon the Samaritans, and all that were baptized by Philip 
received the gift of the Holy Spirit. No doubt Paul, the 
Apostle of the Gentiles, should be named as receiving Holy 
Spirit baptism at conversion. 

The Jews, the Samaritans, and the Gentiles, all received 
the Holy Spirit by the laying on of hands. We had only 
twelve Apostles, and then Paul, the Apostle of the Gentiles, 
but there were no further appointments. When Paul asked 
the question about receiving the Holy Spirit, he did not 
mean, as the text implies, whether the Holy Spirit had 
given them new power at different times in their religious 
experiences. His inquiry was whether they received the 
Holy Spirit when baptized. The Holy Spirit came on the 
Day of Pentecost. He has been here ever since. He is 
ready to manifest Himself more fully in every believer who 
is a faithful and obedient student under the best and great- 
est of all Teachers. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where was Paul while Apollos was at Ephesus? 

He was visiting the churches in Galatia and Phrygia. 

Where was Apollos when Paul reached Ephesus? 
Why did he ask the disciples the question about receiving the 
Holy Spirit? 

What was the second question Paul asked them and what was 
their answer? 

Were all of John's disciples rebaptized? 

Onlv those who had been baptized after it ceased to be ad- 



222 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ministered by Divine authority. This is the last mention made 
of John the Baptist in the New Testament. Here at length 
he fully gives place to Christ. 

Give the four instances of the miraculous bestowment of the 
Spirit. 

4. PAUL PREACHING AT EPHESUS.— Acts 19:8-12. 
(1) Three Months in the Jewish Synagogue. — Acts 19 : 8-9. 

(8) And he entered into the synagogue, and spake boldly for 
the space of three months, reasoning and persuading as to the 
things concerning the kingdom of God. (9) But when some were 
hardened and disobedient, speaking evil of the Way before the 
multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, rea- 
soning daily in the school of Tyrannus. 

John's ministry was now set aside as not being able to 
give full knowledge of the truth as required by the church 
at this age, as that ministry could not promise the Holy 
Spirit. It was now settled that the ministry of Jesus 
Christ was to be preached and upon its acceptance the Holy 
Spirit would be received. This equipment Paul proved to 
be the only way to show to those about us that our instruc- 
tion is in harmony with the Book. After having these 
Christians fully established in faith and power, he entered 
the synagogue and spoke boldly to the people concerning 
the things taught in the Scriptures about the kingdom of 
God. These were his regular evangelistic sermons, and for 
three months he preached to these people and the Gospel 
had the same effect as in the other synagogues where he 
preached. Some of the hearers' hearts were touched and 
believed in Jesus, others became harder, and believed not, 
and went out before the multitude and stirred up the people. 
They made every effort to prejudice the people against Paul 
and thus arrest the progress of his evangelistic efforts. Paul 
followed the same course he adopted in Corinth and formed 
a Christian church separate from the synagogue, and ar- 
ranged with one Tyrannus to hold services in one of his 
large buildings. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 223 



QUESTIONS. 

When had Paul preached in this synagogue before? and what 
did they say to him when he left? 8, cf. 18:20. 
What is meant by "speak boldly"? 

How were Paul and his fellow-laborers supported? 20:34-35. 
What was the result of the preaching in the synagogue? 

It had the effect of saving of souls and the hardening of 
sinners. 

What did Paul decide to do because of opposition? 

He ceased to take part in services in the public synagogue. 

(2) Two Years in the School Room of Tyrannus. 

Acts 19: 10-12. 

(10) And this continued for the space of two years; so that 
all they that dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews 
and Greeks. (11) And God wrought special miracles (Gr. powers) 
by the hands of Paul: (12) insomuch that unto the sick were 
carried away from his body handkerchiefs or aprons, and the dis- 
eases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out. 

The time had arrived for the special evangelistic labors 
in Asia. For two years the Apostle and his associates la- 
bored from Ephesus as a center, and the people, both Jews 
and Greeks, who dwelt in Asia, heard the Word of the 
Lord. These earnest, faithful disciples of the Master no 
doubt made wide circuits from Ephesus and probably the 
seven churches, which John mentions in the Book of Rev- 
elation, were founded during this period. Luke speaks not 
only of this public work, but of private work that was done 
from house to house during the ministry of these two 
years (20:20). 

His inspiring message all the time contained repent- 
ance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ (20: 
21). Ephesus was a city known as the stronghold of 
Satan. It contained many ways of leading the people away 
from the true God to idols made with hands. These idols 
were made to suit the wicked condition of the people; 
people who worship the true God must repent and form 



224 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



their lives by a higher Standard. It is the change of the 
person, not the God, which elevates people, inspires them 
with new ideals and heavenly purposes. In order to meet 
the false belief in Ephesus that these gods had some divine 
power, God gave to His servant, Paul, miraculous power 
as testimony to His preaching and the overthrow of the 
false teaching concerning the heathen gods. Persons pos- 
sessed with evil spirits, and who were sick, touched with 
handkerchiefs or aprons, which had come in touch with 
Paul's power, were healed. God here answered the faith 
of these people as he answered the woman's faith who 
touched the hem of His garment. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was with Paul at this new place of worship? 
Who was Tyrannus and why did Paul go there? 

This is the only information we have of him. He no 
doubt was the founder of the school which still bore his name, 
which building Paul hired for a preaching place. Many of 
the heathen would attend here who would not go into the 
synagogue. 

How long was Paul at Ephesus? 

In his farewell address (20: 31) the time is given as three 
years. Some time was spent at Ephesus before he preached 
the three months in the synagogue, and he may have labored 
for some time after the information in ver. 20, thus making 
up the stated time. 
Why say "special miracles"? 

These were uncommon, specially given to overcome the 
evil influence that now prevailed in Ephesus. 
Why use the articles of dress? 

At this time there was a great crowd attending the public 
gatherings of Paul, and it was more convenient to bring these 
articles into contact with the sick than to have them all 
brought to the Apostles. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 225 



5. SUPPRESSION OF WITCHCRAFT. 

Acts 19: 13-20. 

(1) Satan Disciplines His Own.— Acts 19: 13-18. 

(13) But certain also of the strolling Jews, exorcists, took up- 
on them to name over them that had the evil spirits the name of 
the Lord Jesus, saying, I adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preach- 
eth. (14) And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, a chief 
priest, who did this. (15) And the evil spirit answered and said 
unto them, Jesus I know (or, recognize), and Paul I know; but 
who are ye? (16) And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped 
on them, and mastered both of them, and prevailed against them, 
so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. (17) And 
this became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, that dwelt at 
Ephesus; and fear fell upon them all, and the name of the Lord 
Jesus was magnified. (18) Many also of them that had believed 
came, confessing, and declaring their deeds. 

When God gives special power to His children, Satan al- 
ways puts up some of his as imitators. When God led His 
people through the Red Sea, Satan had Pharaoh and his host 
try to do the same thing, but their imitation was fully re- 
vealed in their failure to get across. Here the extraordinary 
power of Paul incited disreputable Jews to use the name of 
Jesus, to show their power over a demoniac. They were 
very careful in using their formula ; in order that they might 
not make any mistake they would say, " We adjure you by 
Jesus whom Paul preaches. " Among others who used this 
formula were the seven sons of Sceva, a Jew. These ex- 
orcists pretended to possess the power to drive out demons 
by this formula, so a few of them put this matter to a test, 
and they took a man possessed with a demon, into a 
room. Perhaps they were anxious to have the matter se- 
cret, so that if they would fail, the matter would be un- 
known to the people ; but when they used this formula, " I 
adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preaches," the demoniac 
answered and said, " Jesus I know, and Paul I know, but 
who are ye?" The man with the superhuman strength of 
the demon, leaped upon them, and overcame these two men, 



226 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



so that their clothes were torn off them. The demon 
wounded them in the struggle, and they fled forth from 
the house. Certainly this must have been a very interest- 
ing scene on the street of Ephesus, and it stopped all the 
misuse of the name Jesus, and magnified Him whom Paul 
preached. 

Here we have an example of what befell these men who 
misused the name of the Son of God. A worse fate will 
some day befall men and women who falsely use His name 
and claim to receive power from Him, who have not publicly 
accepted Him as their Savior. This punishment on the 
imitators had a great influence upon the thoughtful people 
of Ephesus. Many who were church members, but lived a 
careless religious life, made confession, and showed by 
their works their changed life. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why call them "vagabond Jews"? 

They were of the Jewish nation and religion, and went 
from town to town to make money by telling fortunes, and 
pretending by spells and charms to cure diseases. 

Whom did these sorcerers try to imitate? 

God had wrought extraordinary miracles through Paul. 
He actually did what the sorcerers pretended to do, who de- 
ceived the people and took pay for their services. 
Why would unbelieving Jews want to use the name of Jesus? 

Paul used His name with success, so they thought they 
would use the same formula and accomplish their evil work. 
What did the man say and do when these imitators presented 
him with the formula? 

How were the deceivers punished in the presence of the peo« 

pie? 

Their effort was advertised publicly as a failure and they 
learned that some names are too sacred for deceivers to use. 
What effect had it on believers? 

(2) Books of Magic Burned.— Acts 19:19-20. 

(19) And not a few of them that practised magical arts brought 
their books together and burned them in the sight of all; and they 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 227 



counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of 
silver. (20) So mightily grew the word of the Lord and prevailed. 

Many of them must have continued to practice curious 
arts, and kept in their homes books containing formulas 
and recipes, for they brought them together in a public 
place and burned them before all men. The whole value, 
being about $8,000, was quickly consumed by the flames. 
When these books were burned, and the people took to the 
reading and studying of God's Book, God's Book grew 
mightily and had wonderful power because people became 
better acquainted with the true God. If the Christian men 
and women, in this country, would bring together the books 
of harmful novels, occultism, and spiritualism, and books 
on all other subjects which are today leading men and 
women away from the profound knowledge of God, they 
would make a greater bonfire than was had in the streets 
of Ephesus. Why should we cause God's great Book to be 
hindered, and why feed on trash instead of food God has 
provided for the hearts of men and women? 

QUESTIONS. 

What did those do who were guilty of evil practices? 
What books were burned? 

They made a public bonfire of books that were used for 
teaching and training people in these superstitious practices. 
What was the value of the books that were burned? 

50,000 pieces of silver, some $8,000 worth of books. 
In what way did this help the Word of God? 
Name the greatest hindrances in Christian homes for spiritual 
growth. 

6. PAUL'S GREAT PLANS FOR THE FUTURE. 

Acts 19:21-22. 

(21) Now after these things were ended, Paul purposed in the 
spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go 
to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see 
Rome. (22) And having sent into Macedonia two of them that 
ministered unto him, Timothy and Erastus, he himself stayed in 
Asia for a while. 



228 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The Word had many converts in many places. The 
books were burned that kept men and women from using 
the Word of God, the sword of the Spirit, in a deeper con- 
secration and power of evangelization of the world. Paul 
was now ready to leave this work in the hands of others and 
soon left himself to visit again the churches in Macedonia 
and Achaia, and to make another visit to Jerusalem. After 
this his purpose was to open a Gospel highway to Rome 
and at least do some work in the political center of the 
world. However, the work in Ephesus seemed to be im- 
portant; he was unwilling to leave it immediately, so he 
sent two of his colaborers, Timothy and Erastus, to Mace- 
donia. The purpose of that mission is explained in 1 Cor. 
4 : 17. While Paul remained at Ephesus he received intel- 
ligence concerning some difficulties in the Corinthian 
church, which really could not be adjusted without some 
authority from the Apostle who had planted it. Different 
teachers had developed factions and each one claimed au- 
thority. The Apostle also received a letter from the Co- 
rinthians, brought by some one from Ephesus, concerning 
various matters which had troubled the church (1 Cor. 7: 
1). Paul had written a letter to this church, giving some 
information helpful to those who were going astray (1 Cor. 
5:9). This letter has not been preserved. 

Paul, while he is in this prosperous church at Ephesus, 
writes his first letter to the Corinthian church. A careful 
study of this letter shows how Paul was disturbed when he 
learned of work in the Corinthian church being weakened 
by careless living. This First Letter to the Corinthian 
church was written about A. D. 57. Timothy had left and 
the writer was just about to leave. However, Paul con- 
tinued his labors at Ephesus, but very soon new difficulties 
were to be met. The progress must be stopped by severe 
persecution. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 229 



QUESTIONS. 

When what things were ended? 
Why visit Macedonia and Achaia? 

His purpose was to visit the churches he had organized in 
order to strengthen them. 

Why did he desire to go to Jerusalem? 

That he might visit the mother church and take some 
contributions to the poor saints. 
Why decide to go to Rome? 

The Apostle of the Gentiles could not be satisfied without 
preaching the Gospel in the capital of the Empire. 
Why send Timothy and Anthony to Macedonia? 

To give notice of Paul's intended visit and to make ready 
the collections to take with him on his journey to Jerusalem. 
While he remained at Ephesus what Epistle did he write? 

This is the first letter we have to the church at Corinth (1 
Cor. 16:8-9) and it was written when a great door was opened. 
This was after the books of magic were burned at Ephesus 
(19: 19-20). It was written about A. D. 57, shortly before 
Paul left Ephesus to make his journey into Macedonia and 
Achaia. 

7. RIOT OF THE SILVERSMITHS. 

Acts 19: 23-41. 

(1) Gospel Interferes with Ungodly Gain.-— Acts 19: 23-27. 

(23) And about that time there arose no small stir concerning 
the Way. (24) For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, 
who made silver shrines of Diana (Gr. Artemis), brought no little 
business unto the craftsmen; (25) whom he gathered together, 
with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that 
by this business we have our wealth. (26) And ye see and hear, 
that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this 
Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that 
they are no gods, that are made with hands: (27) and not only is 
there danger that this our trade come into disrepute; but also that 
the temple of the great goddess Diana be made of no account, and 
that she should even be deposed from her magnificence whom all 
Asia and the world worshippeth. 

After Paul had written his letters to the Corinthian 
church there gradually arose, in the same town where the 
Gospel had flourished, strong opposition which hindered the 



230 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



progress of his faithful work in Ephesus, and may have 
brought him to leave really sooner than he expected. In 
this great city was the temple of Diana, which was 
reckoned as one of the seven wonders of the world. The 
inscription discovered at the time of the excavation was ex- 
actly what was used by the mob, " The great Diana." 
While Paul was preaching and winning people away from 
idol worship, he disturbed the financial interests of those 
who sold idols. Demetrius and his companions manu- 
factured shrines which were little models of the temple and 
the goddess. The speech made by Demetrius shows that 
the truth that Paul had preached had influenced many 
people who formerly worshiped idols and the charges 
against him were strictly true. The silversmith acknowl- 
edged that the love of gain was the thing that gave him 
zeal to push the business. This great temple was erected 
at an enormous expense. Is it any wonder that the charge 
that Demetrius made against Paul brought forth such out- 
cries from the Diana worshipers? The structure itself 
was four hundred and twenty feet long and nearly two 
hundred and fifty feet wide. It was stored with rich treas- 
ures of gold and silver. Hundreds of persons, such as 
priests and virgin priestesses, were connected with the tem- 
ple. Thousands of people, from all over the known world, 
were attracted to this great temple to attend the idolatrous 
festivities and the various games given in honor of the 
idol. These people brought much money to this city, and 
the people whose finances were affected were especially 
aroused. 

QUESTIONS. 

At what time arose no small stir? 

We have just seen how sorcerers and Christians volun- 
tarily gave up a bad business for Christ's sake. Now we see 
those who receive gain through wickedness. 
In what way were the silversmiths affected? 

They made little models of the temple and sold them to 
the heathens. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 231 



What progress had the Gospel made? 

What was the only motive of those who said, " Our craft is 
in danger"? 

There was no regard for the making of people better and 
homes purer, but simply that of financial gain. 

(2) The Mob and the Riot— Acts 19: 28-34. 

(28) And when they heard this they were filled with wrath, 
and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. (29) And 
the city was filled with the confusion: and they rushed with one 
accord into the theatre, having seized Gaius and Aristarchus, men 
of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel. (30) And when Paul 
was minded to enter in unto the people, the disciples suffered him 
not. (31) And certain also of the Asiarchs (that is, officers having 
charge of festivals, etc., in the Roman province of Asia), being 
his friends, sent unto him and besought him not to adventure him- 
self into the theatre. (32) Some therefore cried one thing, and 
some another: for the assembly was in confusion; and the more 
part knew not wherefore they were come together. (33) And they 
brought Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him for- 
ward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have 
made a defence unto the people. (34) But when they perceived 
that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours 
cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 

In answer to the charge of Demetrius, the people cried 
out, saying, " Great is Diana of the Ephesians." The whole 
city was excited. They took hold of two of Paul's com- 
panions, Gaius and Aristarchus, who had come from Mace- 
donia, and rushed them into the theater. Paul was anxious 
about his two friends, and determined also to go in, but 
the disciples did not permit him. The whole company 
seemed to be an unruly mob, and many of them did not 
know what the excitement was about. During the time 
of this excitement the Jews put one, Alexander, to address 
the mob. Whether he was a believer or not, is not told, 
but the mob knew that the Jews hated idolatry, and the 
mob would not let him speak, and they kept up the excite- 
ment for two hours, crying, " Great is Diana of the Ephe- 
sians." 



232 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

When the silversmith made his appeal, what was the cry of 
the people? 

Why take Gaius and Aristarchus? 

The mob, not finding Paul, seized his companions and 
rushed them into the theater, where criminals were often ex- 
posed to wild beasts. 

What was the fate of Gaius and Aristarchus? 

It is not here stated, but both names occur afterwards in 
history, and probably refer to the same people. 

Why did Paul desire to go into the public building? 

He was unwilling to allow his friends to suffer in his 
stead. 

What was the condition of the mob? 

Who was Alexander, and how long did the mob keep him 
guiet? 

Paul says (2 Tim. 4: 14), "Alexander the coppersmith did 
me much evil. The Lord reward him according to his works." 
The Jews who were opposed to the teaching of Jesus, were 
afraid that the mob would identify them with the Christians, 
and they put him forth to make their defense before the mob. 



(3) Intervention by a Public Officer. — Acts 19: 35-41. 

(35) And when the town-clerk had quieted the multitude, he 
saith, Ye men of Ephesus, what man is there who knoweth not 
that the city of the Ephesians is temple-keeper of the great Diana, 
and of the image which fell down from Jupiter (or, heaven)? 
(36) Seeing then that these things cannot be gainsaid, ye ought to 
be quiet, and to do nothing rash. (37) For ye have brought hither 
these men, who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers of 
our goddess. (38) If therefore Demetrius, and the craftsmen that 
are with him, have a matter against any man, the courts are open 
(or, court days are kept), and there are proconsuls: let them ac- 
cuse one another. (39) But if ye seek anything about other mat- 
ters, it shall be settled in the regular assembly. (40) For indeed 
we are in danger to be accused concerning this day's riot, there 
being no cause for it: and as touching it we shall not be able to 
give account of this concourse. (41) And when he had thus spoken, 
he dismissed the assembly. 

Ephesus was a free city, governed by a popular as- 
sembly and by magistrates. The chief magistrate was 
called " town-clerk," whom we would call mayor. When 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 233 



he had quieted the people, showing what great influence 
this goddess had in that all the people in Ephesus wor- 
shiped her and that she was cast down by Jupiter, he said : 
" These are facts that can not be altered by anybody's 
speech, nor can they be changed by such rioting as is car- 
ried on here, therefore you ought to keep quiet and not do 
anything rashly. Gaius and Aristarchus and the other men 
are not robbers of temples, nor blasphemers of the goddess 
Diana. Now if Demetrius has any matter against anyone, 
the law courts are open, and there are judges ready to take 
up misdemeanors in every province. They are the persons 
to appeal to for justice. Should the matter be one against 
the whole city, it would only be proper that it should be 
determined in an assembly called in the regular way, and 
not by an assembly such as has been brought together here 
by excitement." After he had made this address to the 
people, the people were satisfied and he dismissed them. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the image referred to? 

It was the image that fell down from Jupiter, and therefore 
none of the gods that were made with man's hands. 
What were the points in his argument? 

He turns them over to the regular methods of the law. 
What is the meaning of "determined in a lawful assembly"? 
Why in danger of being accused? 
Had the uproar been reported to the emperor? 

There was danger of receiving punishment. We cannot 
justify ourselves in breaking the peace in saying that others 
broke it first. 

8. PAUL'S SECOND VISIT TO EUROPE. 

Acts 20: 1-6. 

(1) To Macedonia.— Acts 20: 1. 

(1) And after the uproar ceased, Paul having sent for the 
disciples and exhorted them, took leave of them, and departed to 
go into Macedonia. 



234 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



We closed our former chapter with Satan's defeat when 
he excited the mob against the servants of the Lord, but 
God vindicated them and brought them forth and gave them 
the victory. After this defeat, when the uproar had ceased, 
Paul had a farewell meeting with his disciples. Then he 
left the town and proceeded at once to go over to Mace- 
donia and other places to strengthen the churches. 

QUESTIONS. 

When had he the meeting with the church? 2 Cor. 7:5-12; 
12: 12. 

What other information about Paul's work? 2 Cor. 12: 12; 7: 
5-12. 

What church did he visit? 
What book did he write? 

Second Corinthians was written about 57 A. D., after the 
experience of the mob (2 Cor. 1: 8-10), while in Macedonia (2 
Cor. 2: 12-13), before arriving at Greece, where Corinth is lo- 
cated (20: 2). Thus far we have four letters written by Paul, 
First and Second Thessalonians from Corinth, First Corin- 
thians from Ephesus, and Second Corinthians from Macedonia. 

(2) To Greece.— Acts 20: 2-3. 

(2) And when he had gone through those parts, and had given 
them much exhortation, he came into Greece. (3) And when he 
had spent three months there, and a plot was laid against him by 
the Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to 
return through Macedonia. 

Paul's original plan was to go from Ephesus to Corinth 
and then come north and go into Macedonia (2 Cor. 1 : 15, 
16). He must have remained for some time in Macedonia. 
Paul was greatly disturbed about the church at Corinth and 
wondered what effect his letter might have on the church. 
While visiting churches in Macedonia, Titus brought him 
much more favorable news from the church at Corinth than 
it was anticipated his first letter might produce. He learned 
that the church had made some change for the better. He 
gave some advice concerning continued love for those who 
had erred and now had been brought to see the wrong. He 
also gave encouragement to the church to meet his wishes 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 235 



in getting ready the contribution for which he had asked. 
Letter written from Macedonia about A. D. 57. After writ- 
ing this second letter Paul sent it by Titus to the church 
at Corinth. 

Paul himself remained, for some time, with the church- 
es in Macedonia, Philippi, Thessalonica and Berea. His 
stay in Macedonia was not without much anxiety concern- 
ing the church at Corinth (2 Cor. 7:5). However, he re- 
mained for some time in Macedonia after sending the letter 
by Titus, as that would give the Corinthian church time to 
consider and receive some help from his last letter. Luke 
does not give us any detailed account of his labors during 
the three months' work in the Corinthian church. It was 
during this period that he wrote the letters to Rome and 
Galatia. 

We learned of Paul's earnest desire to visit the dis- 
ciples at Rome, but his plans thus far had been interfered 
with by the Jews, and his visit prevented. Not knowing 
how soon he would get to Rome, he took occasion, at this 
time, to write this letter to the Roman Christians. The 
student finds what Paul said, true, " how large a letter." 
This may refer to actual handwriting, but everyone who 
has carefully studied Romans has found it to be one of the 
most difficult letters that he wrote. It was written about 
A. D. 57. 

While at Corinth, he also learned of the Judaizing 
teachers, who were at work in the Galatian churches, and 
caused much disturbance among the Galatian disciples. 
They influenced the disciples against Paul, claiming he 
was without authority and not equal in authority with the 
Apostles who had organized and worked in Jerusalem. In 
this way they did much harm in the Galatian church, and in 
order that Paul might set himself right before these church- 
es he sends them the Galatian letter, by Titus and two 
other brethren, whose names are not mentioned in the let- 



236 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ter. This letter was written about the same time as the one 
to the Romans. 

The Jews, who had not forgotten the defeat of Gallio, 
lay in wait that they might kill Paul when he was about to 
sail into Syria. It may be possible that their purpose was 
to accomplish this on board the ship. To go into Syria he 
would naturally leave from the port of Cenchrea, and be- 
cause of this he was compelled to change his plans and 
return to Macedonia. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the purpose of this visit? 

How long was he with the Corinthian church? 

Why did they want to put him to death? 

How did Paul disappoint these enemies? 

What books did he write at Corinth on the second visit? 

Epistle to the Galatians, and the Epistle to the Romans, 
both written about A. D. 57 or 58. 

(3) Journey from Corinth to Troas. — Acts 20: 4-6. 

(4) And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of 
Bercea, the son of Pyrrhus; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus 
and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, 
Tychicus and Trophimus, (5) But these had gone before and were 
waiting for us at Troas. (6) And we sailed away from Philippi 
after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas 
in five days; where we tarried seven days 1 . 

During the three months' stay at Corinth the Apostle 
gave instruction according to his promise, concerning the 
things that were out of order in the Corinthian church. 
Having written the two important letters, as mentioned be- 
fore, and received the collection for the saints in Judea, 
seven brethren accompanied him into Macedonia and then 
went before him into Asia, to wait at Troas for Paul and 
Luke. It may be possible that these brethren mentioned 
here were appointed by the different churches in which 
contributions were received, for the purpose of seeing that 
it would be delivered to the saints at Jerusalem and a re- 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 237 



port be made back to the church. The contributions had 
to be carried. There was some danger on account of rob- 
bers to take these collections, which were in silver, and 
therefore special need for these seven brethren to accom- 
pany him. Sopater was from Berea, Aristarchus and Se- 
cundus (second), probably so named because the second 
son, as were Tertius, third, and Quartus, fourth, from Thes- 
salonica (Rom. 16: 22-23). Since these three, second, third 
and fourth, were with Paul at Corinth, it is altogether 
probable that they were brothers. Gaius was from Derbe, 
Timothy, Tychicus and Trophimus were from Asia. The last 
two are new names among the companions of Paul. Tychi- 
cus, so often mentioned by Paul, a " beloved brother," a 
" faithful minister," was with the Apostle at Rome. Paul 
sent him to the churches at Ephesus (Col. 4:7; Eph. 6: 21), 
and was also with him in his trying closing experience at 
Rome, while writing to Titus (Titus 3: 12), and also while 
he wrote his last letter, his second letter to Timothy (2 Tim. 
4: 12). Trophimus was also a faithful companion of Paul, 
who is not forgotten by the Apostle in writing his very last, 
touching letter. He refers to him (2 Tim. 4: 20) as being 
sick at Miletus when he had to leave there. 

" These going before. " The seven persons mentioned ac- 
companied Paul through Macedonia. Paul, however, re- 
mained in Macedonia, at Philippi, until the feast of the 
Passover. The other seven brethren had gone on to Troas. 
Paul may have stopped over, not only to spend the Pass- 
over season here, but to meet Luke, who had not been with 
Paul for about seven years. The last account we had of 
him was at this same place where Paul met him (16: 16). 
In writing the account he used " we " for the last time, and 
in 20: 5, 6 he again begins the use of "us" and "we," and 
so the beloved physician and penman, used by the Holy 
Spirit to write the book, has joined the Apostle, and after 
a voyage of five days they joined the brethren, who went 
before them to Troas. 



238 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



The Apostle staid in Europe from the time he left the 
church at Ephesus up to this point, being from Pentecost 
to the Passover, covering a period of about nine months 
(1 Cor. 16: 8; Acts 20: 6), and if he left earlier than he had 
expected, because of the strong opposition, he may have 
been in Europe nearly a year. These seven brethren being 
here at Troas some time before Paul arrived, and Paul and 
Luke joining them, some of the work that was neglected 
on the former journeys may have received attention at this 
time. This was an opportunity for doing great things for 
the Lord, by a band of consecrated men, traveling under the 
direction of Jesus and having the Holy Spirit, their great 
Teacher, as a constant Companion. 

QUESTIONS. 

Name the seven brethren and tell where they are from. 
What was probably the purpose of their being with Paul? 
Where did they tarry for Paul? 

What was Paul doing at Philippi and who joined him there? 
Why refer to the days of unleavened bread? 

To designate the time of year, the Passover, and to give 
us the time of nearly one year since Paul left Ephesus to 
continue his missionary labors in Europe. 
How long did they stay at Troas? 

9. CHURCH SERVICES IN TROAS.— Acts 20: 7-12. 

(7) And upon the first day of the week, when we were gath- 
ered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intend- 
ing to depart on the morrow; and prolonged his speech until mid- 
night. (8) And there were many lights in the upper chamber 
where we were gathered together. (9) And there sat in the win- 
dow a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep 
sleep; and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his 
sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. 
(10) And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him 
said, Make ye no ado; for his life is in him, (11) And when he 
was gone up, and had broken the bread, and eaten, and had talked 
with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. 
(12) And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little com- 
forted. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 239 



The last day of their stay at Troas was the Lord's Day, 
" The first day of the week." The seventh day ended at 
six o'clock in the evening. The Christian congregation met 
in an upper room on the third floor. This was the evening 
for the " love feast," accompanied, as was usual, with the 
celebration of the Lord's Supper. This was the day on 
which Jesus arose from the dead; it was the day on which 
the Holy Spirit was given ; it is the period in the history of 
the church when the disciples came together, — the disciples 
then belonging to the Lord, not to some creed or denomina- 
tion. (The division into sects or parties was then wholly 
unknown.) What a glorious meeting that must have been! 
The words of Jesus, " For as often as ye eat this bread, and 
drink this cup, ye proclaim the Lord's death till he come," 
must not be forgotten by the disciples. First, in them we 
show to the world that we believe that Jesus died and 
arose and lives as our Representative. Second, that we do 
not only believe that He is going to return sometime, but 
that we are looking for His return any day. 

Previous to this feast Paul preached a very instructive 
sermon to the disciples, who had gathered on the Lord's 
Day, continuing his sermon until midnight, at which time 
an accident happened to Eutychus, who was one of the audi- 
ence, and sitting on the window seat. Some of the mem- 
bers may have been slaves and were tired from the day's 
labor; and it may have been very warm in the room, so 
that Eutychus was completely overcome, and fell from the 
third story and was taken up dead. Paul immediately 
stopped his discourse, and went down and embraced him, 
and he was restored to life. Paul said to the bystanders, 
" Trouble not yourselves, for his life is in him." After per- 
forming this miracle he returned to the upper room, where 
the feast that had been disturbed by the accident was now 
celebrated. 

These services continued the entire night. When they 
were ready to depart they brought forth the young man 



240 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



alive, and it was a great comfort to all that he could be 
returned to his neighbors and friends, as an example for 
greater inspiration for the followers of Christ in that com- 
munity. These people, so deeply interested in religious 
matters, did not measure out their public services by so 
many minutes, but continued their services in harmony 
with their profound reverence for the Master, whose cause, 
they represented. 

QUESTIONS. 

What service was held on the first day of the week? 
Who did the preaching? 

It was a special service of consecration, and Paul's fare- 
well sermon exhorting the disciples to be loyal to their Master. 
What happened to Eutychus, and who restored him and how? 

10. JOURNEY TO MILETUS. 
Acts 20: 13-16. 

(13) But we, going before to the ship, set sail for Assos, there 
intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, intending him- 
self to go by land (or, on foot). (41) And when he met us at 
Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. (15) And sailing 
from thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and 
the next day we touched at Samos; and the day after we came to 
Miletus. (16) For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that 
he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if 
it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. 

This same company took ship to sail to Assos, a dis- 
tance of about thirty miles, but Paul, for some reason not 
stated by the author, preferred to go by land himself, a 
distance of about twenty miles from Troas by road. Just 
why he preferred to be alone on this journey we can only 
conjecture, but a man on whose heart the Lord had laid 
the directing of the church affairs had plenty to do on this 
journey while walking, conversing with his Master con- 
cerning the best interests of the church. It was a time of 
communion and prayer. It is such a journey alone that 
equips men and women better for greater work for the 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 241 



Master. Is it a sacrifice to tear loose from our choicest 
earthly friends and companions of saints to walk with our 
truest and highest Friend and commune with Him? 

Paul joined his companions at Assos and went with 
them by ship to Mitylene. The historian gives us nothing 
here but the passage from the one place to the other, simply 
mentioning the time it required to make the journey. Paul 
wanted to sail by Ephesus. If the ship had been under his 
control, he might have spent the time at Ephesus to a much 
better purpose than he had at Miletus. He was now at 
Miletus, which was thirty miles from Ephesus. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where did Paul join his companions after leaving Troas and 
why? 

How far did he travel each day? 

(1) Monday, following the preaching- on the Lord's Day, 
he left Troas and went to Mitylene. (2) Tuesday, from Mity- 
lene to Chios. (3) Wednesday, from Chios to Samos. (4) 
Thursday he arrived at Miletus and sent word to the elders 
at Ephesus to meet him at this point. It took about this time, 
from Thursday to Saturday, to get word to the elders, and 
they made their journey from Ephesus to Miletus, a distance of 
about thirty miles. 

At what time did Paul desire to reach Jerusalem? 

At the time of one of the great Jewish feasts, called 
Pentecost. Paul was at Philippi at the time of the first great 
feast, Unleavened Bread or Passover, which was just fifty 
days before the feast he desired to attend at Jerusalem. At 
the close of the seven days' feast he spent five days on the 
journey to Troas, seven at Troas, the last day being the Lord's 
Day, and one week from that day he preached his farewell 
sermon to the Ephesian elders. In order to meet the Jews who 
would assemble at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost he 
could not tarry long at any point. 



242 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



11. PAUL'S FAREWELL ADDRESS TO THE 
EPHESIAN ELDERS. 

Acts 20: 17-38. 
(1) A Review of His Past Three Years' Ministry. — 
Acts 20: 17-21. 

(17) And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him 
the elders of the church. (18) And when they were come to him, 
he said unto them, 

Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in 
Asia, after what manner I v/as with you all the time, (19) serving 
the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with 
trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews; (20) how I shrank 
not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and 
teaching you publicly, and from house to house, (21) testifying 
both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith 
toward our Lord Jesus Christ. 

The vessel on which Paul expected to continue his 
journey remained only a few days at Miletus, which made it 
unsafe for him to go to Ephesus himself, for fear that he 
might not return in time, and thus defeat his purpose in 
being present in Jerusalem at the time of the feast. The 
elders, upon receiving the invitation to meet him at Miletus, 
came without delay. They arrived on the very day on 
which the vessel was to continue her voyage. Paul desired 
to have a farewell meeting with these faithful elders of the 
church in which he labored for three years, and impressed 
them with the responsibility resting upon them and gave 
them advice as to the best way of meeting it. These elders 
were acquainted with his labors from the first day until the 
last, and how he behaved under all circumstances. " The 
people have made false charges against me, that I did not 
speak with inspiration. I served the Lord with all humility, 
and the work was such that the tears ran freely ; I was very 
patient and yet determined to continue the work for the 
Master under the trials which befell me through the secret 
plotting of the Jews. All these things did not hinder my 
zeal in the ministry and keep away anything that was profit- 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 243 



able for you. I did not only speak in public, but I labored 
from house to house, with all classes, both Jews and Gen- 
tiles. The theme of my ministry to all classes was ' repent- 
ance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ.' " He 
preached that the Jews and Gentiles were lost and could 
be saved only by repentance and faith. 

QUESTIONS. 

On what day of the week did Paul preach the sermon, and 
how long had he been away from Ephesus? 

What about his spirit and zeal in the ministry? 

The largest house in the universe is God's house. 

(2) Anticipated Persecution and Determination to Stay 
True to the Master to the End.— Acts 20 : 22-27. 

(22) And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusa- 
lem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: (23) save 
that the Holy Spirit testifieth unto me in every city, saying that 
bonds and afflictions abide me. (24) But I hold not my life of any 
account as dear unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course, 
and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify 
the gospel (or, good tidings) of the grace of God. (25) And now, 
behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching 
the kingdom, shall see my face no more. (26) Wherefore I testi- 
fy unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. 
(27) For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel 
of God. 

He was on his way to Jerusalem. He was depressed in 
spirit, not knowing what awaited him. Supreme love was 
the motive back of a life that moved on under such con- 
ditions. But he said, " Nothing can move me. I count my 
obligations to Him who called me dearer than my life. It 
is in this way that I expect to reach the end with joy. And 
now I know that this will be our last meeting, and those 
of you who have been my companions in public and from 
house to house, laboring together in the ministry, shall 
see my face no more. It was my purpose to declare every- 



244 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



thing to you that was given me by the Lord, which was 
profitable to you, and therefore I know that you will bear 
evidence to the fact that I am in debt to no one, because 
under no circumstances did I fail to declare the whole 
counsel of God." This should certainly be a warning to 
all ambassadors of God, that they might be able to say in 
their farewell sermon what Paul said to those who knew 
him best, as he was about to leave them. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was Paul's immediate purpose and how know what was 
awaiting him? 

Having met persecutions, and some more ahead of him, what 
did he decide to do? What was his sorrowful prediction? 
How did Paul feel as to his obligations to them? 

(3) The Elders* Responsibility.— Acts 20: 28-35. 

(28) Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which 
the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops (or, overseers), to feed the 
church of the Lord which he purchased (Gr. acquired) with his 
own blood. (29) I know that after my departing grievous wolves 
shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock; (30) and from 
among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, 
to draw away the disciples after them. (31) Wherefore watch ye, 
remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to ad- 
monish every one night and day with tears. (32) And now I com- 
mend you to God (some ancient authorities read "the Lord"), 
and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to 
give you the inheritance among all them that are sanctified. (33) 
I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. (34) Ye yourselves 
know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to 
them that were with me. (35) In all things I gave you an example, 
that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the 
words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed 
to give than to receive. 

The Apostle spoke to these people about his special 
work for the three years passed in the church at Ephesus, 
the things that were awaiting him in the future, and what 
his purpose was in meeting conditions in whatever way 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 245 



presented, calling attention to his own labors and example 
of faithfulness in preaching the Gospel. He now turned his 
attention to the representatives of the church at Ephesus, 
warning them of their great responsibility to this church, 
being made overseers by the Holy Spirit. " This church, 
made up of individuals who are ' called-out ones,' and pur- 
chased by the precious blood of the Son of God, to feed a 
flock that has cost what this flock has cost, must be fed by 
men set aside by the Holy Spirit as ' feeders/ This flock 
is to grow, and the growth will show the kind of food they 
receive and by whom fed. There are many who by their 
feeding scatter the flock, and are not interested in the flock, 
but only interested in themselves. Now remember that this 
flock has cost tears night and day, to bring it to its healthy 
growth as it is now delivered into your keeping. In leaving 
you this great responsibility your only hope will be ' faith- 
fulness to God, a constant companionship and study of the 
Word/ This will help you to grow and give you an in- 
heritance with the sanctified/ , After directing them to God 
and His Word he referred to the disinterested motives 
which animated him in his labors in their midst, — that at 
no time did he covet any man's wealth. Perhaps he held 
up his hands with which he labored so that he might at no 
time be charged as having labored with the motive for an 
increase in material wealth, but found the words of Jesus, 
" It is more blessed to give than to receive, ,, true during 
his entire ministry. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who had appointed the elders as overseers of the church? 
What value does he place upon the church of God? 
What kind of food will keep a church growing and healthy? 
What opposition must elders expect to meet? 

Grievous wolves, avowed enemies of the flock. They may 
come in sheep's clothing (Matt. 7: 15), or under the guise of 
friends and teachers. The greatest danger was to come from 
members of the church who would be false, and by their in- 
fluence lead others away from the truth. 



246 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



What was to be their source of guidance and strength? 
What kind of service must be given? 

It must be unselfish; they must learn that "it is more 
blessed to give than to receive." 

(4) The Parting Blessing.— Acts 20: 36-38. 

(36) And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down and 
prayed with them all. (37) And they all wept sore, and fell on 
Paul's neck and kissed him, (38) sorrowing most of all for the 
word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no 
more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship. 

At the conclusion of the address the whole company 
knelt together in prayer, which was offered up by Paul. 
What a prayer it must have been! Luke was there, and 
yet we have no record of the prayer itself. What an out- 
pouring of the Spirit, as these leaders knelt together for 
the last time! They all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, 
and kissed him. The main sorrow in this closing scene 
is that they should see his face no more. They accom- 
panied him to the ship and it was with great difficulty 
that he could tear himself away from them, as he had been 
their spiritual father in Christ Jesus. 

QUESTIONS. 

Describe the parting scene. 

Who had offered the parting prayer? 

What was the cause of the greatest sorrow? 

12. JOURNEY FROM MILETUS TO TYRE. 
Acts 21: 1-6. 

(1) And when it came to pass that we were parted from 
them and had set sail, we came with a straight course unto Cos, 
and the next day unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: (2) 
and having found a ship crossing over unto Phoenicia, we went 
aboard, and set saiL (3) And when we had come in sight of Cy- 
prus, leaving it on the left hand, we sailed unto Syria, and landed 
at Tyre; for there the ship was to unlade her burden. (4) And 
having found the disciples, we tarried there seven days: and these 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 247 



said to Paul through the Spirit, that he should not set foot in 
Jerusalem. (5) And when it came to pass that we had accom- 
plished the days, we departed and went on our journey; and they 
all, with wives and children, brought us on our way till we were 
out of the city: and kneeling down on the beach, we prayed, and 
bade each other farewell; (6) and we went on board the ship, but 
they returned home again. 

"After they had," that is, after the Apostle and his 
companions had torn themselves away from the brethren 
at Ephesus, they continued their journey by ship, about 
forty miles to Coos, and the following day from Coos to 
Rhodes, between forty and fifty miles, and then continued 
their journey from Rhodes to Patara, a seaport of Lycia. 
At this point the passengers changed vessels. They took 
the vessel sailing by the west coast of the Isle of Cyprus. 
The vessel went in an easterly direction, coming to the east 
coast of the Mediterranean Sea, it being bound for Syria. 
The name " Syria " was given to the whole eastern coast 
of the Mediterranean Sea from Cilicia to Egypt. The ves- 
sel landed at Tyre, for there the ship was to unload her 
burden. This gave Paul and his companions an opportuni- 
ty to meet the disciples at this place and hold religious 
services during the period the boat was stopping at this 
point. It would appear that it took some effort to find the 
disciples here. Some of these disciples, who were under the 
direction of the Spirit, urged Paul not to go to Jerusalem, 
but when the seven days were ended and Paul with his 
companions was ready to start, the believers at Tyre, — men, 
women and children, — accompanied them out of the city 
and had a prayer meeting by the seashore. These, as well 
as others, felt that this no doubt would be the last meet- 
ing they would be permitted to enjoy together. After this 
farewell prayer, the disciples at Tyre returned to their 
homes, and Paul and his companions continued on their 
journey by ship. 



248 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

When did Paul leave Ephesus? 

Describe the journey in full from Miletus to Tyre. 

At what point in Syria did they land? 

Tyre, which is about one hundred miles north of Jeru- 
salem. 

What was Paul's first mission after reaching Tyre? 

He had passed through this district before and others had 
labored here so he was not disappointed in church fellowship 
at this place. 

How did the Christians know at Tyre about the danger await- 
ing Paul at Jerusalem? 

How did the church members express their appreciation? 

Fathers, mothers, and children accompanied him, and en- 
joyed a prayer meeting on the shore before he left. 

13. PAUL'S JOURNEY FROM TYRE, AND VISIT 
AT CiESAREA. 

Acts 21 : 7-14. 

(7) And when we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we 
arrived at Ptolemais; and we saluted the brethren, and abode 
with them one day. (8) And on the morrow we departed, and 
came unto Caesarea: and entering into the house of Philip the 
evangelist, who was one of the seven, we abode with him. (9) 
Now this man had four virgin daughters, who prophesied. (10) 
And as we tarried there some days, there came down from Judaea 
a certain prophet, named Agabus. (11) And coming to us, and 
taking Paul's girdle, he bound his own feet and hands, and said, 
Thus saith the Holy Spirit, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind 
the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the 
hands of the Gentiles. (12) And when we heard these things, 
both we and they of that place besought him not to go up to 
Jerusalem. (13) Then Paul answered, What do ye, weeping and 
breaking my heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also 
to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus. (14) And 
when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of 
the Lord be done. 

The vessel on which they traveled did not go any 
further than Ptolemais. Here they found a Christian com- 
munity and remained one day. It no doubt was all the 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 249 



time that Paul felt he could spare, and after his usual 
exhortations and entreaties, he with his company departed 
on foot to Csesarea. Here was the home of a Christian man 
who had been under the Master's direction for many years. 
He was one of the seven deacons, held the great revival in 
Samaria, helped the Ethiopian to find the Lord and then bap- 
tized him, was up and down along the coast, preaching the 
Gospel, and now, no doubt, was the pastor of the church in 
the town Paul was visiting. Their stay in Csesarea lasted 
several days. While this man did great work for the Lord, 
he had four daughters who also prophesied. In the early 
church women were admitted into the public service for the 
Master. While they tarried in this spiritual home there 
came down from Judea a prophet, named Agabus. During 
his stay with them he took Paul's girdle and with it bound 
his own hands and feet, and said to Paul and his com- 
panions, as well as to those who had gathered in the house 
of Philip, that the Holy Spirit told him that the Jews at Je- 
rusalem would bind the man that owned the girdle, and 
after binding him would deliver him over to the Gentiles. 
After receiving this information, the companions with Paul, 
as well as those who had assembled, united their efforts 
and with tears tried to persuade Paul not to continue his 
journey to Jerusalem. The Holy Spirit had informed this 
company concerning Paul's binding and deliverance, but 
the Holy Spirit had told Paul to go, and he had to be obe- 
dient to the Heavenly voice and could not listen to the 
pleadings of his fellow disciples. 

" By your pleading you make it harder for me to carry 
out the wish of the Holy Spirit, for I am ready not only 
to be bound, but to die at Jerusalem for the name of the 
Lord Jesus." Then when they realized that he could not be 
persuaded and that he was under the direction of a Higher 
Law, they said, " The will of the Lord be done." 



250 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Where did he complete the sea voyage? 

At Ptolemais, about thirty miles south of Tyre. 
When did they arrive and how long did they remain? 

They arrived about evening and remained over the next 
day, Tuesday. 

When did they arrive at Csesarea? 

They left Ptolemais Wednesday, May 10, and remained 
until about the 15th. They traveled by land around Mount 
Carmel (which was eight miles south of Ptolemais) along the 
coast for thirty or forty miles to Caesarea. 
Describe the work Peter did at one time at Caesarea. 
With whom did Paul and his company abide? 
Give history of Philip and his laborers. 

Give description of what the prophet said about Paul going to 
Jerusalem. 

What effect had his prediction on Paul's companions and in 
what way did they make his mission more difficult? 

14. PAUL'S JOURNEY FROM CiESAREA TO 
JERUSALEM. 

Acts 21: 15-17. 

(15) And after these days we took up (or, made ready) our 
baggage and went up to Jerusalem. (16) And there went with us 
also certain of the disciples from Caesarea, bringing with them 
one Mnason of Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we should 
lodge. 

(17) And when we were come to Jerusalem, the brethren re- 
ceived us gladly. 

After the day spent at Caesarea, with the brethren, they . 
prepared their baggage, which they carried as they pro- 
ceeded on their journey to Jerusalem. Paul was going into 
the city with everything he had. Luke tells us (24: 17) 
what his mission was at Jerusalem, as well as what some of 
this baggage contained. Some disciples from Caesarea ac- 
companied Paul. Among the number was a man from 
Cyprus. He was a Hellenist, a member of the church for 
some time, as he belonged to the early disciples. He sym- 
pathized with the work among the Gentiles. This man 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 251 



owned a house at Jerusalem, and it was just the place to 
have Paul and his associates lodge during the Feast of 
Pentecost. They had to travel a distance of about seventy 
miles, from Csesarea to Jerusalem. When they arrived at 
Jerusalem they received a very hearty welcome from the 
brethren. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why say "after those days"? 

It took about two days to go to Jerusalem. The Feast 
of Pentecost must just about then have been at hand, and a 
great multitude of Jews were present when Paul arrived. Paul 
met some brethren from the different provinces with whom 
he was acquainted. 

What is meant by "we took up our carriages"? 

It means baggage. It was what the men carried. 
Who was Mnason? 

How were they received in Jerusalem? 

How many visits did he make after his conversion and give 
an account of each? 

Section V. PauPs Rejection in Palestine and His 
Imprisonment. — Acts 21: 18 to 26: 32. 

1. PAUL'S ADVICE FROM THE BISHOP. 
Acts 21: 18-26. 

(18) And the day following Paul went in with us unto 
James; and all the elders were present. (19) And when he 
had saluted them, he rehearsed one by one the things which God 
had wrought among the Gentiles through his ministry. (20) And 
they, when they heard it, glorified God; and they said unto him, 
Thou seest, brother, how many thousands (Gr. myriads) there 
are among the Jews of them that have believed; and they are all 
zealous for the law: (21) and they have been informed concerning 
thee, that thou teachest all the Jews who are among the Gentiles 
to forsake Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children, 
neither to walk after the customs. (22) What is it therefore? 
they will certainly hear that thou art come. (23) Do therefore 
this that we say to thee: We have four men that have a vow on 
them; (24) these take, and purify thyself with them, and be at 
charges for them, that they may shave their heads: and all shall 
know that there is no truth in the things whereof they have been 



252 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



informed concerning thee; but that thou thyself also walkest or- 
derly, keeping the law. (25) But as touching the Gentiles that 
have believed, we wrote, giving judgment that they should keep 
themselves from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and 
from what is strangled, and from fornication. (26) Then Paul 
took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them (or, 
took the men the next day, and purifying himself, etc.) went into 
the temple, declaring the fulfilment of the days of purification, 
until the offering was offered for every one of them. 

When he arrived in Jerusalem, and received the cordial 
welcome from the brethren, his prayer was answered ; the 
contributions which he had received from the different 
churches were distributed among the saints (Rom. 15: 31). 
Then the day following Paul, with his companion in travel, 
had a meeting with James and all the elders, and after 
their usual greeting (as was customary on all occasions of 
this kind) the Apostle related what God had done through 
his ministry among the Gentiles. He gave a very minute 
description, rehearsing the things one by one which had 
happened in his great activity. The Holy Spirit now spoke 
to the leaders in the church, of the Lord, through Paul, 
and gave the Jews, even the Christian Jews, an opportunity 
to accept or reject Jesus Christ as the Savior of the world. 
When these leaders heard what God had accomplished 
through Paul they felt good and glorified the Lord. 

The Bishop said : " Brother, there are thousands of 
Jews who believe, but they are zealous for the law. They 
have been informed that you teach all the Jews that are 
among the Gentiles to be disobedient to the law of cir- 
cumcision and to forsake other of our customs. Now what 
will happen when all of these people learn that you are 
here? We would recommend that you do this in order to 
show by practice that what they have reported against you 
is not true." Four Jewish Christians were performing a 
vow and Paul could join their company and take the same 
vow upon himself ; since he was a newcomer it would be 
expected of him to pay the fees required from the whole 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 253 



company (Num. 6: 14-18). "As far as the Gentiles are con- 
cerned, we have by letter settled that question and require 
of them only the four things set forth in the letter at the 
time the decision was made." 

QUESTIONS. 

When was the church meeting and who were present? 
What James was the Bishop? Gal. 1:19; 2: 12. 
Give a review of the work God had done by Paul among the 
Gentiles. 

What was the position of the Jewish disciples as to the law 
and circumcision? 

The disciples of Jerusalem were all zealous for the law. 
They claimed the law of Moses still binding. 
What were the charges against Paul? 

That he taught apostasy from Moses. Neglect of circum- 
cision. The abandonment of customs, such as the Nazarite 
vows, with their burnt, sin, and meat offerings (Num. 6: 13-17), 
which are referred to in Paul's Epistles. He tells them to 
abstain from unclean meats, and the observance of days (Rom. 
14; Gal. 4:9-10; Col. 2: 16-17). 
What was his teaching as to law? 

He calls it a schoolmaster to lead us to Christ. His pur- 
pose was not to destroy but to fulfill. 

Why did Paul offer sacrifice in connection with purification? 
What did the church advise Paul to do and why? 

He was requested to perform certain Levitical rites of 
purification in conjunction with the four men who had taken 
the vow. The reference is simply to an appearance in the 
temple, by prayers and sacrifices which were to be offered 
there, and for which, in particular, the Jews prepared and 
sanctified themselves by ablutions and bathing. 
Did Paul teach against the Mosaic law? 

He nowhere gave instruction to the Jews not to circum- 
cise their children as a national rite, but positively held that 
salvation for Jews and Gentiles was obtained, not by cir- 
cumcision, but by faith in the Crucified Redeemer. 

2. PAUL BEATEN BY THE MOB AND ARRESTED 
BY THE CHIEF CAPTAIN. 

Acts 21: 27-36. 

(27) And when the seven days were almost completed, the 
Jews from Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all 



254 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



the multitude and laid hands on him, (28) crying out, Men of 
Israel, help: This is the man that teacheth all men everywhere 
against the people, and the law, and this place; and moreover he 
brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath defiled this holy 
place. (29) For they had before seen with him in the city Trophi- 
mus the Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought 
into the temple. (30) And all the city was moved, and the people 
ran together; and they laid hold on Paul, and dragged him out 
of the temple: and straightway the doors were shut. (31) And 
as they were seeking to kill him, tidings came up to the chief cap- 
tain (or, military tribune) of the band (or, cohort), that all Jeru- 
salem was in confusion. (32) And forthwith he took soldiers and 
centurions, and ran down upon them: and they, when they saw the 
chief captain and the soldiers, left off beating Paul. (33) Then 
the chief captain came near, and laid hold on him, and commanded 
him to be bound with two chains; and inquired who he was, and 
what he had done. (34) And some shouted one thing, some an- 
other, among the crowd: and when he could not know the cer- 
tainty for the uproar, he commanded him to be brought into the 
castle. (35) And when he came upon the stairs, so it was that he 
was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the crowd; (36) for 
the multitude of the people followed after, crying out, Away with 
him. 

Paul offered no objection to the requests presented by 
the elders, and on the very next day after this interview 
Paul, purifying himself, entered with the other four men 
into the temple, expecting, when the seven days had ex- 
pired, to present themselves at the altar with the necessary 
sacrifices. But before the end of the seven days had arrived, 
the Jews who had been in Asia, perhaps some of those 
who had lain in wait for him in Ephesus, were present, and 
when they saw him in the temple, stirred up the people 
around them and laid hands on them. These Jews who had 
come in had known him and could point him out to the 
Jews in Jerusalem, who were not acquainted with him. 
They hated him, and just waited for an opportunity to do 
him harm. They at once cried out to the people that he 
was untrue to the Mosaic law and even to the temple, and 
now was going so far as to bring Gentiles into the tem- 
ple and pollute it. This last charge they made against 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 255 



him was because of a disciple named Trophimus, an 
Ephesian, a Gentile whom they knew Paul associated with, 
in his ministry. While the statement was untrue, yet it 
served its purpose, for the whole city became excited and 
the people ran together and drew Paul out of the temple 
and closed the doors. As the mob was about to put him 
to death, tidings came to the chief captain of the band of 
the uproar in the city; he immediately took soldiers and 
centurions, and when the mob saw the chief captain and 
soldiers they stopped beating Paul. The captain command- 
ed him to be bound with two chains, asked who he was 
and what he had done, and when they could not give to the 
captain a satisfactory answer as to the charge, he was com- 
manded to be carried by the soldiers into the castle, be- 
cause of the violence of the people. The mob followed the 
soldiers as they carried Paul, and cried out, " Away with 
him ! 99 This was the same shout, by the same people, heard 
thirty years before, when the mob gathered in the same 
city and yelled around Pilate's judgment hall. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the motive of the Jews of Asia? 
What was the ground of their charges? 
Who was the Gentile referred to in the text? 
What did the mob do with Paul? 

If Paul's own brethren, the church in Jerusalem, had be- 
come prejudiced against him on account of his preaching and 
bringing Gentiles into the church, it is not surprising that the 
hatred of the unbelieving Jews towards him should be in- 
tense. They drew him from the temple to prevent the de- 
filement of the Holy Place by the blood which was likely to 
be shed. The purpose of the mob was, when in the court of 
the Gentiles, to put him to death by beating, which the officers 
of the law prevented. 
Why bind Paul with chains? 

That he might have a trial in harmony with the Roman 
law, and time would be given for legal proceedings and filing 
of charges. Being chained to two soldiers would be a pro- 
tection to Paul from further abuse by the mob. 



256 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



3. PAUL RECEIVES PRIVILEGE TO ADDRESS 
THE MOB. 

Acts 21: 37-40. 

(37) And as Paul was about to be brought into the castle, 
he saith unto the chief captain, May I say something unto 
thee? And he said, Dost thou know Greek? (38) Art thou 
not then the Egyptian, who before these days stirred up to 
sedition and led out into the wilderness the four thousand men 
of the Assassins? (39) But Paul said, I am a Jew, of Tarsus 
in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and I beseech thee, give 
me leave to speak unto the people. (40) And when he had given 
him leave, Paul, standing on the stairs, beckoned with the hand 
unto the people; and when there was made a great silence, he 
spake unto them in the Hebrew language, saying. 

God was watching over His servant. His life was in 
the hands of the Lord and not that of the mob. The 
Apostle, as he was hurried away from the mob, asked per- 
mission of the chief captain to speak. He seemed to have 
been about the only man not excited in this critical hour. 
He thought it was an opportunity to speak to his coun- 
trymen and that perhaps he might win them. Paul sur- 
prised the chief captain when he spoke to him in Greek, 
for the latter thought he was a certain Egyptian, who be- 
fore this time had caused a disturbance and was at the 
head of an organization of four thousand murderers. He 
was surprised to find his prisoner a man of culture, a Jew 
from Tarsus, a citizen of no mean city. This was a well- 
known city and highly favored by the government, so that 
its inhabitants were exempt from taxation. 

" I am one of its citizens and earnestly desire permis- 
sion from you to speak to these people." The chief captain 
granted the request of Paul, who now stood on the stairs, 
midway between the temple court and the castle. Boundwith 
chains, he beckoned with his hands to the people, and when 
there was silence, addressed them in the Hebrew tongue. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 257 



QUESTIONS. 

Why did Paul ask to speak? 

That the people might see their folly and that he might 
win some to Jesus. Also that the chief captain might know 
that there was no cause for this insurrection, and that his 
prisoner was a man of culture. 
Why say a "citizen of no mean city"? 
Where was the appeal made to the officer? 
How could he beckon with his hands when chained to sol- 
diers? 

Why now speak in Hebrew? 

It was a mark of respect for Jewish nationality. This they 
did not expect from Paul, and the result was that the silence 
became universal at the utterance of his first sentence. 

4. PAUL'S DEFENSE BEFORE THE MOB. 
Acts 22: 1-21. 

(1) His Condition before Conversion Same as Theirs. — 
Acts 22: 1-5. 

(1) Brethren and fathers, hear ye the defence which I now 
make unto you. 

(2) And when they heard that he spake unto them in the 
Hebrew language, they were the more quiet: and he saith, 

(3) I am a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in 
this city, at the feet of Gamaliel, instructed according to the strict 
manner of the law of our fathers, being zealous for God, even as 
ye all are this day: (4) and I persecuted this Way unto the death, 
binding and delivering into prisons both men and women. (5) As 
also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the 
elders: from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and 
journeyed to Damascus to bring them also that were there unto 
Jerusalem in bonds to be punished. 

The Apostle had Roman soldiers all about him when he 
addressed his fellow countrymen in a most respectful and 
conciliatory manner. " Men, brethren, and fathers, hear ye 
my defense." False charges had been made against him. 
He was in the hands of soldiers, protected, that his own 
people might not do him any harm. He spoke of the simple 
experience of his own soul. " I am a Jew, born in Tarsus, 
of the dispersion like hundreds of my audience; and while 



258 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



I am foreign-born, I was educated in this city, and had as 
my instructor Gamaliel, whose teaching was according to 
the strict manner of the law of our fathers. And I was 
zealous in the law, and against the way of Christ just as you 
are here this day. I have even gone further than you, — 
persecuted Christians to death and delivered men and 
women into prisons. This I can prove to you by the official 
records, which are in the hands of the high priests and 
elders." He referred to the letters which so many years 
ago he had received as authority to persecute the believing 
Jews of Damascus. " Are not some in the audience who 
remember this young Pharisee as the persecutor of the 
Christians? " It was a confession of his persecuting zeal. 

QUESTIONS. 

What effect had his Hebrew language? 

What city was his birthplace and home? 

Where was he educated and who was his instructor? 

What is said as to his zeal? 

What had he done with the Christians? 

Who had the record of his authority for persecution? 

Paul called attention to three things by which he proved 
that he was the same as his hearers before his conversion: 
(1) He was a Jew. (2) While of foreign birth, he was educated 
by one of the most famous masters and according to the strict 
laws of the fathers. (3) He was as zealous against the work 
of Christ as were his hearers. 

(2) Paul Changed by Divine Intervention. — Acts 22: 6-16. 

(6) And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and 
drew nigh unto Damascus, about noon, suddenly there shone from 
heaven a great light round about me. (7) And I fell unto the 
ground, and heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why perse- 
cutest thou me? (8) And I answered, Who art thou, Lord? And 
he said unto me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. 
(9) And they that were with me beheld indeed the light, but they 
heard not the voice of him that spake to me. (10) And I said, 
What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and 
go into Damascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things 
which are appointed for thee to do. (11) And when I could not 
see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 259 



were with me I came into Damascus. (12) And one Ananias, a 
devout man according to the law, well reported of by all the Jews 
that dwelt there, (13) came unto me, and standing by me said unto 
me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And in that very hour I 
looked up on him. (14) And he said, The God of our fathers hath 
appointed thee to know his will, and to see the Righteous One, 
and to hear a voice from his mouth. (15) For thou shalt be a 
witness for him unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard. 
(16) And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash 
away thy sins, calling on his name. 

A person so born, educated, and zealous for what he 
had learned, how could he be so changed now unless by 
the direct influence of the Lord, taking possession of him? 
" I was on my way to Damascus when God supernaturally 
interfered and gave an entirely new direction to all of my 
energy. I saw a supernatural light which blinded me, and 
heard a voice say, 'Why persecutest thou Me?' When I 
inquired who was speaking, the voice said, ' I am Jesus.' 
Even those who traveled with me saw the light, but un- 
derstood not the voice. I asked the voice what I was to do, 
and the Lord said, ' Continue your journey to Damascus 
and there you will be informed what to do/ The light was 
so bright that it blinded my eyes, so that I could not see, 
and my companions took me by the hand and led me to 
Damascus. When I reached Damascus, Ananias, a man who 
had a good report among the Jews, a devout man according to 
the law, came unto me and said, ' Brother Saul, receive thy 
sight/ and at the same time my eyes were opened. This 
good Jew not only wrought a miracle in opening my eyes, 
but showed to me that the God of our fathers had chosen 
me that I might know His will, by seeing the Just One." 
(The Just One here means Christ; he does not use said 
word, yet the people know whom he means.) "And by see- 
ing that Just One and hearing His voice, I was to be a 
witness of Him to all men" (The word Gentile, he is not 
yet ready to utter before this angry mob.) Paul meant to 
say that, with all his education and zeal against the saints, 
he was in need of Divine forgiveness. This same Ananias 



260 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



urged Paul to be baptized and wash away his sins, calling 
on the name of the Lord. 

QUESTIONS. 

At what time of day was his conversion? 22:6. 
Where did this occur? 

Did his associates see the light and hear the Lord? 

We learn (9: 7) that Paul's attendants heard a voice, but 
here we are informed that they did not understand it. 
What was the cause of the temporary blindness and for how 
long? 

His temporary blindness was caused (9:9; 22:11) by the 
glory of the Light and lasted three days. 
Why say "a devout man according to law"? 

Ananias is simply called a disciple (9: 10). Here Paul's 
description is given for the purpose of reconciling the Jews. 
Why say " God of our fathers "? 
Give the whole speech of Ananias. 

(3) God Sends Paul to the Gentiles.-— Acts 22: 17-21. 

(17) And it came to pass that, when I had returned to Jeru- 
salem, and while I prayed in the temple, I fell into a trance, (18) 
and saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly 
out of Jerusalem; because they will not receive of thee testimony 
concerning me. (19) And I said, Lord, they themselves know 
that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed 
on thee: (20) and when the blood of Stephen thy witness was 
shed, I also was standing by, and consenting, and keeping the gar- 
ments of them that slew him. (21) And he said unto me, Depart: 
for I will send thee forth far hence unto the Gentiles. 

He showed to this congregation that he was just like 
they were before God took hold of him and changed his 
plans, and even after his conversion and baptism, his pur- 
pose was not to go to the Gentiles, but to Jerusalem. " I 
came right here to this temple, and while I was engaged in 
worship and prayer, God appeared to me in a vision, and 
said to me, ' Make haste and get thee quickly out of 
Jerusalem, for they will not receive thy testimony concern- 
ing Me/ Even then I was unwilling to obey, and plead 
for permission to remain, by reciting to them my former 
conduct, — how I imprisoned and beat in all the synagogues 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 261 



those who believed, and even when Stephen was stoned, I 
consented to his death, and stood by and took care of the 
garments of those who slew him," thinking that this would 
induce them to listen to him now. Yet his pleading be- 
fore the Lord was all in vain, and the Lord said, " Depart : 
for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles." By this he 
had fully demonstrated to his Jewish audience that the 
accusation against him was false, that if ever a Jew loved 
the Jewish nation it was himself, but that the Lord had 
Himself called him to go to the Gentiles. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was Paul's purpose immediately after his baptism? 
What was he doing in Jerusalem when he had the vision? 
Give the conversation between Paul and the Lord at this time 
in the temple. 

Can a man have his own way when purchased by the blood of 
another? 

How long in Jerusalem and reasons for leaving? Gal. 1:18. 

5. THE EFFECT OF PAUL'S ADDRESS. 
Acts 22: 22-29. 

(1) Apostle Interrupted by Cry of the People. — 
Acts 22 : 22-23. 

(22) And they gave him audience unto this word; and they 
lifted up their voice, and said, Away with such a fellow from the 
earth: for it is not fit that he should live. (23) And as they cried 
out, and threw off their garments, and cast dust into the air. 

" Unto this word." The audience listened to Paul's 
arguments, which were conclusive and unanswerable. They 
were impatient and could hardly wait until Paul would 
utter some word that would stir the smoldering fire in- 
to a blaze. This was done when Paul made this public 
confession and in the very place where the sin was com- 
mitted, the putting to death of Stephen. This angered 
them as when Stephen himself made his speech, and when 
Paul uttered that hated word "Gentile," the old hatred 



262 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



manifested itself and the people lifted up their voices and 
said, " Away with this fellow from the earth." The Jews 
would not believe in God's mercy to the Gentiles. This man 
was no longer permitted to preach to the people whom 
he loved, and by rejecting him, they rejected as a nation again, 
Jesus. They claimed that he was not even fit to preach and 
must die. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why were the people so angry? 

They became enraged when he claimed that he was au- 
thorized by God to save the Gentiles. 

What confession does Paul make concerning the persecution 
and death of Stephen? 

Why throw dust into the air? 

This is an expression of violence, uncontrollable passion, 
as if they must throw something at him. The mob is howling, 
yelling, gnashing with their teeth. 

(2) Paul and Chief Captain.— Acts 22: 24-29. 

(24) The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the 
castle, bidding that he should be examined by scourging, that he 
might know for what cause they so shouted against him. (25) 
And when they had tied him up with (or, for) the thongs, Paul 
said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to 
scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned? (26) And 
when the centurion heard it, he went to the chief captain and told 
him, saying, What art thou about to do? for this man is a Roman. 
(27) And the chief captain came and said unto him, Tell me, art 
thou a Roman? And he said, Yea. (28) And the chief captain an- 
swered, With a great sum obtained I this citizenship. And Paul 
said, But I am a Roman born. (29) They then that were about 
to examine him straightway departed from him: and the chief 
captain also was afraid when he knew that he was a Roman, and 
because he had bound him. 

At the time of this great excitement the chief captain, 
who with the soldiers had charge of him, brought him into 
the castle. They may not have understood one word of the 
speech, and anxious to know the cause of this violence, 
commanded to have him scourged that he might make his 
confession. Paul had said, when speaking to his brethren, 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 263 



"lama Jew and God led me into the light by a devout Jew 
in Damascus," but this had no weight with the Jews. Paul 
was now in the castle with the heathens, and after he had 
been bound, and everything made ready for his cruel beat- 
ing, he said to the centurion who stood by, "I am a Ro- 
man; is it lawful for you to scourge a Roman uncon- 
demnned ?" The officer went immediately and brought the 
chief captain, who asked Paul, " Art thou a Roman ? " and 
he answered, " Yes." At once the thongs were opened, 
chains taken off. The Apostle was not beaten and the of- 
ficers trembled, because he was a Roman and they had bound 
him. 

QUESTIONS. 

Meaning of " examined by scourging " ? 

The chief captain, commander of the regiment of Roman 
soldiers, was on duty in Jerusalem. He could not understand 
the address and only judged his speech by the effect it had on 
the people, and thus supposed Paul a great offender. Scourg- 
ing was the means used to compel prisoners to confess their 
crime. 

Why did they bind Paul? 

Preparatory to the severe punishment ordered. 
What was the value of Paul's Roman citizenship? 
How had the chief captain obtained his freedom? 

Not by being a Roman by birth, as Paul; it was necessary 
for him to purchase his freedom. 

What effect had this on those who examined Paul? 

6. PAUL BEFORE THE SANHEDRIM. 
Acts 22: 30 to 23: 10. 

(30) But on the morrow, desiring to know the certainty 
whereof he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him, and com- 
manded the chief priests and all the council to come together, 
and brought Paul down and set him before them. 

(1) And Paul, looking stedfastly on the council, said, Breth- 
ren, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day. 
(2) And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by 
him to smite him on the mouth. (3) Then said Paul unto him, 



264 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: and sittest thou to judge 
me according to the law, and commandest me to be smitten con- 
trary to the law? (4) And they that stood by said, Revilest thou 
God's high priest? (5) And Paul said, I knew not, brethren, that 
he was high priest : for it is written, (Ex. 22 : 28) Thou shalt not 
speak evil of a ruler of thy people. (6) But when Paul perceived 
that the one part were Sadducees and the other Pharisees, he cried 
out in the council, Brethren, I am a Pharisee, a son of Pharisees: 
touching the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in ques- 
tion. (7) And when he had so said, there arose a dissension 
between the Pharisees and Sadducees; and the assembly was di- 
vided. (8) For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, 
neither angel, nor spirit; but the Pharisees confess both. (9) And 
there arose a great clamor: and some of the scribes of the Phari- 
sees' part stood up, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this 
man: and what if a spirit hath spoken to him, or an angel? (10) 
And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing 
lest Paul should be torn in pieces by them, commanded the sol- 
diers to go down and take him by force from among them, and 
bring him into the castle. 

The chief captain, very anxious to know why Paul was 
arrested by Jews, commanded the Sanhedrim to assem- 
ble and brought Paul in before them. He was now before 
the same council that passed judgment upon Jesus, and 
upon Stephen, and now he had this one more opportunity. 
It was their last chance to receive or reject the truth. Paul 
was not here by himself. God led him step by step, and 
now he stood before the supreme court of the Jewish na- 
tion. Paul, as he eagerly looked at the people thus as- 
sembled, said, " I have lived in all good conscience before 
God until this day." The moderator of this council, the 
High Priest, ordered Paul to be smitten on the mouth. 
Paul called the High Priest a whited wall, and invoked 
God to smite him. " Such a man is not fit to sit in judgment, 
who commands me to be smitten, contrary to law. God's 
High Priest and a law-breaker, — a man in white robes? I 
heard his voice; surely it could not be the voice of the 
High Priest, and therefore I did not know him. The man 
now holding the High Priest's office is not worthy of it, 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



265 



and therefore I spoke evil of him as a ruler, I spoke of him 
as a tyrant, and one who can not claim to be the ruler of 
his people. People who hold these high official positions 
can only expect people to do honor to them when they 
honor the position/' Paul realized the fact that he could 
not win the council as a whole. He was disturbed. He 
perceived that the council was made up of Pharisees and 
Sadducees. He appealed to the Pharisees, and said, " I am 
a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee. Of the hope of the resur- 
rection of the dead I am called in question." The other 
party believed the very opposite, — that " there is no resur- 
rection, neither Angel nor Spirit." Immediately the scribes, 
who were the Pharisees, arose and earnestly protested 
that " we find no evil in this man, and if he has been spoken 
to by an Angel or Spirit let us not be among those who 
fight against God." This created great trouble between the 
two parties, of which Paul seemed to be the cause, and 
for fear that Paul might be harmed, the chief captain, who 
knew Paul to be a Roman, was bound to protect him, and 
rescued him from the difficulty between the two Jewish 
factions. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why take him before the council? 

That he might know the precise charge against him from 
the Jews. 

What saved him from being scourged? 

Who was the High Priest and what was his command? 

What did Paul call Ananias and why? 

Why not know it was the High Priest? 

The High Priest's conduct and character was such that he 
could be High Priest only in name, and not be the High 
Priest as authorized by the Bible. 

What did the Pharisees and Sadducees believe? 
What did the chief captain learn was the Jewish charge 
against Paul? 

What did the captain do when the trouble arose between the 
Pharisees and Sadducees? 



266 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



7. PAUL'S VISION, JEWISH CONSPIRACY, AND 
REMOVAL TO OSESAREA. 

Acts 23: 11-35. 

(1) Paul Cheered by a Vision.— Acts 23: 11. 

(11) And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, 
Be of good cheer: for as thou hast testified concerning me at Je- 
rusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome. 

Lysias, the chief captain, was disappointed in having 
Paul brought before the council, in not being able to learn 
the truth about Paul's case. These enemies were not will- 
ing to formulate specific charges against him. 

Paul was brought into the castle again, having made 
such an earnest effort to speak to his own people in Je- 
rusalem, and both times he addressed his people he had 
to be rescued by Roman soldiers. Had his efforts been in 
vain? Had he been forgotten by his Leader? Was he ail 
alone now in what he was doing? Under these circum- 
stances Paul needed some one to stand by him and give him 
courage. Two days had passed since Paul had been ar- 
rested. How his heart bled for the condition of his brethren 
who were groping their way in darkness! His career for 
preaching the Gospel among the Jews and Gentiles seems, 
from a human point of view, to be closed. But the Apostle 
found Him, whom prison walls and iron gates can not hin- 
der from companionship. Paul prayed in the castle and the 
Lord Himself stood by him in that dark hour, when every 
door seemed to be closed against his further work for 
Christ. Paul had stood for Christ and now the Lord stood 
by him and said, " Be of good cheer, Paul, for as thou hast 
testified of me in Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also 
at Rome." Paul was not a prisoner of the Jews, not a 
prisoner of the chief captain, but he was a prisoner of the 
Lord. His final goal was Rome, and he "as my prisoner 
will have my protection until I want him with me in Glory." 
Ambassador for Christ, the Lord never forgets His servant, 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 267 



and is ready to stand by him and give him courage and open 
his way when human hands lock all doors against him. 

QUESTIONS. 

When had he the vision? 

Why did he need encouragement? 

What did the Lord say to him? and was the promise ful- 
filled? 

(2) Conspiracy of Jews to Kill Paul.— Acts 23: 12-17. 

(12) And when it was day, the Jews banded together, and 
bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither 
eat nor drink till they had killed Paul. (13) And they were more 
than forty that made this conspiracy. (14) And they came to the 
chief priests and the elders, and said, We have bound ourselves 
under a great curse, to taste nothing until we have killed Paul. 
(15) Now therefore do ye with the council signify to the chief 
captain that he bring him down unto you, as though ye would 
judge of his case more exactly: and we, before he comes near, are 
ready to slay him. (16) But Paul's sister's son heard of their 
lying in wait, and he came and entered into the castle and told 
Paul. (17) And Paul called unto him one of the centurions, and 
said, Bring this young man unto the chief captain; for he hath 
something to tell him. 

" When it was day." This conspiracy revealed, the re- 
ligious condition of the Jewish nation. At the very time 
when the Lord was speaking to Paul in the prison and en- 
couraging him, telling him that he must go to Rome, more 
than forty had taken a vow that they would neither eat nor 
drink until they had killed Paul. This murderous intent 
was not a plot made by forty vagabond Jews of the lowest 
type, but by Jews who had influence with the Sanhedrim, 
and the Sanhedrim became a party with these forty in plot- 
ting the death of the Apostle. They were to invite Paul to 
appear before the council, to give them an opportunity to 
put him to death. A conspiracy so desperate, and known 
by so many people, was difficult to keep secret. From the 
narrative (Acts 23: 21) we learn that the Sanhedrim had 



268 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



actually asked Lysias to have Paul brought before the 
council, to which he had consented. But before he had 
fulfilled the promise, the secret became known. Paul's 
sister's son had learned of the evil intent of the Jews, and 
immediately informed his uncle Paul, who requested the 
centurion to accompany the young man to the chief cap- 
tain, who had a message for him. 

QUESTIONS. 

How many made the vow, and what was it? 
Did these forty do what they had vowed? 
How did Paul's nephew obtain the secret? 

This young man may have been a student, receiving in- 
structions in the schools at Jerusalem, and may have heard the 
scheme mentioned. While Paul was in prison his friends had 
the privilege to visit him. 

What instruction did Paul give the centurion? 

(3) Conspiracy Made Known to Chief Captain, and Paul 
Sent to Cassarea.— Acts 23: 18-25. 

(18) So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, 
and saith, Paul the prisoner called me unto him. and asked me 
to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say to 
thee. (19) And the chief captain took him by the hand, and going 
aside asked him privately, What is it that thou hast to tell me? 
(20) And he said, The Jews have agreed to ask thee to bring down 
Paul tomorrow unto the council, as though thou wouldest inquire 
somewhat more exactly concerning him. (21) Do not thou there- 
fore yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more 
than forty men, who have bound themselves under a curse, neither 
to eat nor to drink till they have slain him: and now are they 
ready, looking for the promise from thee. (22) So the chief cap- 
tain let the young man go, charging him, Tell no man that thou 
hast signified these things to me. (23) And he called unto him 
two of the centurions, and said, Make ready two hundred soldiers 
to go as far as Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and 
spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night: (24) and he 
bade them provide beasts, that they might set Paul thereon, and 
bring him safe unto Felix the governor. (25) And he wrote a 
letter after this form: 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 269 



The centurion at once accompanied the boy to Lysias, 
who informed him about the plot. He dismissed the youth 
and charged him not to reveal to anyone what he had told 
them. He called to him two centurions, bidding them to 
have ready by that evening, at nine o'clock, a large force 
of soldiers, so that Paul, the prisoner, might be taken with 
safety unto Felix, the governor at Csesarea. This gives us 
some idea of the strong efforts put forth, by the angry Jews, 
to put him to death, when the company that took the pris- 
oner out of Jerusalem numbered four hundred and seventy 
men. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was the reason for the embarrassment of the chief cap- 
tain? 

He desired to hold the good will of the Jewish nation, but 
it was his duty to see that the prisoner received justice as a 
Roman citizen. 

Why charge the young man not to make known his visit to 
the captain? 

How many centurions and what their duty? 
How many soldiers and why? 

The condition was serious, as the conspiracy had the sanc- 
tion of the Jewish church. 

What about the Christian church in Jerusalem at this time? 

The church had been, for some time, so strongly influenced 
by the Jewish law and traditions that from henceforth she 
continued to grow less spiritual, and more in favor of temple 
service. In the year A. D. 70 the Jewish temple, which influ- 
enced many to keep to the old forms, was destroyed. The 
Jews fell under the severe persecution of the Romans; their 
central point of worship being destroyed, they became and re- 
mained a scattered nation. 

How far was it to Csesarea? 

About fifty miles northwest of Jerusalem. 

(4) Paul Sent to the Governor at Caesarea. — Acts 23 : 26-35. 

(26) Claudius Lysias unto the most excellent govenror Felix, 
greeting. (27) This man was seized by the Jews, and was about 
to be slain of them, when I came upon them with the soldiers and 
rescued him, having learned that he was a Roman. (28) And de- 



270 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



siring to know the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought 
him down unto their council: (29) whom I found to be accused 
about questions of their law, but to have nothing laid to his 
charge worthy of death or of bonds. (30) And when it was shown 
to me that there would be a plot against the man, I sent him to 
thee forthwith, charging his accusers also to speak against him 
before thee. 

(31) So the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul 
and brought him by night to Antipatris. (32) But on the morrow 
they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle: 
(33) and they, when they came to Caesarea and delivered the let- 
ter to the governor, presented Paul also before him. (34) And 
when he had read it, he asked of what province he was; and when 
he understood that he was of Cilicia, (35) I will hear thee fully, 
said he, when thine accusers also are come: and he commanded 
him to be kept in Herod's palace (or Praetorium). 

The chief captain, after having completed arrange- 
ments to send Paul to Caesarea, wrote a letter to the gover- 
nor giving full information concerning the prisoner. " The 
Jews would have put him to death, had it not been that 
we rescued him," The civil officer put himself on record 
that the Jewish church was persecuting Paul when there 
was no sufficient cause. The Jews now would have an op- 
portunity to make their charges against Paul before the 
governor. 

The soldiers started in the evening from Jerusalem and 
brought Paul, during the night, to Antipatris. The fol- 
lowing day the seventy horsemen continued the journey 
with Paul, and the four hundred soldiers returned to Je- 
rusalem. Upon arrival the governor received the letter, 
and after reading it asked Paul of what province he was. 
This he did in order to learn whether he had jurisdiction 
over the case ; and when he learned that he was of Cilicia, the 
governor promised to hear the case as soon as Paul's ac- 
cusers would arrive. In the meantime Paul should be 
kept in Herod's judgment hall, a place built by Herod the 
Great, at that time the official residence of the Roman 
governor. The Apostle was not cast into prison, but was 
kept in the building attached to the palace. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 271 



QUESTIONS. 

Why send a letter to the governor? 

Was the information by the civil officer for or against Paul? 

What law referred to in verse 29? 

How many soldiers accompanied him to Antipatris? 

How many from there to Caesarea? 

What question did the governor ask Paul? 

Who was Felix and when appointed? 

He was appointed governor by Emperor Claudius A. D. 
52. He was married to Drusilla, the sister of Agrippa, 24:24. 
He was a wicked governor and would do anything to gain 
popular favor. 

8. PAUL'S TRIAL BEFORE FELIX, AND TWO 
YEARS' IMPRISONMENT. 

Acts 24: 1-27. 

(1) Charges Against Paul by Jews from Jerusalem. — 
Acts 24: 1-9. 

(1) And after five days the high priest Ananias came down 
with certain elders, and with an orator, one Tertullus; and they 
informed the governor against Paul. (2) And when he was called, 
Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, 

Seeing that by thee we enjoy much peace, and that by thy 
providence evils are corrected for this nation, (3) we accept it in 
all ways and in all places, most excellent Felix, with all thankful- 
ness. (4) But that I be not further tedious unto thee, I entreat thee 
to hear us of thy clemency a few words. (5) For we have found 
this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of insurrections among 
all the Jews throughout the world (Gr. the inhabited earth), and a 
ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes: (6) who moreover as- 
sayed to profane the temple: on whom also we laid hold: [(7) But 
the chief captain Lysias came, and with great violence took him 
away out of our hands, (8) commanding his accusers to come 
before thee] from whom thou wilt be able, by examining him 
thyself, to take knowledge of all these things whereof we accuse 
him. 

(9) And the Jews also joined in the charge, affirming that 
these things were so. 

The Jews had rejected Jesus Christ, the Messiah, had 
put Him to death, and God, by His power, raised Him 



272 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



from the dead. Before the Ascension of Jesus He com- 
missioned the disciples, that after their reception of the 
Holy Spirit they should present Him to the Jews as their 
Savior. A few received Him, but as a nation they rejected 
Him, and put to death Stephen, who thus became the first 
Christian martyr. From time to time the Jews showed 
themselves unworthy as God's favored people. They were 
given the last opportunity when the Apostle Paul made 
his visit to Jerusalem the last time, and because of the deep 
love he had for his countrymen, on two occasions he ap- 
pealed to his brethren to accept Him who died for them. 
They fell upon him, and would have put him to death, but 
he was rescued by the chief captain. When in prison the 
Lord stood by him and encouraged him, showing to him 
that he should now leave them to their fate and go forth 
in his work as the Apostle of the Gentiles and He would 
journey with him to Rome. The Jews as a nation, having 
refused to accept Jesus as the Messiah, lost their religious 
standing in the world, which is set forth in this period 
by Luke. The same failure concerning the Jews as a nation, 
in laying hold of their God-given possibilities, is presented 
in a number of passages by the different writers in the New 
Testament. Many of these writers belonged to the same 
nation, and were deeply affected by this failure, yet writing 
under the direction of the Holy Spirit, set forth these facts 
in a way that they can not be misunderstood. We have 
for some time been in a period of transition. The his- 
torian has given quite an extensive account of the facts in 
this period of the conduct of the Jewish nation, showing 
themselves unworthy of Divine favor; and therefore when 
Paul went forth from Jerusalem the Lord journeyed with 
him and God's Divine favor was transferred from the Jews 
to the Gentile world. No wonder Luke gave such a de- 
tailed account of the origin of this transfer in chapters 6-11. 

Paul was in the Roman court at Csesarea. If the Jews 
had not pressed the matter he would have been released by 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 273 



the governor, because there were no charges presented 
that would have convicted him. Paul was at Csesarea at 
least rive days before a committee appointed by the Sanhe- 
drim, with the High Priest as leader and Tertullus, a Ro- 
man, a paid attorney, arrived. Paul was then brought into 
the hall of judgment, and Tertullus, the attorney who rep- 
resented the Sanhedrim, stated the charges against Paul to 
the court. The first thing Luke gives us is the method the 
orator used in getting on the good side of the court by 
flattery. The Sanhedrim had no confidence in this wicked 
man to whom they appealed, but their purpose was to ac- 
complish their ends, no matter whether the methods were 
right or wrong. After thus trying to secure the ear of the 
governor, he proceeded to present three charges against 
Paul. (1) "He is a pestilent fellow and a mover of se- 
dition among all the Jews throughout the world; (2) He 
is a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes; (3) He has 
gone about to profane the temple. 

" We would have disposed of this case ourselves and not 
troubled you, as we were just in the act of disposing of 
the case when Lysias, the chief captain, came upon us, 
and by violence took him out of our hands. Had it not 
been for that interference we would have judged him ac- 
cording to our law and it would have saved this unneces- 
sary trouble for you as governor. At the same time it 
would have made it unnecessary for us to make this jour- 
ney and be before you at this time. This case should have 
been settled at Jerusalem, and we should not have been 
obliged to send a deputy all the way from Jerusalem to 
Caesarea." 

QUESTIONS. 

Who was the High Priest? 

How long until the accusers arrived from Jerusalem? 24: 1. 

The five days should be reckoned from the time that Paul 
was apprehended at Jerusalem. Luke says Paul was appre- 
hended when the seven days of his vow were nearly ended (21: 
27). In order to reconcile the statement in this verse with 
verse 11 it is best to make the apprehension on the fifth day 



274 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



after his arrival at Jerusalem. The next day, the sixth, he was 
presented before the Sanhedrim. The night of the sixth he 
was taken to Antipatris, and on the seventh he arrived at 
Csesarea. Five days after his arrival would be the twelfth day 
after his arrival at Jerusalem, when the charges were made 
against him before Felix. 

Why did they need an orator, and who was he? 

Why flatter the governor? 

State the three charges made against Paul. 

(2) Paul Replies to the Charges.— Acts 24: 10-21. 

(10) And when the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, 
Paul answered, 

Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a 
judge unto this nation, I cheerfully make my defence: (11) seeing 
that thou canst take knowledge that it is not more than twelve 
days since I went up to worship at Jerusalem: (12) and neither in 
the temple did they find me disputing with any man or stirring up 
a crowd, nor in the synagogues, nor in the city. (13) Neither can 
they prove to thee the things whereof they now accuse me. (14) 
But this I confess unto thee, that after the Way which they call a 
sect, so serve I the God of our fathers, believing all things which 
are according to the law, and which are written in the prophets; 
(15) having hope toward God, which these also themselves look 
for (or, accept), that there shall be a resurrection both of the 
just and unjust. (16) Herein (or, on this account) I also exer- 
cise myself to have a conscience void of offence toward God and 
men always. (17) Now after some years I came to bring alms 
to my nation, and offerings: (18) amidst which (or, in presenting 
which) they found me purified in the temple, with no crowd, nor 
yet with tumult: but there were certain Jews from Asia — (19) who 
ought to have been here before thee, and to make accusation, if 
they had aught against me. (20) Or else let these men themselves 
say what wrong-doing they found when I stood before the coun- 
cil, (21) except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing 
among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called 
in question before you this day. 

When Tertullus had made his charge against Paul be- 
fore Felix, the Jews whom he represented fully endorsed 
the statement of their lawyer. This was the third time 
that the Apostle, during his missionary labors, had the op- 
portunity of addressing persons holding high official po- 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 275 



sitions. He had spoken before Gallio, the deputy of Achaia, 
and Sergius Paulus, and received favor from both. The 
first charge was that of sedition. The governor before whom 
he spoke had held his office for seven years, and was well 
acquainted with the history of this nation. He had no 
knowledge during these years of Paul being engaged in 
any insurrections. " The time is too short for the things to 
have occurred with which they have charged me. It is but 
twelve days since I went up to Jerusalem to worship, and 
five of these I have spent here in Roman custody. The time 
would not have been sufficient if I had wanted to do what 
they charge me with. The purpose for which I went to 
Jerusalem was to worship. During that time I did not 
congregate a crowd, neither did I dispute openly to incite 
the Jews in the synagogue, nor in the city." He closed his 
argument by saying to the court, " The things they charge 
me with they can not prove." 

The second charge against Paul was that of heresy. In 
answer to the second charge, he admitted that after the 
way they call heresy, he did worship the God of his fathers. 
He believed the same Scriptures, and had the faith that the 
Pharisees claimed to have, of the Resurrection of the just 
and the unjust. Here the accusers devised the phrase, 
" sect of the Nazarene," which it was unjust to charge Paul 
with, because he worshiped the God of the Jews. Paul 
here insisted on the essential likeness between his faith and 
that of Judaism. He did this because it was true and be- 
cause it gave him shelter under the Roman law. It toler- 
ated Judaism, and Paul's religion was built on the teaching 
of the Law and the Prophets, and therefore not a new re- 
ligion, but a development absolutely in harmony with the 
teaching of the old. Paul meant to say on this point that 
surely, within a very few days, there had been a great 
change of sentiment in Jerusalem. " The Pharisees them- 
selves, less than a week ago, defended me before the coun- 
cil. The very charge they make now is contrary to their 



276 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



own defense in Jerusalem." Paul believed the law, recog- 
nized Him to whom the law pointed, had great reverence 
for it and called it glorious (2 Cor. 3:7). He also believed 
in the Prophets, because in the study of the Prophets, he 
found them pointing to Jesus whom he preached, and speak- 
ing of God His Father raising Him from the dead. It must 
be understood that it was not Paul who was violating God's 
book, but it was the Pharisees. " Now these Pharisees who 
defended me before the council, ought to be here them- 
selves to present their objection, if they hold anything 
against me. Or else let these who stand right here tell 
positively what evil I did, unless it be that I stood and 
said before the council that I believed in the Resurrection 
of the dead." 

The third charge — sacrilege. In answering the third 
charge, the Apostle clearly showed that instead of trying to 
disgrace the temple he had had great reverence for it for 
many years. "And because of my reverence for the temple I 
have brought alms and offerings. The alms were for my 
nation, which I loved, and at the time of my arrest I was 
bringing my offerings to the temple and engaged in one 
of the most solemn rites presented by the Jewish law. In- 
stead of polluting the temple of God I was complying with 
the law, purifying it ; I associated with but a few and not 
with the crowd. When in the act of obeying the law, some 
Jews from Asia brought about the disturbance, and they 
are the persons who ought to be here before the court and 
make their objections, if they have any charge against me. 
They are the only witnesses and they are not here. These 
who are here can testify only as to what happened about 
my conduct before the Sanhedrim." Therefore the Sanhe- 
drim had no right to present any charge against the prisoner 
only as to his conduct before them. And the entire matter 
charged against him must be that he raised his voice in 
favor of the Resurrection, — the very faith held by the Phar- 
isees themselves. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 277 



QUESTIONS. 

What was the point in his introduction? 

Paul founded the plea on the justice of his cause and on 
the fact that Felix had had so much experience in the affairs of 
Judea, that he was well qualified to understand the merits of 
the case and to judge impartially. 

How long was Felix governor? 

Felix was judge in Jerusalem and Judea for a period of 
about seven years. 

What was his answer to the charge of sedition? 
What was his argument to that of leading a sect? 

Paul acknowledged the fact but denied it to be heresy. He 
gave three reasons why his way of worship was not heresy: 
(1) Because he worshiped the same God that his accusers wor- 
shiped, and as a Jew, he was true to God. (2) He held to 
Jewish law and prophecy, while he did not agree with many 
interpretations of them. Christ and his Gospel fulfilled did not 
annul them. (3) He believed in the Resurrection of the dead, 
and immortal life, just as the Pharisees did who accused him. 
Paul confirmed his position by his sincere desire to do right. 

What was his answer to the charge of sacrilege? 

On some of his visits he came for the purpose of bringing 
alms and offerings, and therefore had no thought of profan- 
ing the temple. 

(3) The Two Years in Prison in Caesarea. — Acts 24 : 22-27. 

(22) But Felix, having more exact knowledge concerning the 
Way, deferred them, saying, When Lysias the chief captain (or, 
military tribune; Gr. chiliarch) shall come down, I will determine 
your matter. (23) And he gave order to the centurion that he 
should be kept in charge, and should have indulgence; and not to 
forbid any of his friends to minister unto him. 

(24) But after certain days, Felix came with Drusilla, his wife 
(Gr. his own wife), who was a Jewess, and sent for Paul, and 
heard him concerning the faith in Christ Jesus. (25) And as he 
reasoned of righteousness, and self-control, and the judgment to 
come, Felix was terrified, and answered, Go thy way for this time; 
and when I have a convenient season, I will call thee unto me. 
(26) He hoped withal that money would be given him of Paul: 
wherefore also he sent for him the oftener, and communed with 
him. (27) But when two years were fulfilled, Felix was succeeded 
by Porcius Festus; and desiring to gain favor with the Jews, Felix 
left Paul in bonds. 



278 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Felix, the governor, was already acquainted with the 
Jewish people and knew something about their belief in 
Christ. Now having received by Paul's address a more 
perfect knowledge, and while nothing had yet been proved 
against Paul, yet the governor did not release him. The 
governor showed, by the liberty he granted him in holding 
him as a prisoner, that the things testified against him could 
not be true, but gave as a reason for holding him, that when 
Lysias, the chief captain, would come down, he could then 
learn if there was any information he had not already pre- 
sented. Lysias had already testified in the letter. If this 
judge had been righteous the Apostle would have been set 
free. The governor, really unwilling to give offense to the 
Jews, simply gave this as an excuse to hold him to keep 
the good-will of the nation. Paul had the privilege as a 
prisoner to receive visitors who were his friends and wished 
to administer to his wants. We do not know that Lysias 
ever made this statement before the governor, and the de- 
cision for his case was put off about two years. Some time 
during this period of two years, Felix, who was married 
to Drusilla — a daughter of Agrippa I., who slew James, 
and a sister of Herod Agrippa II. (26: 1) — sent for Paul 
that he might speak to them about the faith in Christ. Paul, 
no doubt, knew the kind of characters he had before him. 
Herod was a wicked man, married to this divorced Dru- 
silla. As Paul spoke to these people of righteousness, tem- 
perance and judgment to come, it had its influence. It made 
a man like Felix tremble as Paul pictured to him tem- 
perance and self-control, and the judgment that every man 
must meet. And why should he not tremble, listening to 
such a sermon as Paul could preach? Yet, while his heart 
was touched, he made the same excuse that thousands are 
making to-day, who prefer not to change their conduct, by 
saying, " Go thy way, ... I will call for thee." 

Why did Felix continue to hold Paul as a prisoner? 
Here the reason is fully stated why he held him. He knew 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 279 



the prisoner was not guilty, and at different times, no doubt, 
he talked to Paul and offered to release him upon receiving 
certain sums of money. The preacher of righteousness 
could not be a party to such unrighteous proceeding. So 
at the close of the two years Felix was recalled, and Paul 
remained a prisoner, that the governor might continue to 
have the friendship of the Jews. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give meaning of " When Felix heard." 
What excuse did he give for the delay? 
What liberty did he grant him? 
In what did he have more perfect knowledge? 

Felix knew more than most Roman rulers about Chris- 
tianity. 

Who was Drusilla? 24: 24. 

9. PAUL BEFORE FESTUS AND AGRIPPA. 

Acts 25: 1-27. 
(1) Zeal of Jews Against Paul. — Acts 25: 1-5. 

(1) Festus therefore, having come into the province (or, hav- 
ing entered upon his province), after three days went up to Jeru- 
salem from Caesarea. (2) And the chief priests and the principal 
men of the Jews informed him against Paul; and they besought 
him, (3) asking a favor against him, that he would send for him 
to Jerusalem; laying a plot to kill him on the way. (4) Howbeit 
Festus answered, that Paul was kept in charge at Caesarea, and 
that he himself was about to depart thither shortly. (5) Let them 
therefore, saith he, that are of power among you go down with me, 
and if there is anything amiss in the man, let them accuse him. 

Felix was recalled and Festus appointed governor, about 
A. D. 60. Three days after his arrival at Caesarea he went 
up to Jerusalem. The Jews had not forgotten their angry 
feeling against Paul. The High Priest and his associates 
renewed their charge against Paul, and desired that the 
governor would bring him from Caesarea to Jerusalem, in 
order that the same might come to a speedy settlement. 
Their real object in trying to work the governor was that 



280 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



this band of murderers might lie in wait, and that when the 
governor brought Paul into Jerusalem they could fall upon 
him and put him to death. 

The governor, however, would be glad to please the 
Jews, yet could not transgress the Roman law. Paul would 
be kept at Csesarea and his purpose was to return shortly. 
He invited those who had charges against Paul to accom- 
pany him to Cassarea and lay their charges before the court 
and it would there be decided if he had committed any 
crime. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long was he at Csesarea before going to Jerusalem? 
Why go to Jerusalem? 

He went to Jerusalem to acquaint himself with the motives 
and work of the leaders of the Jewish church. 

What did the Jews ask Festus to do? 
What did Festus require of them? 

(2) Trial before Festus and Appeal to Caesar. — 

Acts 25: 6-12. 

(6) And when he had tarried among them not more than eight 
or ten days, he went down unto Caesarea; and on the morrow he 
sat on the judgment-seat, and commanded Paul to be brought. 
(7) And when he was come, the Jews that had come down from 
Jerusalem stood round about him, bringing against him many and 
grievous charges which they could not prove; (8) while Paul said 
in his defence, Neither against the law of the Jews, nor against 
the temple, nor against Caesar, have I sinned at all. (9) But Festus, 
desiring to gain favor with the Jews, answered Paul and said, Wilt 
thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things be- 
fore me? (10) But Paul said, I am standing before Caesar's judg- 
ment-seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done 
no wrong, as thou also very well knowest. (11) If then I am a 
wrong-doer, and have committed anything worthy of death, I 
refuse not to die; but if none of those things is true whereof these 
accuse me, no man can give me up (Gr. grant me by favor) unto 
them. I appeal unto Caesar. (12) Then Festus, when he had con- 
ferred with the council, answered, Thou hast appealed unto Caesar: 
unto Caesar shalt thou go. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 281 



The governor remained in Jerusalem just about ten 
days, and the very next day after reaching Caesarea, Paul 
was put on trial before him. The Jews who had accom- 
panied Festus, by invitation, from Jerusalem, stood round 
about him. These were the most influential men in Pales- 
tine, making charges against one man, and very grievous- 
charges, which they could not prove. The Apostle at once 
answered to the same charges he had answered before Fe- 
lix, — heresy, sacrilege and sedition. He made a positive 
statement that he was innocent of every charge made 
against him. The governor knew that Paul had not com- 
mitted any crime of which the Roman law could convict 
him. He therefore, in order to please the Jews, desired 
to grant their wish that Paul should be transferred to 
Jerusalem and make his answer on the charges of heresy, 
sacrilege, and sedition, and there Festus would see that 
Paul got a fair trial. 

Festus himself knew that he would not get a fair trial, 
that the Jews were biased ; and this gives us an oppor- 
tunity to know the character of the man before whom Paul 
appeared to be judged. Paul asserted his rights before 
Festus as a Roman citizen, and that he desired to be judged 
before a Roman tribunal. He declared before the judge 
that he himself knew that he had done nothing wrong to 
the Jews who brought these charges. " Now, if anybody 
could show that I have done evil or am a criminal, and that 
my crime is worthy of death, I would not refuse to die. 
But when there are none of these things true that they 
accuse me of, no governor has a right to deliver me over 
to them. As a Roman citizen I appeal unto Caesar." Paul 
made his appeal unto Caesar, and if his appeal were granted 
the case would be taken entirely out of the hands of the 
present governor. This must have been a surprise to the 
Jews as well as the governor — the turn taken by the Apos- 
tle in taking the case entirely out of their hands. The ap- 
peal was granted by the governor. 



282 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

How long was he at Jerusalem? 

The text should read, " Not more than eight or ten days." 
When was the trial? 
What was the defense of Paul? 
Name the three charges Paul answered here. 
Why ask him to go to Jerusalem? 

Festus was willing to have a man put to death unjustly 
simply to gain the favor of the Jewish nation. 

Why did he not deliver him to the Jews? 

Because he had appealed to Caesar, which would give him 
an opportunity to make his journey to Rome as he had pre- 
dicted. 

Give meaning of "I stand at Caesar's judgment-seat." 

He justified himself in refusing to be taken away to Jeru- 
salem for trial. This was the appointed capital of the province 
where the courts were properly held. 

What was the purpose of the conference? 

(3) Consultation Between Festus and Agrippa. — 

Acts 25: 13-22. 

(13) Now when certain days were passed, Agrippa the king 
and Bernice arrived at Caesarea, and saluted (or, having saluted) 
Festus. (14) And as they tarried there many days, Festus laid 
Paul's case before the king, saying, There is a certain man left a 
prisoner by Felix; (15) about whom, when I was at Jerusalem, 
the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, asking for 
sentence against him. (16) To whom I answered, that it is not 
the custom of the Romans to give up any man, before that the 
accused have the accusers face to face, and have had opportunity 
to make his defence concerning the matter laid against him. (17) 
When therefore they were come together here, I made no delay, 
but on the next day sat on the judgment-seat, and commanded 
the man to be brought. (18) Concerning whom, when the accusers 
stood up, they brought no charge of such evil things as I sup- 
posed; (19) but had certain questions against him of their own 
religion (or, superstition), and of one Jesus, who was dead, whom 
Paul affirmed to be alive. (20) And I, being perplexed how to 
inquire concerning these things, asked whether he would go to 
Jerusalem and there be judged of these matters. (21) But when 
Paul had appealed to be kept for the decision of the emperor (Gr. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 283 



the Augustus), I commanded him to be kept till I should send him 
to Caesar. (22) And Agrippa said unto Festus, I also could wish 
(or, was wishing) to hear the man myself. Tomorrow, saith he, 
thou shalt hear him. 

Shortly after Festus was appointed governor of Judea, 
Agrippa II. , and his sister Bernice paid the governor a visit 
at Csesarea. This Agrippa was the only son of Herod 
Agrippa I., who put to death the Apostle James in Jeru- 
salem, afterwards went to Caesarea, and because of his 
wickedness Divine judgment visited him and he died about 
the year A. D. 44. When his father died Agrippa II. was 
in Rome, but being only about seventeen years of age he 
was too young to be appointed governor over the territory 
ruled by his father. He was however at the death of his 
uncle, six years later, appointed king of Chalcis, a small 
territory east of the river Jordan. After these visitors 
had been with Festus for some days, Festus presented 
Paul's case to the king in order to receive his opinion about 
the matter. It was about time for the prisoner to be sent 
to Caesar; the charges against Paul had reference only to 
the Jewish law, and Festus was still in the dark concerning 
the proper statement to make to the emperor at Rome. 
Agrippa being well acquainted with the Jewish nation and 
their religion, the governor sought the advice of the king 
to assist him to formulate charges. 

Festus had presented to the king the efforts made by 
the Jews to bring judgment against Paul. He declared that 
the accused must be brought face to face with the accuser, 
the Roman law must be satisfied, and the individual must 
have an opportunity to answer himself for the crime. Fes- 
tus gave the king a history of the trial; the accusations of 
the Jews were entirely different from what he had sup- 
posed, and the only thing that they presented against him 
was of their own superstition concerning one Jesus, who 
was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. "And when 
I asked the prisoner if he would be willing to go to Je- 
rusalem and answer these charges at the Jewish court, 



284 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



he made an appeal to be tried at Caesar's court; and I com- 
manded him to be kept until I might send him to Caesar." 
Agrippa became interested in the matter and requested to 
have an opportunity to hear him speak. His request was 
granted. 

QUESTIONS. 

Who are King Agrippa and Bernice? 

He is King Agrippa II., in his twenty-third year; he was 
permitted to succeed his father's youngest brother in the king- 
dom of Chalcis. Four years later he was removed by Claudius 
from Chalcis and given the two Tetrarchies that had former- 
ly been in the hands of Philip and Lysanias (Luke 3: 1). He 
also was given control of the temple and its treasury and the 
power of appointing and displacing the high priest. The Early 
Church knew nothing but persecution at his hands. His great- 
grandfather, Herod the Great, doomed the infant Christ. His 
grandfather, Herod-Antipas, slew John the Baptist. His father 
killed James the Apostle, and intended to take the life of Peter 
also. 

Bernice was a sister of this Agrippa, and of Drusilla (24: 
24). She had been married to her uncle Herod, formerly king 
of Chalcis, but he had died, and she was still a widow. Agrip- 
pa and Bernice, being Jews by birth, were better able to under- 
stand Paul's case than was Festus. 

What was Festus' opinion as to the charges? 
Why did Agrippa wish to hear Paul? 

(4) Paul Brought Before Festus and Agrippa. — 

Acts 25: 23-27. 

(23) So on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, 
with great pomp, and they were entered into the place of hearing 
with the chief captains and the principal men of the city, at the 
command of Festus Paul was brought in. (24) And Festus saith, 
King Agrippa, and all men who are here present with us, ye be- 
hold this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews made 
suit to me, both at Jerusalem and here, crying that he ought not 
to live any longer. (25) But I found that he had committed noth- 
ing worthy of death: and as he himself appealed to the emperor I 
determined to send him. (26) Of whom I have no certain thing to 
write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth before 
you, and specially before thee, king Agrippa, that, after examina- 
tion had, I may have somewhat to write. (27) For it seemeth to 
me unreasonable, in sending a prisoner, not withal to signify the 
charges against him. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 285 



Festus had asked Agrippa for advice, but before Agrip- 
pa was willing to give the advice he wanted to hear Paul 
recite the facts. Paul had often spoken before the public, 
but before such an audience Paul had never spoken. A 
king, a princess, a Roman governor, the military officers 
and the principal men of the city. Was Paul able to set 
forth the facts clearly before such a distinguished audience 
as he was asked to address? The following statement Fes- 
tus made when he introduced the speaker : " This man is not 
charged by a few, but all the Jews have appealed to me that 
he ought not, for what he has done, live any longer. Up- 
on careful examination into the case, I find that he has 
committed nothing worthy of death. And when he sug- 
gested that he be given a hearing before the Jewish tribunal, 
Paul, as a Roman citizen, appealed to be tried at a Roman 
court. And we have granted his appeal and have deter- 
mined to send him. And now since we have decided to 
send him, I have not been able to formulate charges and 
therefore have brought him before you, and especially be- 
fore you as a king, that after you have carefully examined 
into the matter, you might inform me what to write. Agrip- 
pa, being a Jewish king, ought to be able to set forth 
charges, after hearing the case, so that the prisoner may 
be sent forth with specific charges/' 



QUESTIONS. 

Meaning "with great pomp"? 

These children, son and daughter of Herod-Agrippa I., 
made this pompous appearance (great parade) in that very city 
where a few years before their father was smitten by the angel 
of God, and eaten of worms (12: 23). 

Who was present at this conference? 
What was the place of hearing? 

An audience chamber in the palace of Festus. This was 
not a trial of Paul; he could only be tried in Rome, as he had 
appealed unto Caesar. 

What was it that seemed unreasonable to Festus? 



286 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



10. ADDRESS BEFORE THE ROYAL COURT. 
Acts 26: 1-29. 

(1) The Introduction.— Acts 26: 1-3. 

(1) And Agrippa saith unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak 
for thyself. Then Paul stretched forth his hand, and made his 
defence: 

(2) I think myself happy, king Agrippa, that I am to make 
my defence before thee this day touching all the things whereof I 
am accused by the Jews: (3) especially because thou art expert in 
all customs and questions which are among the Jews: wherefore I 
beseech thee to hear me patiently. 

The king now gave the Apostle permission to speak. 
The Apostle stretched forth his hand, and was able to speak 
for himself. He no doubt was somewhat annoyed by the 
lengthy introduction Festus made when he presented him 
to the audience. The address here is somewhat the same as 
the one he had delivered to the Jews on the stairs when he 
was arrested in Jerusalem. The Apostle was in chains, 
still held as a prisoner, but counted himself happy. His 
happiness consisted in being able to present his Lord and 
the Gospel that was committed to him, to such an audi- 
ence. " And especially that I can set the facts before you 
concerning the things whereof I am accused. And I know 
you to be well acquainted with the Jewish teaching and 
customs. Therefore I hope you will patiently bear with 
me in setting forth these facts in their order." 

QUESTIONS. 

Who granted Paul permission to speak? 
Why say " I think myself happy "? 

It was a pleasure for him to speak in his own defense, and 
especially to deliver his own testimony of Christ in the pres- 
ence of the king. 

Why did he appeal to Agrippa's patience? 

He understood the character of his audience, and his pur- 
pose was to set forth clearly, in rather a lengthy discourse, his 
claim for the Christian religion. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 287 



(2) His Life Among the Jews. — Acts 26:4-8. 

(4) My manner of life then from my youth up, which was 
from the beginning among mine own nation and at Jerusalem, 
know all the Jews; (5) having knowledge of me from the first, if 
they be willing to testify, that after the straitest sect of our re- 
ligion I lived a Pharisee. (6) And now I stand here to be judged 
for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers; (7) 
unto which promise our twelve tribes, earnestly serving God night 
and day, hope to attain. And concerning this hope I am accused 
by the Jews, O king! (8) Why is it judged incredible with you, 
if God doth raise the dead? 

He had lived as a Pharisee, which was well known to 
the Jews, and was not only a Pharisee but one of the most 
careful in the study of the law and the carrying of it into 
effect. " And the Jewish nation, if they were willing, know- 
ing me as they did, could testify to these facts ; and now this 
day I stand here and am judged because I was faithful to 
the hope of the promise made by God unto our fathers. 
Now the faithfulness of this hope is the real cause of my 
being a prisoner here this day. In order to obtain this hope 
the twelve tribes served God day and night and for being in 
possession of this hope I stand here accused. Is it not 
strange that, considering what the Jews believe, they hold 
me as a prisoner? Why should it be thought a thing incred- 
ible with you that God should raise the dead? This hope in 
Him is based on Christ being raised to life, and if God doth 
raise the dead why should we not believe that He raised 
Jesus? and if He raised Jesus, has not the Crucified One 
become Christ ? " 

QUESTIONS. 

Who knew Him from the beginning? 

These expressions imply that he left his home in Tarsus 
very young to attend the school at Jerusalem and had for his 
teacher Gamaliel. 

Give meaning of " straitest sect." 

The most exact and rigorous in their interpretation of 
the law, and in enforcing ceremonial observances. 



288 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Where and what was the promise of our fathers? 

This no doubt refers to the promise of the Messiah (13: 
32), and through Him, of the resurrection (23:6). 

Why think it incredible? 

(3) Paul's Opposition to the Church, and His Conversion. 
Acts 26:9-17. 

(9) I verily thought with myself that I ought to do many 
things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. (10) And this 
I also did in Jerusalem: and I both shut up many of the saints in 
prisons, having received authority from the chief priests, and 
when they were put to death I gave my vote against them. (11) 
And punishing them oftentimes in all the synagogues, I strove to 
make them blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I 
persecuted them even unto foreign cities. (12) Whereupon as I 
journeyed to Damascus with the authority and commission of the 
chief priests, (13) at midday, O king, I saw on the way a light 
from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round 
about me and them that journeyed with me. (14) And when we 
were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice saying unto me in the 
Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? it is hard 
for thee to kick against the goad (Gr. goads). (15) And I said, 
Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou 
persecutest. (16) But arise, and stand upon thy feet: for to this 
end have I appeared unto thee, to appoint thee a minister and a 
witness both of the things wherein thou hast seen me, and of the 
things wherein I will appear unto thee; (17) delivering thee from 
the people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom I send thee. 

The Apostle Paul confessed that he at one time held 
religious views just like those of his brethren. " It was my 
purpose to suppress the work of ' Jesus,' and what I did is 
not a secret." Three new facts about the persecution of 
the Christians Paul stated, which took place after the death 
of Stephen. (1) Christians were put to death, (2) Chris- 
tians were punished according to the Jewish custom in the 
presence of the judges who sat in the synagogue, (3) Per- 
secution had extended to other cities besides Jerusalem. 
Instead of Paul taking the Christians and putting them to 
death, the power of God took hold of him and changed his 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 289 



life. He was on his way to Damascus when he was stricken 
to the earth and the Heavenly Voice spoke to him, and Paul 
heard the voice. He did not recite the entire story of his 
conversion but referred to his commission as being Divine, 
and that he was to be a minister and witness to the people 
of the things that he had seen and heard. 

QUESTIONS. 

How could Paul think and do things contrary to the wish of 
Jesus? 

Paul acknowledged himself to have been a persecutor and 
blasphemer, although in it he followed the guidance of his own 
conscience; and he stood in need of mercy for remission of 
those wicked acts. 

What was the extent of his persecution? 
Why had Jesus appeared to him? 

(4) His Commission.—Acts 26: 18-23. 

(18) To open their eyes, that they may turn from darkness to 
light and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may re- 
ceive remission of sins and an inheritance among them that are 
sanctified by faith in me. (19) Wherefore, O king Agrippa, I 
was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision: (20) but declared 
both to them of Damascus first, and at Jerusalem, and throughout 
all the country of Judaea, and also to the Gentiles, that they should 
repent and turn to God, doing works worthy of repentance. (21) 
For this cause the Jews seized me in the temple, and assayed to 
kill me. (22) Having therefore obtained the help that is from God, 
I stand unto this day testifying both to small and great, saying 
nothing but what the prophets and Moses did say should come; 
(23) how that the Christ must suffer, and how that he first by the 
resurrection of the dead should proclaim light both to the people 
and to the Gentiles. 

Paul had received his commission when the Lord ap- 
peared unto him at the time of his conversion. By the 
special revelation he had received from the Lord the Gos- 
pel was to find its way to the Gentiles. The moment had 
come to give this Gospel message to the blind sinners who 
were sitting before him in the congregation. All the ele- 
ments of the Gospel are really contained in verse 18. Even 



290 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



the Jews themselves were under the power of Satan, and not 
until their eyes were opened could they receive forgiveness 
of sin. So the Apostle, if he wanted to be honest with these 
people, had to reveal the things he had seen and heard. It 
was for preaching Jesus that the Jews wanted to kill him, 
but by the hand of God he had been preserved until this 
day. "And I have never failed to witness, before poor and 
rich, small and great, in accordance with the teaching of 
the law and prophecy, that Christ should die and rise again 
from the dead, and be the light for all the people in the 
world." 

In this paragraph he made a thrust at these Jews — 
that because he was obeying the commission of the risen 
Savior, the Jews caught him in the temple. " When I 
spoke in harmony with the teachings in the Scriptures of 
the coming of Christ. " If the Jews claimed to love Moses 
and the Prophets, the thirty-nine books of the Old Testa- 
ment, then they must certainly accept the fruit that comes 
from the planting in the Old Testament. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was his special mission? 

(1) To open their eyes; (2) to turn them from darkness to 
light; (3) to turn them from Satan unto God; (4) to bring 
forgiveness and inheritance. 
Where did he have his heavenly vision? 
Where did he begin his work? 
Why did they arrest him? 
Who is the first that rose from the dead? 

(5) Conclusion. — Acts 26 : 24-29. 

(24) And as he thus made his defence, Festus saith with a 
loud voice, Paul, thou art mad; thy much learning is turning thee 
mad (Gr. turneth thee to madness). (25) But Paul saith, I am 
not mad, most excellent Festus; but speak forth words of truth 
and soberness. (26) For the king knoweth of these things unto 
whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these 
things is hidden from him; for this hath not been done in a corner. 
(27) King Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 291 



believest. (28) And Agrippa said unto Paul, With but little per- 
suasion thou (or, in a little time thou, etc.) wouldest fain make me 
a Christian. (29) And Paul said, I would to God, that whether 
with little or with much (or, both in little and in great, i. e., in all 
respects), not thou only, but also all that hear me this day, might 
become such as I am, except these bonds. 

As the minister was so earnestly setting forth the 
things of Jesus, appealing to the Old Testament as the 
foundation for what he had advanced, Festus, who was not 
able to comprehend the truths presented by the Apostle, 
became impatient and interrupted him by the rude remark, 
" Thou art beside thyself. Thy much learning hath turned 
thee to madness." This was not a serious charge by one so 
ignorant of the higher things as Festus was. The Lord during 
his ministry had also heard the same charge. The Apostle 
answered Festus and said that his words were not those of 
a person who does not know what he is saying, but the 
words of truth and soberness. Then Paul turned to the 
king, as one who was more familiar with the things that 
Paul was presenting. The things that Paul was setting 
forth before the public could not help being known to the 
king. The king was acquainted with Christ's suffering, 
His trial and His death, and therefore Paul turned to him 
with a question, "Believest thou the prophets?" Then 
Agrippa answered, "Almost thou persuadest me to be a 
Christian. " He meant to say, " By a little more persuasion 
you might make me a Christian," or " Do you think you 
can make me a Christian by your speechmaking? " Paul 
answered and said, not only to the king but to all of them, 
" I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear 
me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I 
am, except these bonds." 

He was asking God that these people might receive all 
the blessings that come through faith in the Lord Jesus 
Christ, but in his appeal he remembered the chains and 
would not want any others to be under such bonds as were 
put on him. 



292 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

What effect had his sermon on Festus? 

He considered Paul as a visionary enthusiast, unbalanced 
in mind. 

Why say, "much learning doth make thee mad"? 

Much learning had turned his brain. The idea was sug- 
gested by his many allusions to Moses and the Prophets. 
Paul was an educated man of high order. 

What was not done in a corner? 

There was a wide knowledge of the facts connected with 
the preaching of the Gospel since the death and resurrection 
of Christ. 

What question did he ask Agrippa? and what was his reply? 
What special thing did he want his hearers to enjoy? 



11. PAUL DECLARED INNOCENT. 

Acts 26:30-32. 

(30) And the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, 
and they that sat with them: (31) and when they had withdrawn, 
they spake one to another, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy 
of death or of bonds. (32) And Agrippa said unto Festus, This 
man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto 
Caesar. 

The Apostle expressed his great desire that they might 
be persuaded to accept Jesus Christ, and enjoy the hope 
that sustained him under all these trying circumstances ; 
instead of their crowns and robes and offices, he wished 
they had a standing the same as his, humble though it 
seemed. The king and the audience then went aside, and 
their verdict was this : " This man doeth nothing worthy 
of death or of bonds. " And the Roman officers declared, if 
Paul had not made his appeal to Caesar he might have been 
set free. But we have seen before that this appeal to Rome 
was in accord with the will of the Lord. The Lord had 
promised Paul to be his Companion, and that no one would 
be permitted to harm him on his journey to Rome. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 293 



QUESTIONS, 

Why not release Paul? 
What was their decision? 

What prediction was fulfilled in his persecution? 
Give the principal points made by the Apostle in his address 
before Agrippa. 



Section VI. The Gospel on the Way to Rome. 
Acts 27: 1 to 28: 16. 

1. JOURNEY FROM CiESAREA TO CRETE. 
Acts 27: 1-12. 

(1) And when it was determined that we should sail for 
Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to a cen- 
turion named Julius, of the Augustan band. (2) And embarking in 
a ship of Adramyttium, which was about to sail unto the places on 
the coast of Asia, we put to sea, Aristarchus, a Macedonian of 
Thessalonica, being with us. (3) And the next day we touched at 
Sidon: and Julius treated Paul kindly, and gave him leave to go 
unto his friends and refresh himself (Gr. receive attention). (4) 
And putting to sea from thence, we sailed under the lee of Cyprus, 
because the winds were contrary. (5) And when we had sailed 
across the sea which is off Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to 
Myra, a city of Lycia. (6) And there the centurion found a ship of 
Alexandria sailing for Italy; and he put us therein. (7) And when 
we had sailed slowly many days, and were come with difficulty 
over against Cnidus, the wind not further suffering us (or, suffer- 
ing us to get there), we sailed under the lee of Crete, over against 
Salmone; (8) and with difficulty coasting along it we came unto a 
certain place called Fair Heavens; nigh whereunto was the city of 
Lasea. 

(9) And when much time was spent, and the voyage was now 
dangerous, because the Fast was now already gone by, Paul ad- 
monished them, (10) and said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that the 
voyage will be with injury and much loss, not only of the lading 
and the ship, but also of our lives. (11) But the centurion gave 
more heed to the master and to the owner of the ship, than to 
those things which were spoken by Paul. (12) And because the 
haven was not commodious to winter in, the more part advised to 
put to sea from thence, if by any means they could reach Phoenix, 
and winter there; which is a haven of Crete, looking north-east. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 295 



and south-east (Gr. down the south-west wind and down the north- 
west wind). 

The Apostle was always under the direction of Him for 
whom he labored. He was a chosen vessel, was commis- 
sioned as the Apostle of the Gentiles. As he came to the 
close of the third missionary journey the Lord laid it upon 
his heart to open a Gospel highway to Rome, the capital of 
the Roman Empire. Two years before his departure as a 
prisoner to Rome, held as a prisoner in Jerusalem by Lysias, 
the Lord visited him one night in prison, and gave him en- 
couragement and told him that the plans he had made to carry 
the Gospel to Rome, would be carried into effect. The 
Jews as a nation had no use for him and rejected him. For 
two years he was in prison at Csesarea. The old center for 
the spread of the Gospel could no longer be depended upon 
and a new western center must be made. We are about to 
bid farewell to the land that gave us the Bible and make a 
journey for the purpose of carrying the Gospel to Rome. 
Our historian is giving a very minute and graphic de- 
scription, not of what Jesus began to do and teach while on 
earth, but what He is continuing to do and teach on this 
voyage to Rome, in establishing a new center from His 
place on the Throne. 

The ship left Csesarea. We are at the entrance of a 
new world. The Gospel began at Jerusalem, but it is to be 
continued from the center of the great political world, Rome. 
Paul, Luke, and Aristarchus sail forth on this important 
journey. The picture here given by Luke, of the contrary 
winds, the destructive waves, and the shipwreck, was just 
what the Gospel had to meet and will have to meet in her 
forward march in the conversion of the world. Just as the 
Apostle on this voyage was receiving directions concerning 
his journey, so the Lord's servants, who are true to the 
forward movement of the Gospel, are constantly in touch 
with Him who is the directing force and power of all Chris- 
tian and missionary efforts. 



296 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Just as soon as a sufficient company of prisoners for 
Rome could be gathered to go under one officer, Paul was 
sent with them. There was a vessel about to start which 
would go as far as Myra, and they hoped to be able to get 
a vessel at that point for Italy. The prisoners were entrust- 
ed to the charge of Julius, a centurion of Augustus' band. 
This was so named in honor of the Emperor. The following 
day after leaving Caesarea they arrived at Sidon, where 
Paul and his associates had an opportunity to enjoy liberty 
and spend time with the good Christian people that lived at 
that place. You remember that he spent about a week at 
Tyre with the church people, on his way to Jerusalem. 
Men, women, and children accompanied him and they had 
a very impressive service before his departure. Here at 
Sidon, while the historian does not describe minutely what 
happened, Paul was refreshed and strengthened, and it was 
a great help to him after being in prison for two years at 
Ccesarea. 

At really the beginning of this great voyage Paul had 
great influence over Julius, as was shown by the liberty 
granted him here at Sidon. On leaving Sidon they were not 
able to sail direct to Asia because of the contrary winds, 
but sailed along the east coast of Cyprus, going north until 
they received the protection of the highlands of Asia Minor. 
Then they sailed west along the coast, for the sailors knew 
that at that point, going west along the south shore of Asia 
Minor, the sea current runs westward, which would aid 
them in their westward course although the winds were 
contrary. Upon arriving at Myra, a city of Lycia, they 
found an Alexandrian vessel laden with wheat, soon to de- 
part for Rome. This must have been a vessel of consider- 
able size and tonnage, as in addition to her cargo and crew 
she carried a company of 276 passengers. Leaving Myra 
they sailed westward, making very little progress, the wind 
being constantly against them, and it required many days 
to sail from Myra to the island of Cnidus, a distance 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 297 



of about one hundred and twenty-five or thirty miles. 
When they arrived just about opposite Cnidus, which 
lies at the southwest angle of Asia Minor, the ship re- 
ceiving the full force of the wind coming from the north, 
could no longer hold her westerly course, and it sailed al- 
most due south to Cape Salmone, the eastern extremity of 
Crete. They found it impossible to sail upon the open sea 
and so took advantage of the protection of the island and 
sailed close to the shore. This would give them an oppor- 
tunity of sailing about one hundred miles before going out 
upon the open sea. Going westward they arrived at the har- 
bor of Fairhavens. Not far distant was a town called Lasea. 
Not expecting nearly so much difficulty in the journey, it 
therefore required much longer time to reach this point ; and 
winter approaching they realized the fact that it was going 
to be extremely difficult to make the remainder of the trip 
during that time of the year. And it was a question if they 
should not spend the winter there. " The time of the fast 
was passed," which refers to the Day of Atonement of the 
Jewish church. This was observed on the tenth day of the 
seventh Jewish month, corresponding to the latter part of 
our September or beginning of October. Paul was now 
beginning to give advice, although he was a prisoner, to the 
people in charge of the ship. The centurion, however, took 
the advice of the master and owner of the ship, who felt 
that it would not be advisable to spend the winter at that 
place, and decided to move forward along the coast and 
attempt to reach Phenice, a western harbor of Crete, a 
place more suitable to spend the winter. 

QUESTIONS. 

What was determined? 

To go by sea and not over land and the time fixed for sail- 
ing. 

Who accompanied Paul? 

Where did they land the following day? 

What liberty did Paul enjoy? 

From what direction was the wind? 



298 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Locate places mentioned. 

What was the fast and what was its connection with sailing? 

It is generally understood that this refers to the fast of 
the great Day of Atonement which was celebrated on the tenth 
day of the seventh month. To sail after this time was con- 
sidered dangerous by the ancient Jews. 

Where did they anchor? 

Fairhavens, on the southern coast of the island of Crete, 
about midway between the east and west. 

Describe the island of Crete. 

It lies at the entrance of the yEgean Sea, and is about 140 
miles long and 130 miles wide. 



2. SHIP LEAVES FAIR HAVENS FOR PHENICE. 

Acts 27: 13-20. 

(13) And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they 
had obtained their purpose, they weighed anchor and sailed along 
Crete, close in shore. (14) But after no long time there beat down 
from it a tempestuous wind, which is called Euraquilo: (15) and 
when the ship was caught, and could not face the wind, we gave 
way to it, and were driven. (16) And running under the lee of a 
small island called Cauda, we were able, with difficulty, to secure 
the boat: (17) and when they had hoisted it up, they used helps, 
undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should be cast upon 
the Syrtis, they lowered the gear, and so were driven. (18) And 
as we labored exceedingly with the storm, the next day they began 
to throw the freight overboard; (19) and the third day they cast 
out with their own hands the tackling of the ship. (20) And when 
neither sun nor stars shone upon us for many days, and no small 
tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was now taken 
away. 

Warnings concerning danger are not always heeded. 
The messenger of God gave directions, and when not 
obeyed calamity followed. Here these people were warned 
of the danger before them, but because they had made up 
their mind they would have smooth sailing, and more com- 
modious winter quarters, they risked the dangerous journey 
that was before them. They had waited at the harbor for 
just the right kind of wind so that they might leave, and 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 299 



when that time came they sailed along the south shore of 
the island of Crete ; but so deceptive was that southerly 
breeze that the sailors did not think it necessary to take in 
the ship's boat which was allowed to tow behind. When 
they had come within a few hours of the harbor a severe 
storm came on, rushing down suddenly from the mountain 
tops of Crete; and as it was impossible to keep the vessel 
to face it, the ship was driven by the gale to the small is- 
land Clauda, which afforded her some protection. The 
hurricane which struck them was known as Euroclydon, the 
strong north wind that drove them to the south. They had to 
give way to the wind and were driven. The ship was not 
now under the control of the sailors but under the control of 
the wind. This island was about 23 miles to the southwest 
of Crete. Here they experienced great difficulty in taking 
on board the vessel the small boat to save it from being 
dashed to pieces. The next thing they did before going up- 
on the open sea was to strengthen the vessel by putting 
strong flat cables around the hull of the ship a number of 
times to support it, in the times of great storms, to pre- 
vent the vessel's timbers from springing. The third thing 
they did was to lower the rigging, all except sails sufficient 
and so set as to enable her to drift as close to the wind as 
possible in a northwesterly direction, in order to miss the 
quicksands and prevent the vessel from being wrecked. 

From this time on the vessel was allowed to drift by 
the storm. The following day the passengers tossed over- 
board part of the freight in order to lighten the ship. Then 
on the third day they threw overboard the tackling of the 
ship, which was done by the assistance of the passengers. 
It consisted of different kinds of material to be used by the 
sailors for the purpose of making repairs. The sailors at 
that time were directed as to their course by the heavenly 
bodies, and when neither the sun nor the stars appeared for 
many days, and the storm continued in its fury, all hope 
of their being saved was taken away. 



300 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Why leave and where was the place for which they were sail- 
ing? 

Paul advised them to remain, but the centurion at this 
time had more confidence in the master of the ship and there- 
fore decided to go to Phenice, where they might winter. This 
was forty miles west of Fairhavens, and would have taken 
them but one day had it not been for the storm. 

What was the direction of the tempestuous wind? 

It was like a tornado, from the east and northeast. The 
sailors were powerless and could not control the ship. 

Where is Clauda and how far south of Crete? 

Name the three things that the sailors did while at Clauda. 

How did they lighten the ship? 

What did they do the third day after leaving Fairhavens? 
What was the effect of not seeing the sun and the stars? 

They could not tell the direction in which they were sail- 
ing. They were for fourteen days at the mercy of the storm 
and were drifting they knew not where. 

3. PAUL GIVES COMFORT AND ADVICE. 
Acts 27:21-26. 

(21) And when they had been long without food, then Paul 
stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have 
hearkened unto me, and not have set sail from Crete, and have 
gotten this injury and loss. (22) And now I exhort you to be of 
good cheer; for there shall be no loss of life among you, but only 
of the ship. (23) For there stood by me this night an angel of the 
God whose I am, whom also I serve, (24) saying, Fear not, Paul; 
thou must stand before Caesar: and lo, God hath granted thee all 
them that sail with thee. (25) Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: 
for I believe God, that it shall be even so as it hath been spoken 
unto me. (26) But we must be cast upon a certain island. 

The man who has faith in God never loses hope. In 
this hour of deepest darkness God again sent forth His 
angel during the night to comfort His servant. He was 
to reach Rome, he was the salt that would save this entire 
company. He stood forth before these people not to give 
advice but first rebuke. " Sirs, ye should have hearkened 
unto me." They may have wondered what this priest of 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 301 



religion knew about sailing, but he was directing this sail- 
ing under the supervision of Somebody else than himself. 
Paul here did more than rebuke — he inspired and cheered. 
He promised safety to them all, and in the presence of the 
company he acknowledged the God who appeared unto him 
and whom he worshiped. The idols worshiped by those 
on board this vessel had all failed them, and Paul's God 
was about to bring deliverance to the company. He told 
this company that he himself was to stand before Caesar and 
that his God had promised to give safety to all that sailed 
with him. "And I know that God is true and I accept His 
word, and you ought to be of good cheer, although we are 
to be cast upon a certain island." 

QUESTIONS. 

Meaning of "after long abstinence"? 

When they had been long without food and with death 
staring them in the face, no one could eat. 

What did Paul say to the people? 21. 

Who was with Paul at this critical moment and why? 

What three things were promised Paul? 

The salvation of his soul, preservation of his body, and 
safety of his fellow voyagers. 

What was to occur? 26. 

4. THE SHIP'S COMPANY IN GREAT DANGER. 
Acts 27 : 27-38. 

(27) But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were 
driven to and fro in the sea of Adria, about midnight the sailors 
surmised that they were drawing near to some country: (28) and 
they sounded, and found twenty fathoms; and after a little space, 
they sounded again, and found fifteen fathoms. (29) And fearing 
lest haply we should be cast ashore on rocky ground, they let go 
four anchors from the stern, and wished (or, prayed) for the day. 
(30) And as the sailors were seeking to flee out of the ship, and 
had lowered the boat into the sea, under color as though they 
would lay out anchors from the foreship, (31) Paul said to the 
centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye 



302 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



cannot be saved. (32) Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the 
boat, and let her fall off. (33) And while the day was coming on, 
Paul besought them all to take some food, saying, This day is the 
fourteenth day that ye wait and continue fasting, having taken 
nothing. (34) Wherefore I beseech you to take some food: for this 
is for your safety: for there shall not a hair perish from the head 
of any of you. (35) And when he had said this, and had taken 
bread, he gave thanks to God in the presence of all; and he brake 
it, and began to eat. (36) Then were they all of good cheer, and 
themselves also took food. (37) And we were in all in the ship 
two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. (38) And when they 
had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, throwing out the wheat 
into the sea. 

It was now fourteen days since they left Fairhavens. 
Those were days and nights of great anxiety. The ship was 
nearing the island called Malta, where they were to land, 
which increased their anxiety that likely the ship would be 
broken in pieces. About midnight, when the sailors sound- 
ed they found twenty fathoms, and just a little later they 
sounded again and found it fifteen fathoms, realizing that 
they were drifting nearer to land. Being alarmed lest the 
ship might be dashed to pieces, they cast four anchors out of 
the stern of the ship and were anxiously waiting for day- 
break. The shipmen saw no chance to escape. Having let 
down a little boat they were about to enter it and try to get 
away from the ship that was about to go to pieces, when 
Paul said to the centurion, " Except these abide in the ship, 
the ship's company can never be saved." The centurion 
ordered the soldiers immediately to cut the boat's rope, 
and the little ship was allowed to drift to the shore. 
As the morning was approaching Paul encouraged all the 
passengers on the boat to take some food that they might 
receive some strength. " Cheer up, we are all going to be 
saved ! " After delivering this cheerful message to the 
people, the man who started as a prisoner, whose advice 
was not heeded at Fairhavens, was now the ruling spirit 
on the boat, and in the presence of them all praised his God 
and gave thanks for the meal of which they were to partake. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 303 



The people having caught the cheerful spirit of the 
Apostle and having partaken of this meal were willing to 
make any sacrifice in order that they might not perish. The 
boat was heavily laden and therefore there was great dan- 
ger that she would soon strike bottom ; and having received 
some hope of being saved, they at once cast overboard the 
sacks of grain. There are many Christian men and women, 
who have made shipwreck and are making shipwreck on 
their Christian voyage because of unwillingness to sacri- 
fice earthly hindrances. Men and women must be willing to 
cast aside many things that are dear to them on the Chris- 
tian journey, in order to increase their hope and make sure 
of the desired haven. 

QUESTIONS. 

How long were they driven up and down in Adria? 

Adria was the name given to the wide sweep of the 
Mediterranean lying between Greece, Italy, and Africa. This 
name covered a much larger territory than it does now. They 
had drifted about 480 miles toward Malta. The time had been 
fourteen days since they left Fairhavens. 

Why think they were near the land? 

Why wish to abandon the ship? 

Why cut off the ropes? 

How many were on the boat? 

Why did they wish to lighten the boat? 

5. THE SHIP IS LOST, BUT THE MEN ARE SAVED. 
Acts 27:39-44. 

39. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they 
perceived a certain bay with a beach, and they took counsel wheth- 
er they could drive the ship upon it (some ancient authorities read 
" bring the ship safe to shore "). (40) And casting off the anchors, 
they left them in the sea, at the same time loosing the bands of the 
rudders; and hoisting up the foresail to the wind, they made for 
the beach. (41) But lighting upon a place where two seas met, 
they ran the vessel aground; and the foreship struck and remained 
unmoveable, but the stern began to break up by the violence of 
the waves. (42) And the soldiers* counsel was to kill the prisoners, 



304 ACTS OP THE APOSTLES 



lest any of them should swim out, and escape. (43) But the cen- 
turion, desiring to save Paul, stayed them from their purpose; and 
commanded that they who could swim should cast themselves 
overboard, and get first to the land; (44) and the rest, some on 
planks, and some on other things from the ship. And so it came 
to pass, that they all escaped safe to the land. 

After the people had received strength and the wheat 
was thrown into the sea so the ship would not sink down so 
deep into the water and strike bottom so soon, the sailors 
cut the cables which held the anchors, letting them drop 
into the sea. It was now daylight. They discovered land, 
but were not able to identify it. The rudders or paddles 
which had been lifted during the time the boat was an- 
chored, so that they would not be broken by the waves, 
were now loosened because they needed them in steering, 
and at the same time they hoisted the mainsail to give the 
vessel a forward movement through the water. Here we 
see the reason why Paul gave instructions that the sailors 
be kept on board so the passengers might be saved, because 
they were skilled in steering the vessel clear of the rocks 
and land the vessel at a point nearest the island. The two 
seas met where two heavy waves coming together struck 
the boat when she was fast in the sand, and broke her to 
pieces. The soldiers saw that their lives would be in dan- 
ger if the prisoners were to escape and they suggested to 
the centurion that the prisoners be put to death. But Paul 
was under higher orders. He was to go to Rome. He had 
an influence on that ship. God had promised that all these 
should be saved, and now the centurion, willing to save 
Paul, kept the soldiers from their purpose, and commanded 
that the ones that could swim should cast themselves into 
the sea and get to land first, and the others might have as- 
sistance from the boards and broken pieces of the ship to 
reach the shore in safety. The Apostle had promised these 
people that they would all get to land safely and now the 
promise was fulfilled as they were all together on the is- 
land of Malta. 



306 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



QUESTIONS. 

Why did they not know the land? 

Even if some were familiar with the island of Malta, yet 
coming so suddenly upon it, they would at first fail to recog- 
nize it. 

Why wish to strike the beach? 

They perceived a certain bay with a beach, such a sandy 
beach as would suit them to run the ship ashore. 
Why raise a sail? 

Why was it more dangerous where two seas met? 

" The land from the ship appeared continuous, while part 
of it was an island separated from the land by a narrow chan- 
nel with a strong current. The current meeting the opposing 
water formed a sand-bank on which the forepart of the ship 
stuck, while the hind part was in deep water and exposed to 
the force of the current." 

Why so anxious to save Paul? 

The centurion realized that it was to Paul that the safety 
of the whole party was due. 

Give the fulfillment of Paul's three predictions. 

(1) They were wrecked upon the island; (2) the ship was 
lost; (3) their lives were saved. 

6. PAUL ON THE ISLAND OF MALTA.— Acts 28: 1-9. 

(1) Hospitality of the People.— 28: 1-2. 

(1) And when we were escaped, then we knew that the island 
was called Melita (some ancient authorities read " Melitene (2) 
And the barbarians showed us no common kindness: for they 
kindled a fire, and received us all, because of the present rain, and 
because of the cold. 

Everything was lost on this journey to Malta but the 
crew and the 276 passengers. After such an experience 
they would appreciate kind treatment from the people who 
inhabited the island. Luke called them barbarous people, 
a term simply used for all classes of people who did not 
speak the Greek language. These people were hospitable 
and showed them no little kindness. They kindled a fire 
and made this great company comfortable because of the 
cold and rainy season just at that time. These men had 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



307 



already been drenched from swimming ashore, and the 
continuous rain prevented them from getting dry. The 
large fire was made by the burning of sticks and brush, 
which cost the natives some effort, for everything was 
soaked by the continuous rains. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where is Melita? 

The name frequently given to this island is Malta, a 
shortened form. It is sixty miles south of Sicily, about 200 
from the African coast. It is seventeen miles long, nine miles 
wide, and about sixty miles in circumference. 

(2) Paul's Credentials.— Acts 28: 3-9. 

(3) But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid 
them on the fire, a viper came out by reason of the heat (or, from 
the heat), and fastened on his hand. (4) And when the barbarians 
saw the venomous creature hanging from his hand, they said one 
to another, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he 
hath escaped from the sea, yet Justice hath not suffered to live. 
(5) Howbeit he shook off the creature into the fire, and took no 
harm. (6) But they expected that he would have swollen, or fallen 
down dead suddenly: but when they were long in expectation and 
beheld nothing amiss come to him, they changed their minds, and 
said that he was a god. 

(7) Now in the neighborhood of that place were lands be- 
longing to the chief man of the island, named Publius; who re- 
ceived us, and entertained us three days courteously. (8) And it 
was so, that the father of Publius lay sick of fever and dysentery; 
unto whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laying his hands on 
him healed him. (9) And when this was done, the rest also that 
had diseases in the island came, and were cured: 

Paul, who had been the moving spirit on the ship, the 
greatest man in that company, and no doubt the greatest 
man on that island, was not above soiling his hands in the 
gathering of sticks and willing to do the humblest service. 
When Paul had gathered these sticks, and was placing the 
bundle on the fire a viper, which had hid away among the 
brush and was now awakened by the heat, crawled forth, 
fastening itself on Paul's hand. The inhabitants of the 
island saw the creature hanging on his hand, and know- 



308 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



ing it to be poisonous, concluded that he must be some 
great criminal or murderer. Although he had escaped be- 
ing punished on the sea for his crime, here vengeance was 
meted out and he must die. Paul was a prominent prisoner 
and so they had a right to conclude that he must have 
committed some great crime. The Apostle shook off the 
beast into the fire without showing any alarm. He was 
familiar w r ith the teachings of Christ to his disciples, con- 
cerning serpents (Mark 16: 18; Luke 10: 19). He also re- 
membered the promise that he should preach the Gospel in 
Rome; then why should he be alarmed? This could not be 
the place of his death. The bystanders were sure that death 
would speedily come, but when the evil consequences did 
not follow the usual results of the bite, they changed their 
opinion, and believed him to be a god. The miracle was 
wrought here before these people by the direct power of 
God, which had a wholesome influence upon these islanders. 

In the neighborhood of that place were lands belong- 
ing to the governor of the island, whose name was Publius. 
This man invited Paul and his companions to his home. 
It may be possible that the text includes the entire company 
of the 276 people, who were kindly cared for, for three days, 
at the expense of the governor. While they were in this 
home, enjoying this hospitality, the father of the governor 
lay sick with the fever, which was considered very danger- 
ous, same as it is now. The governor, having heard of the 
miraculous escape from the bite of the serpent, no doubt 
regarded Paul as a very remarkable man. Paul receiving 
this favor from the governor, desired to bestow a favor 
upon him, and cured his father. After seeing how God pro- 
tected Paul and gave him power to heal the governor's fa- 
ther, many who were diseased and living on the island, came 
to him and were cured. 

Christ wants those who are leaders in the Church, 
such as missionaries, pastors and teachers as channels of 
blessings to all. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



309 



QUESTIONS. 

What had happened to Paul, and what did the islanders con- 
clude? 

That the bite of that poisonous serpent meant death and 
came upon those who had committed a crime and deserved to 
die. Instead of calling him a murderer or a god, they should 
have said, " Paul is a man of God." 

Who was Publius? 

Who was dangerously ill? 

No one ever loses by hospitality, especially if it is extended 
to a servant of God. Here God opened a way for Paul to re- 
pay the kindness of Publius and to exalt Christ before these 
heathens. Paul laid his hand on the father of Publius, after 
prayer — the hand that just now overcame the serpent — and he 
was healed. 

What other miracles did Paul perform? 



7. THE JOURNEY FROM MELITA TO ROME. 
Acts 28: 10-16. 

(10) Who also honored us with many honors; and when we 
sailed, they put on board such things as we needed. 

(11) And after three months we set sail in a ship of Alexan- 
dria which had wintered in the island, whose sign was The Twin 
Brothers (Gr. Dioscuri). (12) And touching at Syracuse, we tar- 
ried there three days. (13) And from thence we made a circuit, 
and arrived at Rhegium: and after one day a south wind sprang 
up, and on the second day we came to Puteoli; (14) where we 
found brethren, and were entreated to tarry with them seven days: 
and so we came to Rome. (15) And from thence the brethren, 
when they heard of us, came to meet us as far as The Market of 
Appius and The Three Taverns; whom when Paul saw, he thanked 
God, and took courage. 

(16) And when we entered into Rome, Paul was suffered to 
abide by himself with the soldier that guarded him. 

We have been on the journey for some time with our 
prisoner after the long and dangerous voyage on the sea, 
at last landing at Malta. It was necessary because of the 
time of the year to remain three months, until the vessels 
then lying in the harbor could venture out upon the seas. 
Some remarkable things had taken place on the island, as 



310 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



well as on this journey from here to Rome. On the island 
it seemed strange that Paul should do the healing and not 
Luke, the physician. Paul was a preacher, a tent maker, 
and also able to heal the sick. We have no account of Luke 
healing anyone. Luke kept the record, magnified the preach- 
ing, and never made mention of his own talent. " It is 
religion that heals: the medicines are grown in God's gar- 
den. The doctor who comes to your home can do you good 
in proportion as he is able to lead you out of yourself, and 
that is done only by those who are able to go out of them- 
selves. " James tells us of the Christian's power to heal. 
The Bible is the best Book on healing; the Christian is the 
greatest healer in the world. 

Another thing remarkable is that the poorest should be 
the one who should administer to the richest. A prisoner, 
who had not a thing in his hand to give, was able to give 
more to the rich man on the island than any one else. A 
man in chains, a prisoner, without owning a thing in this 
world, may be in possession of wealth that cannot be bought 
with mountains of silver and gold. 

Then the work that was done on this island was not 
by preaching the Gospel but by the power of healing. There 
are many different ways that Jesus has for His servants to 
open His work in different localities. Christianity can as- 
sert itself anywhere and at any time. The Christian man's 
question should be, " What is your burden, what your sor- 
row, what is your disease, what is your sin? " The church 
interested only in educating men for the ministry has very 
narrow visions as to the whole duty of the church. 

Men and women must be trained by the church, to heal, 
to sympathize, to sing, and to conduct business in a Chris- 
tian way. After the Christians had so wonderfully shown 
their sympathy and helpfulness to these islanders they were 
rewarded for the same while with them, and upon their de- 
parture they bestowed upon them all things necessary for 
their journey. They honored this little band of disciples. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



311 



They did not charge a fee for everything they did, but they 
were given their support. It is true that every man that 
works is entitled to his wages. So the minister of the 
Gospel, if he does his work under the direction of the Great 
Master, is not only entitled to his support, but has been 
promised it. If he does not receive it, it is a sure indica- 
tion that he ought not to be in it. 

The vessel, by the name of Alexandria, whose sign was 
" The Twin Brothers," was ready to sail and they departed 
on their journey to Italy. It was now early spring. Their 
first stopping place was Syracuse, on the coast of Sicily, a 
distance of about one hundred miles from Malta. After 
tarrying three days they continued the journey. The wind 
became unfavorable and it took considerable time to reach 
Rhegium, because they were driven to and fro. Before 
leaving for the next point the wind was in their favor, and 
they reached Puteoli, a distance of nearly two hundred miles 
in a single day. At this point Julius, the centurion, left the 
ship with his prisoners, to make the rest of the journey by 
land. The last account we have of Paul being with any of 
his brethren was at Sidon, soon after he had left on his 
journey to Rome. Nov/ after being on this journey for a 
number of months, and before reaching Rome, he met his 
brethren, and by the permission of Julius, over whom he 
had great influence, he remained here an entire week. This 
shows the influence the Gospel had in Italy before Paul's 
arrival. The Christians in Italy knew of Paul's coming, and 
came all the way from Rome to Appii Forum, forty-three 
miles, and The Three Taverns, thirty-three miles, to meet 
him. Did Paul, after two years of prison life at Csesarea, 
the rough journey on the sea, and the three months' waiting 
for a vessel to go to Rome, appreciate the meeting of his 
brethren, to welcome him on the mission he had for the 
Lord at Rome? Was the Apostle Paul human? Would he 
appreciate a word of encouragement? 

These brethren had the right spirit. They looked up- 



312 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



on him as the prince of the Lord, and would have gone far- 
ther on the road if they had been certain not to miss 
him. Think of it, brethren ! When he saw these Chris- 
tians, up went his hands, in thanksgiving and adoration to 
God, and his heart of courage returned, and he entered the 
city of Rome as the man of God. People today need human 
sympathy, human associates, who can warm the heart, and 
give strength for the battle of life. 

Upon arriving at Rome Julius turned over his prisoner 
to the captain of the guard. Julius no doubt told the cap- 
tain about the character of his prisoner, directing that he 
should not be in chains, and the captain showed him kind- 
ness by permitting him to dwell by himself with a soldier 
that kept him. The soldier was always with him. He 
always had one man to preach to. The soldiers were 
changed from day to day, and no doubt there was no diffi- 
culty in getting some one to be Paul's associate, because 
Paul was a real advantage to the soldier that kept him. 
This was a great opportunity to do missionary work. These 
different soldiers who guarded him would be out in different 
parts of the city and tell the story that Paul had delivered 
to them. 

QUESTIONS. 

What had they received from the islanders? 

What remarkable things happened on the island? 

How long had they remained at Malta? 

Where is Syracuse and how long did they remain there? 

Where is Rhegium and why the circuitous route? 

At the southwest extremity of Italy. (l Fetched a com- 
pass." This means they took a circuitous route on account of 
the change of the wind, and also so as to touch at the point 
here named. 

Where did they arrive the next day, and give the distance? 
How long did they remain at this place and why? 
Where did the brethren from Rome meet them? 

The brethren at Rome heard of Paul and his companions 
being at Puteoli and started to meet them. He was met by 
two companies on his journey from here to Rome. 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



313 



What effect had it on Paul to meet his brethren? 
What were his privileges at Rome? 

He was suffered to dwell by himself, in his own hired 
house, with only a single soldier to guard him. Because of 
this liberty granted him he was able to carry on his great mis- 
sionary work at the capital of the world. 



Section VII. Paul's Ministry in Rome. 
Acts 28: 17-31. 

1. PAUL'S FIRST INTERVIEW WITH THE JEWS. 

Acts 28: 17-22. 

(17) And it came to pass, that after three days he called to- 
gether those that were the chief of the Jews: and when they were 
come together, he said unto them, I, brethren, though I had done 
nothing against the people, or the customs of our fathers, yet was 
delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans: 
(18) who, when they had examined me, desired to set me at lib- 
erty, because there was no cause of death in me. (19) But when 
the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; 
not that I had aught whereof to accuse my nation. (20) For this 
cause therefore did I entreat you to see and to speak with me: 
for because of the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain. (21) 
And they said unto him, We neither received letters from Judaea 
concerning thee, nor did any of the brethren come hither and re- 
port or speak any harm of thee. (22) But we desire to hear of thee 
what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, it is known to us 
that everywhere it is spoken against. 

Paul was now in Rome. His desire was granted, his 
prayer answered, the Lord's promise fulfilled. " I will 
never leave thee nor forsake thee." After being in Rome 
but three days he called together the chief of the Jews. 
There were seven Jewish synagogues in Rome, and Paul 
called together the elders in each one of them. Everywhere 
the Gospel went the leaders of the nation were not forgot- 
ten. Paul again appealed to his own countrymen. He 
claimed to be still a Jew. There was nothing little about 
Paul. No matter what others might do against him he 
was too big to allow the same spirit to take hold of his life. 



314 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



" Christianity is Judaism perfected and glorified." He ex- 
plained to these people why he was in Rome as a prisoner. 
He had, in no way, done anything that was against the 
people or the things taught by the Law and Prophets. 
" When I was examined the judges would have given me 
my liberty, but the Jews spake against it and it became nec- 
essary to make my appeal unto Caesar. Not in any sense 
that I had anything against my nation. And now for this 
very purpose I have called you; I am here in bonds, not 
because I have violated the teaching of the Law and the 
Prophets, but because my teaching has been that Jesus 
Christ is the Messiah, and the hope of Israel which is 
cleared up by the Law. And because I set forth this hope I 
am here in bonds." The Jews then said unto him that they 
had no information from Judea, either by letter or from 
brethren who had come from Jerusalem to Rome. There- 
fore they had heard nothing evil against him. However, 
they had heard a great deal concerning the sect that he 
represented. (The word " sect " here is the same as " here- 
sy." Its meaning is really " party." It means the breaking 
up of the Jews into another party.) These Roman Jews 
certainly knew something about Christianity, for there was 
a Christian church at Rome and Jewish Christians among 
the disciples. It is a good thing to belong to the right 
party. " The sect must be everywhere spoken against if ever 
it is to rule the world. What great truth is there that has 
not had to fight its way as Paul had to fight his? This sect 
was everywhere spoken against, and they are still speaking 
against it. This sect has Jesus Christ for its Leader, its 
Captain, and you want to be sure to belong to Him, and not 
to some organization that represents Him afar off." 

QUESTIONS. 

When did Paul call the chief of the Jews together? 
What statement did he make to them? 
Why had he appealed to Caesar? 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



315 



Why was he made a prisoner? 

Because he preached Jesus as the Hope of Israel. 
What statement did the Jews make in reply? 
What desire did they express? 

To what sect did they allude and who was the Leader of that 
sect? 

2. PAUL PREACHING TO THE JEWS. 

Acts 28 : 23-27. 

(23) And when they had appointed him a day, they came to 
him into his lodging in great number; to whom he expounded the 
matter, testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them con- 
cerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, 
from morning till evening. (24) And some believed the things 
which were spoken, and some disbelieved. (25) And when they 
agreed not among themselves, they departed after that Paul had 
spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Spirit through Isaiah the 
prophet unto your fathers, (26) saying, (Isa. 6: 9, 10) Go thou 
unto this people, and say, By hearing ye shall hear, and shall in 
no wise understand; and seeing ye shall see, and shall in no wise 
perceive: 

(27) For this people's heart is waxed gross, and their ears are 
dull of hearing, and their eyes they have closed; lest haply they 
should perceive with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and 
understand with their heart, and should turn again, and I should 
heal them. 

Before closing their former interview they had arranged 
for a time when all could meet and Paul could deliver them 
a sermon on the sect that was spoken against. Quite a 
company met him at his lodging, and he preached them an 
expository sermon, basing his arguments upon the Law 
and the Prophets of the Old Testament. This was a meet- 
ing that lasted all day. What a wonderful message must 
have come from his lips as he unfolded the prophetic testi- 
mony gathered through the entire Old Testament, concern- 
ing the Messiah, the Hope of the Jewish nation ! The Apos- 
tle Paul had told them that because he had preached that 
Jesus Christ is the Messiah, the hope of the Jewish nation, 



316 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



therefore he was in bonds. His entire message was the 
truth set forth in the Scriptures, as presented to him by the 
Holy Spirit. 

The results here are the same as before when he 
preached. Some believed and others rejected the Messiah 
as the Hope of the nation. Here the same opportunity was 
given to the Jews, but they turned away from him who was 
offering it. After speaking these warning words to the 
Jews that were before him, quoting this same truth uttered 
by the Holy Spirit, through Isaiah, he followed the same 
course he had in Corinth and Ephesus, leaving the Jews to 
their fate and proclaiming to the Gentiles the Gospel of 
Grace. 

QUESTIONS. 

Where did the Jews meet so he might speak to them? 
Meaning of "expounded and testified"? 

He reasoned out of the Scriptures and explained and set 
forth the truth as God made it known to him. He bore wit- 
ness from his own experience of the revelations God made to 
him. 

What scripture did he use to exalt Jesus? 

The Law of Moses and the Prophets. These were com- 
mon grounds. All believed them. 

How long did he continue the discourse? 
How was this sermon received by the Jews? 
From what book did he quote? 

He quoted from Isa. 6: 9. These Jews would not obey 
the truth. By so doing they hardened their own hearts and 
blinded their own eyes. It was less than ten years later that 
Jerusalem and the temple were wholly destroyed and the Jews 
became a scattered nation and therefore really no longer a 
nation. 

3. PAUL TURNING TO THE GENTILES. 
Acts 28:28-31. 

(28) Be it known therefore unto you, that this salvation of 
God is sent unto the Gentiles: they will also hear. (Some ancient 
authorities insert ver. 29, And when he had said these words, the 
Jews departed, having much disputing among themselves.) 

(30) And he abode two whole years in his own hired dwelling, 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



317 



and received all that went in unto him, (31) preaching the kingdom 
of God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ 
with all boldness, none forbidding him. 

It is indeed sad when people close their eyes to the 
light, harden their hearts, and thus prepare themselves fof 
God's judgment to fall upon them. The Apostle, with this 
sad feeling in his heart, realizing the condition of his own 
countrymen, the people whom he loved, uttered this fare- 
well: "Be it known therefore unto you, that this salva- 
tion of God is sent unto the Gentiles." The same passage 
that Paul used had been used by Jesus to the unbelieving 
Jews at Galilee (Matt. 13 : 14). The Apostle John, in speak- 
ing of the unbelief of these same people, who had heard 
Jesus in Jerusalem, quoted the same words (John 12:40). 
This same Gospel, started on its mission to the Gentiles, is 
still preached. Are the Gentiles, as a people, receiving this 
Gospel, or will they by their neglect and indifference bring 
judgment upon themselves, and will God take the truth 
away from them as He did from the Jews? 

The Jews must have had a great meeting after they 
left Paul, but it was a meeting that was of little value and 
was of no help to themselves or to anyone else. 

The penman is about to bring his book to a close, by 
simply informing us that for two whole years Paul dwelt in 
his own hired house, and had many visitors during that 
period. Great liberty was granted to him in the preaching 
of the Gospel, magnifying the Lord Jesus Christ, and at no 
time during these two years did anyone interfere or hinder 
him in the missionary work for which he had been sent to 
Rome. 

We began in the study of our book, at Jerusalem. We 
are now in Rome. It is a continuous, progressive history 
of the church of Jesus Christ. It contains the Acts of Christ, 
the Spirit of God, the opposition of Satan. The book closes, 
but the history of the church moves forward. 

In the studying of Paul's writings we learn much of 



318 



ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



what has been accomplished during these two years and 
what may have taken place providing Paul was released 
from his first imprisonment. The following chapter will 
give information concerning a further history of Paul as 
gleaned from the study of his letters. 

QUESTIONS. 

Give Paul's reasons for going to the Gentiles. 

The Jews rejected the Gospel, so he now turns to the 
Gentiles who are ready to receive it 

What did the Jews do? 
Where did Paul dwell while in Rome? 
How long did he remain there? 
What did he do during this period? 

During two years, mentioned by Luke (Acts 28:30), 
Paul had liberty to do constant missionary work. It would 
appear to us to be quite a hindrance, but he made full use 
of his opportunities. He was during the two years chained 
to some soldier, and was expected to be at his own hired 
house. Many came to him during the two years to hear 
him teach the Bible. It was during this time that he wrote 
letters to different churches. It is not advisable to go into 
detail concerning the letters he wrote, as that will be treated 
in another book which is to appear for further study. 

1. Onesimus, a runaway slave from Colosse, visited 
Paul at Rome and heard him preach. He was converted, 
and Paul felt he needed his services and sympathy, but 
would not influence him to be untrue to his master. Only 
by consent of his owner would Paul keep him. Paul wrote 
a letter to Philemon, and sent the letter with Onesimus 
when he returned to his owner. The letter he carried was 
to secure his proper treatment on return to his master. It 
is a letter full of interest and worthy of careful study. It 
contains but twenty-five verses. 

2. In the same town, Colosse, from which Onesimus 
had come, was a growing Christian church. Paul was vis- 
ited by Epaphras while in Rome. For some reason he also 



THE CHURCH OF THE GENTILES 



319 



was made a prisoner, and reported to Paul some very serious 
hindrances to the growth and prosperity of said church. 
Paul, in order to correct these difficulties, wrote this letter 
to the Colossian church and sent it by Tychicus. 

3. The bearer of the epistle to the Colossian church was 
a member of the church at Ephesus and, having an oppor- 
tunity to send by the same hand, Paul wrote the Ephesian 
letter. The two letters sent by Tychicus are very similar in 
thought and style, showing that they were written about 
the same time. 

The three letters, from careful study, show that they 
were written soon after Paul's imprisonment, as he seems 
very hopeful of soon being released. In the Philippian let- 
ter that same hope is not expressed ; it must have been writ- 
ten at a time when almost all hope of being released had 
failed. The church at Philippi had sent him contributions 
by the hands of Epaphroditus. When he had delivered the 
contribution to Paul, he was taken seriously ill, which was 
reported to the Philippian church. This church was deeply 
concerned about his recovery. Just as soon as he had re- 
covered sufficiently, Paul wrote a letter to said church, 
which was sent by the hands of Epaphroditus. 

There are many good Bible students who hold that 
Paul was released from his first imprisonment, after which 
he did considerable missionary work, visiting a number of 
churches and writing some valuable letters to different 
churches. This seems to us to be most in keeping with the 
work done and history furnished us by Paul in his letters. 
Believing this to be most in harmony with the spirit of his 
work, we proceed to give a very brief statement of each 
letter. 

After Paul's release, in company with Timothy, he 
visited the Ephesian church. Timothy had been with Paul 
at Rome. When the time came to leave, Paul thought it 
prudent to have Timothy remain (1 Tim. 1:3), to do spe- 
cific work in that church. It was while with the church at 



320 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES 



Philippi that he found it impossible to visit just then the 
Ephesian church, so he wrote the first letter to Timothy, 
about A. D. 63. 

Paul had been, for some time, in Macedonia and went 
from there to Crete, where he did some missionary work. 
After returning to Asia Minor, he wrote the' Titus letter and 
sent it to him, giving instruction for the Cretan churches. 
This was about A. D. 64. 

The last letter written by Paul was after his second 
imprisonment and just before his execution by Nero. It is 
a letter full of encouragement to Timothy, and will always 
be read as Paul's last words. This may have been written 
about A. D. 67. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process, 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: June 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township. PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




0 014 399 907 5 • 



